Siwarex

Process Automation
Products for
Weighing Technology
Catalog WT 10 2012
Supersedes:
Catalog WT 10 2010
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates
of this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
and as PDF at the following address:
www.siemens.com/weighingtechnology
For comfortable, fast and error free product
selection you will get support in our PIA Life
Cycle Portal:
www.siemens.com/pia-portal
The products contained in this
catalog can also be found in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600 (DVD)
Please contact your local Siemens branch
Siemens AG 2011
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001.
The certificate is
recognized by all IQNet
countries.
Introduction
1
Weighing Electronics
2
Load Cells
3
Belt Scales
4
Weighfeeders
5
Solids Flowmeters
6
Appendix
7
Content printed on paper
fromsustainably
managed forests and
controlled sources.
www.pefc.org PEFC/04-31-0835
Siemens AG 2011
1/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
Siemens AG 2011
1/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
Answers for industry.
Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the
manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.
Siemens offers automation, drive, and
low-voltage switching technology as
well as industrial software from stan-
dard products up to entire industry solu-
tions. The industry software enables our
industry customers to optimize the en-
tire value chain from product design
and development through manufacture
and sales up to after-sales service. Our
electrical and mechanical components
offer integrated technologies for the en-
tire drive train from couplings to gear
units, from motors to control and drive
solutions for all engineering industries.
Our technology platform TIP offers ro-
bust solutions for power distribution.
The high quality of our products
sets industry-wide benchmarks.
High environmental aims are part of
our eco-management, and we imple-
ment these aims consistently. Right
from product design, possible effects on
the environment are examined. Hence
many of our products and systems are
RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazard-
ous Substances). As a matter of course,
our production sites are certified ac-
cording to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
environmental protection also means
most efficient utilization of valuable
resources. The best example are our
energy-efficient drives with energy sav-
ings up to 60 %.
Check out the opportunities our
automation and drive solutions provide.
And discover how you can sustainably
enhance your competitive edge with us.
Siemens AG 2011
1/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
SIMATIC IT
IO-Link
PROFIBUS PA
HART
Totally
Integrated
Automation
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
SIMATIC Controllers
Modular / PC-based
Energy Management
Asset Management
Field Level
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identication
Process Instrumentation
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
SIMOTION
Motion Control
SINUMERIK
Computer Numerical Control
Industrial Software for
Product Design
Production Planning
Engineering
Commissioning
Operation
Maintenance
Modernization and Upgrade
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control (DCS)
Operations Level
Management Level
Control Level
SIMATIC IT
IO-Link
PROFIBUS PA
HART
Totally
Integrated
Automation
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
SIMATIC Controllers
Modular / PC-based
Energy Management
Asset Management
Field Level
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identication
Process Instrumentation
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
SIMOTION
Motion Control
SINUMERIK
Computer Numerical Control
Industrial Software for
Product Design
Production Planning
Engineering
Commissioning
Operation
Maintenance
Modernization and Upgrade
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control (DCS)
Operations Level
Management Level
Control Level
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
Siemens AG 2011
1/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
KNX GAMMA instabus
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
Totally
Integrated
Power
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
SINAMICS Drive Systems Low-Voltage Distribution
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA-System
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides
an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions in all industries from inbound to
outbound.
TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security re-
sulting from continuity in the further development
of our products and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.
The unique continuity is already a defined
characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.
The result: maximum interoperability covering
the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics facili-
ties of Totally Integrated Automation for increasing
the availability of your plant.
Siemens AG 2011
1/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
Weighing products
with proven reliability
Quality, costs, and time are crucial factors for all production com-
panies especially in todays competitive environment. Accurate
and dependable weighing and controlling equipment helps man-
age these factors by optimizing formulations, reducing waste,
and increasing production. In the end, improved processes mean
profitability increases.
Weighing and batching systems play a growing role in produc-
tion within various industries. Siemens weighing equipment
offers reliable, accurate and integrated results that are cost-
effective and long-term.
As a leader in automation and weighing for more than 50 years,
Siemens is the only company that offers a complete range of
weighing products that fit the rigorous demands of our custom-
ers. Thats why manufacturers as well as end customers use
Siemens weighing products. You will find us in almost any indus-
try that involves the handling of bulk materials, from mining,
aggregates, and cement, to food processing, chemicals or phar-
maceuticals.
Siemens AG 2011
1/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
Experience you can trust
With more than 50 years of weighing experience, Siemens is the
right partner for your application. With Siemens, you
benefit from:
Specialized weighing products with a broad range of function
and flexibility
Legal-for-trade products
Seamless integration in Siemens world-class automation
systems SIMATIC S7 and PCS7
Versatile and flexible systems that allow you to expand as your
needs change
A global company that provides worldwide support whenever,
wherever you need it
The best cost of ownership available through highly accurate
and reliable products
Siemens AG 2011
1/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
Not just about products
Platform scales
Platform scales are the most common
scale in industry. No matter what your
load is, a truck, a bin, a bucket or raw
material. Siemens provides you with a
broad range of load cells and weighing
electronics to build cost-effective plat-
form scales.
Use SIWAREX load cells to measure
loads ranging from 5 kg to 1000 t with
an accuracy class up to C3 according to
OIML R60.
Weighing data is easy to process with
SIWAREX weighing processors. Use
SIWAREX MS, U, or CS for simple appli-
cations and SIWAREX FTA for legal-for-
trade applications.
SIWAREX load cells and
mounting units
SIWAREX MS
SIWAREX CS
SIWAREX U
SIWAREX FTA
Hopper weighing
Liquids, powders, solids, and gases are
stored or produced in a wide variety of
tanks and bins. It is essential to know the
precise levels of stored materials to en-
sure product availability for processing.
With Siemens weighing solutions, you
can measure the level, no matter what
kind of material is stored whether it is
corrosive, foamy, high or low dielectric,
or dusty.
Using SIWAREX mounting units avoids
incorrect measurement due to the
transmission of secondary forces (e.g.
through tank restraint or pipes). These
devices make installation of the load
cells quick and easy.
mounting units
SIWAREX MS
SIWAREX CS
SIWAREX U
SIWAREX FTA
Conveyor scales
Belt scales help maximize the use of raw
materials, control inventories, and aid in
the consistent manufacturing.
Siemens conveyor belt scales combine
simple, drop-in installation, low mainte-
nance (no moving parts) and repeatable
accuracy for productive operation. They
show minimal hysteresis and superior
linearity, and ignore side loading. All
load cells feature overload protection.
With hazardous and trade approvals,
Siemens belt scales can be used in al-
most any industrial environment or ap-
plication. Combined with a Milltronics
BW100 or BW500 integrator, or
SIWAREX FTC, Siemens conveyor scales
offer field proven technology for reli-
able performance. High accuracy, light-
loading and heavy-duty models are
available.
Milltronics belt scales
Milltronics speed sensors
Integrators Milltronics BW500 and
BW100
SIWAREX FTC
Siemens AG 2011
1/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
but about solving problems.
Batch system
Successful, high quality products de-
pend on precise dosing of components.
High quality measuring equipment
ensures precise dosing.
SIWAREX weighing electronics and load
cells achieve best results for accurately
and quickly controlling coarse and fine
material flow, as well as filling and emp-
tying. Due to SIWAREXs high scalability
and integration in SIMATIC, it is easy to
automate single or multiple dosing
units with one SIMATIC automation sta-
tion.
mounting units
SIWAREX FTA
Filling machines
Filling, sack filling, and big bag ma-
chines are used in a wide range of in-
dustries. The filling of solid or liquid
goods like cement has to be completed
quickly and accurately.
In this case, SIWAREX FTA is an excellent
choice. It provides a resolution of 16
million intervals, comes with a high ac-
curacy of 3x6000 d and is legal for
trade. With switching of dosing signals
below 1 ms, the FTA works well even on
the fastest applications. SIWAREX FTA
seamlessly integrates into Siemens au-
tomation systems S7 or PCS7 ensuring
proper communication of the weighing
system with the automation environ-
ment.
mounting units
SIWAREX FTA
Checkweighing
Checkweighing assures the correct
weight of the product package. The
electronics are essential to the function-
ality of the checkweigher along with the
proper mechanical construction.
SIWAREX FTA is a state-of-the art
weighing electronic, providing high
resolution of 16 million intervals and a
high accuracy of 3x6000 d. It is pro-
grammable and applicable for a broad
spectrum of checkweighers. SIWAREX
FTA seamlessly integrates into Siemens
SIMATIC automation system. With
SIWAREX FTA, it is easy to establish a
control station for the complete check-
weighing loop based on the SIWAREX
weighing module, including machine
vision, proximity switches or motion
control.
mounting units
SIWAREX FTA
Siemens AG 2011
1/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
At the best cost of ownership!
Solids flowmeter
Solids flowmeters enhance process con-
trol, contributing to improved quality of
your end product. These heavy-duty,
low-maintenance, LVDT type solids
flowmeters provide continuous in-line
weighing of dry bulk solids, free-
flowing powders, or granular material.
A stand-alone SF500 integrator or
SIWAREX FTC completes the system,
processing sensor signals into operating
data for flow measurement.
All models produce accurate, repeatable
results and may be used for critical func-
tions such as batch load-out and blend-
ing. Safe overload protection is a stan-
dard feature. All models are totally
enclosed and dust-tight, and are con-
structed of painted mild steel. Stainless
steel and hazardous area versions are
also available.
SITRANS WF100
SITRANS WF200 series
SITRANS WFS300 sensing heads
Milltronics SF500
SIWAREX FTC
Loss-in-weight
A loss-in-weight system can help you to
achieve the needed level of accuracy in
continuous dosing applications. With
SIWAREX FTC weighing modules, you
can set up and integrate the loss-in-
weight system easily. Here the auto-
setup functionality helps you in the
commissioning of the scale. The elec-
tronics determine the most important
settings like output, PID or stability pa-
rameter. While processing SIWAREX FTC
steadily optimises these settings.
SIWAREX FTC provides high measure-
ment resolution, real-time signal pro-
cessing, detection and filtering of sig-
nals that enables extremely high
proportioning accuracy. Via HMI, PC
connection or the contol system, the
operator has the option to manually
control the system.
mounting units
SIWAREX FTC
Weighfeeding
A weighfeeder system is an engineered-
to-order conveyor integrated with a belt
weigh bridge and speed sensor. A vari-
able speed drive allows the flow of ma-
terial to be controlled by a given set-
point chosen in the BW500 integrator or
with a PLC through SIWAREX FTC. This
allows the weighfeeder to provide preci-
sion weighing accuracies, and to im-
prove blend consistencies, accountabil-
ity and record keeping. Weighfeeders
are indispensable when automated pro-
duction processes require continuous
in-line weighing and feeding. Their vir-
tually maintenance-free construction
promises unmatched performance. Belt
widths and conveyor lengths are made
to measure for the required application.
SITRANS weighfeeders
Milltronics BW500
SIWAREX FTC
Siemens AG 2011
Selecting
Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-
played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
Ordering
You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own tem-
plates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confir-
mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information
So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documen-
tation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and
technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image
database you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics,
dimension drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or
circuit diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!
Much more
than a catalog.
The Industry Mall.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve
you well for selecting and ordering your products.
But have you heard of the electronic online cata-
log (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a
look around it sometime:
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Stand-alone Integrators
2/2 Introduction
2/3 Milltronics BW100
2/7 Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L
2/11 Milltronics SF500
Accessories for Stand-alone Integrators
2/15 Dolphin Plus Software
2/16 SITRANS RD100
2/18 SITRANS RD200
2/22 SITRANS RD500
2/28 SmartLinx
SIWAREX - PLC-based weighing
modules
2/29 Introduction
2/34 SIWAREX U
2/38 SIWAREX CS
2/41 SIWAREX MS
2/44 SIWAREX FTA
2/50 SIWAREX FTC
Force Measurements
2/56 SIWAREX CF
2/59 SIWAREX FTC
Accessories for PLC-based
weighing modules
2/60 Ex interface SIWAREX Pi
2/62 Ex interface SIWAREX IS
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
2/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview
Integrators process sensor signals into operating data for
continuous in-line weighing. They can take over basic control
functions traditionally handled by other devices, like PID and
batch control.
Mode of operation
Milltronics integrators from Siemens incorporate patented elect-
ronic load cell balancing to perform basic and sophisticated le-
vel and flow control functions. Integrators process the speed or
load signal from the sensor and perform functions to convert the
data into rate or totalization. The integrator displays primary
speed and load values, as well as derived values of rate and to-
tal on the LCD, or outputs the information as analog mA output,
alarm relay, or remote totalizer.
The Milltronics BW100 offers basic control functions for use with
belt scales. It can be retrofitted for use with previously installed
belt scale systems with a maximum of two load cells.
The Milltronics BW500/L offers standard control functions for use
with belt scales. It offers multiple language selections and indus-
trial communication options. It can be used with a maximum of
two load cell style belt scales.
The Milltronics BW500 are versatile integrators for use with a
wide range of belt scales. It is NTEP and Measurement Canada
certified as legal-for-trade when used with an MMI-2 belt scale
and WS series speed sensor.
The Milltronics BW500 and SF500 offer online calibration so the
process does not need to be shut down to calibrate the integra-
tor. Both models also offer linearization, PID and batch control,
multi-span and auto zero.
Definitions
PID Proportional, Integral, Derivative The PID control function
combines proportion, integral reset, and derivative rate to con-
sistently control systems.
A proportioning band creates an area around a setpoint where
the controller is controlling the process. If the band is too narrow,
the reading will center around the setpoint. If the band is too
wide, the control values will take a long time to settle and will be
slow to respond adequately to upset conditions. An integral re-
set corrects for any difference between the desired setpoint and
variables altered during the process. A derivative rate prevents
the control from shifting too dramatically on process upsets or
startups.
Batch Control A predetermined quantity of material is accumu-
lated, and the integrator will alarm, notifying that the batch pro-
cess is completed.
Linearization Locations where the ideal belt scale or flowmeter
location has been compromised or where there is a high variety
in belt tension or flow cause the belt scale or flowmeter to report
non-linearily. The integrator linearization function smooths out
the result to provide an accurate report of the process.
Multi-span The integrator can be calibrated for up to 8 different
feed conditions that would produce varying load or rate charac-
teristics. A span correction is added to the measurement to rea-
lize maximum accuracy.
Differential Speed Detection Dual point belt speed sensing is
used for monitoring speed at two different points in the system.
The two speed sensors are typically applied on belt conveyors
to give an alarm if excessive slip between the head pulley and
tail pulley is detected (BW500 only).
Incline Compensation By receiving a mA signal proportional to
conveyor slope, the conveyor loading can be re-calculated to
compensate for changes in angle (BW500 only).
Moisture Compensation By receiving a mA signal proportional
to moisture content, the conveyor load or rate can be re-calcula-
ted to read dry weight (BW500 or SF500 only).
Technical specifications
Integrator selection guide

1)
Available with BW500 only
2)
BW500/L: Two programmable SPST Form A contacts
Criteria Milltronics BW100 Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L Milltronics SF500
Applications and compatibility Milltronics MLC, MBS, MUS, MCS,
MSI, and WD600 belt scales
Retrofit with other installed belt
scale systems with a maximum of
two load cells
SITRANS WW100, WW200,
WW300; Milltronics MLC, MBS,
MUS, MCS, MSI, MMI and WD600
belt scales; or equivalent 1,2, 4, or
6 load cell scales
Retrofit of most other belt scale or
weighfeeder systems
SITRANS WF Series flowmeters
Other 1 or 2 load cell flowmeters
LVDT equipped solids flowmeters,
with use of optional interface board
Display output Rate, totalized weight, belt loading,
belt speed
Rate, totalized weight, belt loading,
belt speed, PID
1)
, batching
1)
Rate, totalized weight, PID,
batching
Analog output Optically isolated
4 ... 20 mA scalable
Selectable for rate, load, or speed
Optically isolated
Option: two additional analog
inputs and two outputs program-
mable for PID control
1)
Optically isolated
Option: two additional analog
inputs and two outputs program-
mable for PID control
Remote totalizer Two adjustable pulsed outputs Two adjustable pulsed outputs Two adjustable pulsed outputs
Alarm relay One programmable SPDT Form C
contact rated 5 A at 250 V AC non-
inductive
Five programmable SPST Form A
contacts rated 5 A at 250 V AC
non-inductive, reversible
2)
Five programmable SPST Form A
contacts rated 5 A at 250 V AC
non-inductive, reversible
Power requirements 100/115/200/230 V AC
15 % 50/60 Hz, 15 VA
Optional 12 V DC and 24 V DC
100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
Approvals CSA
US/C
, FM, CE, C-TICK CSA
US/C
, FM, CE,
Measurement Canada, NTEP, MID,
OIML, C-TICK, SABS, GOST
CSA
US/C
, FM, CE, C-TICK
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics BW100
2/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

Milltronics BW100 is an economical integrator for use with belt
scales.
Benefits
Multi-field backlit LCD
Two remote totalizer contacts
Auto zero function
Load linearization
Isolated mA output
Programmable relay
Application
Milltronics BW100 integrator works with single or dual strain
gauge load cell-based belt scales. With a speed sensor, it mea-
sures flow rate and totalized weight of bulk solids. It electroni-
cally balances the weigh bridge load cells to provide exceptio-
nal accuracy. The system is unaffected by uneven lateral loading
so there is no need for load cell matching or mechanical balan-
cing.
The large backlit display features a bar graph comparing current
rate to full scale, reducing the possibility of human error.
The unit has a four-button control pad with tactile feedback keys
used to set all parameters, or you can use Dolphin Plus software
for programming and downloading through a PC or laptop.
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics BW100
2/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics BW100
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Belt scale integrator
Typical applications Integrator for use with
Milltronics MBS, MLC, WD600,
MUS, MCS, and MSI belt scales
Inputs
Load cell 0 30 mV per load cell, dual
load cell applications
0 45 mV per load cell, single
load cell applications
Speed sensor
Pulse train 0 5 V low, 0 15 V high,
1 2000 Hz, or
Open collector switch, or
Relay dry contact
Auto zero Dry contact from external device
Output
Analog Optically isolated 0/4 20 mA,
750 max loading
Resolution: 0.1 % of 20 mA
Load cell 10 V DC compensated for strain
gauge, 2 cells max.
Speed sensor 12 V DC, 50 mA max excitation
Remote totalizer 1 Contact closure 32 ... 288 ms
duration
Open collector switch rated
30 V DC, 100 mA max.
Remote totalizer 2 Contact closure 32 288 ms
duration
Open collector switch rated
240 V AC/DC, 100 mA max.
Relay output Programmable function 1 SPDT
Form C relay contact rated 5 A at
250 V AC, non-inductive
Measuring accuracy
Resolution 0.02 % of full scale
Accuracy 0.25 % of full scale mA range
below 50 A
0.1 % of full scale mA range bet-
ween 50 A and 20 mA
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
Location Indoor/outdoor
Ambient temperature -20 +50 C (-5 +122 F)
Relative humidity/ingress protection Suitable for
outdoor/Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
Installation category II
Pollution degree 4
Design
Material (enclosure) Polypropylene alloy
Sealed electronics compartment
Integral junction box with terminal
block for:
0.2 ... 4 mm solid, or
0.2 ... 2.5 mm stranded
(12 ... 24 AWG)
Power supply
Standard 100/115/200/230 V AC 15%,
50/60 Hz, 15 VA
Optional 11 ... 15 V DC, 15 W
19 30 V DC, 15 W
Controls and displays
Displays 38 x 100 mm (1.5 x 4 inch)
multi-field liquid crystal display
Programming Via local keypad with silicone
boot and/or Dolphin interface
Memory Program stored in non-volatile
FLASH memory, upgradeable
via Dolphin interface
Parameters stored in
non-volatile EEPROM
Setup Dolphin compatible
Cable/separation
Single load cell
Non-sensing Belden 8404, 4-wire shielded,
20 AWG (0.5 mm) or equivalent,
150 m (500 ft) max.
Sensing Belden 9260, 6-wire shielded,
300 m (1000 ft) max.
Dual load cell
Non-sensing Belden 9260, 6-wire shielded,
150 m (500 ft) max.
Sensing Belden 8418, 8-wire shielded,
300 m (1000 ft) max.
Speed sensor Belden 8770, 3-wire shielded,
300 m (1000 ft)
Auto zero Belden 8760, 1 pair,
twisted/shielded,
300 m (1000 ft) max
Analog output Belden 8760, 1 pair,
twisted/shielded,
18 AWG (0.75 mm) or equivalent
Bi-polar current (comm.port) Belden 9552, 2 pair,
twisted/ shielded,
18 AWG (0.75 mm), or equivalent,
3000 m (10,000 ft) max. loop
Remote total [t1 (DC)] Belden 8760, 1 pair,
twisted/shielded,
300 m (1000 ft) max.
Approvals CE, CSA
US/C
, FM, C-TICK, GOST
Options Speed sensor:
SITRANS WS100, WS300,
MD-36, MD-256, TASS, RBSS,
or equivalent
Dolphin Plus: Windows-based
software interface and infrared
ComVerter link
Incline Compensator, for signal
compensation on variable incli-
ne conveyors
LVDT interface card: for inter-
face with LVDT based scales
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics BW100
2/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order No.
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
K) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: 5A991X.
Milltronics BW100
An economical integrator for use with belt scales.
Standard features include; dual totalizer, analog
rate output, alarm relay, linearizer and bi-polar
current communications.
C) 7MH7150-
77A77 - 77
Input voltage
AC voltage 1
12 V DC 2
24 V DC 3
Feature software
Standard A
Data communications
Bi-polar current 1
Enclosures
Standard enclosure, no entry holes 1
Standard with 4 drilled entry holes for M20 glands 3
Trade approval stickers
No trade approval sticker 0
Not legal for Canadian and EU trade sticker 1
Approvals
CSA
US/C
, CE (EN 61326), FM, C-TICK D
Further designs Order Code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 50mm)
Measuring-point number / identification
(max 16 characters), specify in plain text.
Y15
Painted mild steel, anti-vibration enclosure with
viewing window 406 x 305 x 203 mm (16 x 12 x
8 inch), Nema/Type 4, IP66 (finished unit is
mounted inside enclosure)
A15
Painted mild steel, heated enclosure with viewing
window for use down to -50C (-58 F) (finished unit
is mounted inside enclosure) 483 X 584 X 203 mm
(19 x 23 x 8 inch)
A35
Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test
certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and ISO 9000
C11
Stainless Steel, sun/weather shield
357 x 305 x 203 mm (14 x12 x 8 inch) (finished unit
is field mounted with enclosure)
S50
Instruction manuals
English C) 7ML1998-5DJ02
German C) 7ML1998-5DJ31
French C) 7ML1998-5DJ11
Spanish
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered
as a separate item on the order.
C) 7ML1998-5DJ21
Additional instruction manuals
LVDT Conditioner Card Manuals, English C) 7ML1998-5EF01
LVDT Conditioner Card Manuals, German C) 7ML1998-5EF31
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete instruction
manual library.
Optional equipment
LVDT Conditioners in Nema 4 enclosure (to inter-
face LVDT belt scale without internal pre-amplifier)
C) 7MH7723-1AJ
SITRANS RD100 Remote displays -
see RD100 on page 2/16
SITRANS RD500 web, datalogging, alarming,
ethernet, and modem support for instrumentation -
K) 7ML5750-1AA00-0
Milltronics BW100
An economical integrator for use with belt scales.
Standard features include; dual totalizer, analog
rate output, alarm relay, linearizer and bi-polar
current communications.
C) 7MH7150-
77A77 - 77
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics BW100
2/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Dimensional drawings

Milltronics BW100 dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

Milltronics BW100 connections
Conduit entry area. Recommended drilling the enclosure with a hole saw and using suitable cable glands to maintain ingress rating.
1)
Sealed enclosure
Integral junction box (cover removed)
with terminal block and voltage
selection switch
Mounting hole 6.4 (0.25)
Power selection switch
(AC unit only)
1)
1)
1)
270 (10.6)
255 (10)
1
3
8

(
5
.
4
)
6
9

(
2
.
7
)
5

(
0
.
2
)
7
4

(
2
.
9
)
1)
1)
X
X
All field wiring must have insulation for at least 250 V.
DC terminals shall be supplied from an SELV source in accordance
with IEC 1010-1 Annex H.
For DC versions TB#31 is used for negative (-) and TB#32 is used for
positive (+) connection.
Non-metallic enclosure does not provide grounding between
connections.
Use grounding type bushings and jumpers.
Interconnection
Terminal Block
AC Supply
l
o
a
d

c
e
l
l
s
p
e
e
d
alarm
l
o
a
d

c
e
l
l
c
o
m
m
.

p
o
r
t
shield
shield
auto
zero
DC/AC
total (2)
DC
total (1)
mA
output
TB1 LOWER TB1 UPPER
32 +
31
24 V
32 +
31
12 V
1 SIG B
2 + SIG B
3 SIG B
4 + SIG B
5 CNST. SPD.
6 COM.
7 + SIG
8 + EXC
9 +
10
11
12
13
14 N.O.
15 COM
16 N.C.
17 EXC
18 SEN
19 + SEN
20 + EXC
21
22 TX1
23 TX2
26
27 +
28 +
29
30
31 L2/N
32 L1
24 RX1
25 RX2
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L
2/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

Milltronics BW500 is a full feature integrator for use with both belt
scales and weighfeeders.
Milltronics BW500/L is an integrator for use in basic belt scale or
weighbelt applications.
Benefits
Automatic zero and electronic span calibration
Alarms for rate, load, speed, or diagnostic error
On-board Modbus, optional PROFIBUS DP,
Allen-Bradley RIO and DeviceNet
Comprehensive weighfeeder control functions
PID control and on-line calibration with optional analog
I/O card
Differential speed detection with second speed sensor
Moisture meter input with optional analog I/O card for calcula-
tion of dry weight
Inclinometer input with optional analog I/O card to compen-
sate for conveyor slope
Suitable for belt scale custody approval
Measurement Canada,OIML, MID, GOST, and
NTEP approved
Application
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L operate with a belt scale and a
speed sensor. Belt load and speed signals are processed for ac-
curate flow rate and totalized weight of bulk solids.
BW500 can take on lower level control functions traditionally
handled by other devices, and it supports popular industrial
communication buses. Its patented load cell balance function
eliminates matching of load cells.
The PID function may be used for rate control on shearing weigh-
feeders - where belt loading is constant - but can also control
pre-feeding devices. Operating in tandem with two or more
weighfeeders, the BW500 may be used for ratio blending and
controlling additives. Batching, load out, and alarm functions are
also provided by the BW500.
Dolphin Plus software may be used for programming the unit on
a PC.
Integrator selection guide

1)
mA input/output for BW500 is based on I/O card
BW500
(advanced feature set)
BW500/L
(basic feature set)
PID control With optional I/O card N/A
Differential speed detection Standard N/A
Online calibration Standard N/A
Trade approval
(OIML, MID, Measurement Canada,
GOST, NTEP)
Optional N/A
Smartlinx communications
(AB RIO, DeviceNET, Profibus DP)
Optional Optional
Modbus Standard Standard
Ratio Blending and Batching Standard N/A
Moisture and incline compensation
- With optional I/O card, or
- Parameter set
Parameter set
Multi Span Standard N/A
RD500 connectivity Standard Standard
Relay output 5 2
mA output 3
1)
1
mA input 2
1)
0
Siemens AG 2011
2/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

1)
BW500 only
Milltronics BW500 and BW500L
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Belt scale integrator
Typical application Compatible with Milltronics belt
scales or equivalent 1, 2, 4
1)
, or
6
1)
load cell scales
Compatible with LVDT equipped
scales, with use of optional inter-
face board (remotely mounted)
Inputs
Load cell 0 ... 45 mV DC per load cell
Speed sensor
Pulse train 0 ... 5 V low, 5 ... 15 V high
1 ... 3000 Hz, or
Open collector switch, or
Relay dry contact
mA See optional mA I/O board
1)
Auxiliary 5 discrete inputs for external
contacts, each programmable
for either: display scrolling,
totalizer 1 reset, zero, span,
multispan, print, batch reset,
PID function or online calibration,
2nd speed sensor
Outputs (load and speed)
mA Programmable 0/4 ... 20 mA, for
rate, optically isolated, 0.1 % of
20 mA resolution, 750 load
max. (see optional mA I/O board)
Load cell 10 V DC compensated excitation
for strain gauge type, 4 cells max,
150 mA max.
Speed sensor(s) 12 V DC, 150 mA max. excitation
duration, open collector switch
rated 30 V DC, 100 mA max.
rated 240 V AC/DC, 100 mA max.
Relay output 5 alarm/control relays, 1 SPST
Form A relay contact per relay,
rated 5 A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive or 30 V DC
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy 0.1% of full scale
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 C (-5 +122 F)
Relative humidity/ingress protec-
tion
Suitable for
outdoor/Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
Pollution degree 4
Design
Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
Dimensions (W x H x D) 209 x 285 x 92 mm
(8.2 x 11.2 x 3.6 inch)
Weight 2.6 kg (5.7 lb)
Power supply
Standard 100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
fuse, FU1: 2AG, Slo Blo, 2 A,
250 V or equivalent
Displays Illuminated 5x7 dot matrix liquid
crystal display with 2 lines of
40 characters each
Programming Via local keypad and/or
Dolphin Plus interface
Memory Program and parameters stored
in non-volatile Flash memory,
upgradeable via Dolphin Plus
interface
Communications Two RS 232 ports
One RS 485 port
SmartLinx compatible
mA I/O board
Inputs 2 programmable 0/4 20 mA for
PID control and on-line calibra-
tion, optically isolated, 0.1 % of
20 mA resolution, 200 input
impedance
Outputs 2 programmable 0/4 20 mA
for PID control, rate, load and
speed output, optically isolated,
0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
750 load max.
Output supply Isolated 24 V DC at 50 mA, short
circuit protected
Approvals
BW500 CE, CSA
US/C
, FM, Measurement
Canada, NTEP, MID, OIML,
C-TICK, , GOST, SABS
BW500/L CE, CSA
US/C
, FM, C-TICK, GOST
Options Speed sensor: MD-36/36A,
MD-256, SITRANS WS100,
WS300, TASS, or RBSS,
or compatible
Dolphin Plus: Windows based
software interface.
Refer to associated product
documentation.
SmartLinx Modules: protocol
specific modules for interface
with popular industrial com-
munications systems. Refer to
product documentation.
face with LVDT based scales
Siemens AG 2011
2/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
A full-feature, powerful integrator designed for use
with both belt scales and weighfeeders
C) 7MH7152-
77777 - 777
Input voltage
AC voltage 1
Auxiliary Input/Output board
None A
Board with 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs
1)
1)
Required for PID control and online calibration, available with Feature
Software option A only
B
Feature software
BW500, 1 ... 6 load cell input (advanced feature set) A
BW500/L, 1... 2 load cell input
2)
(basic feature set)
2)
Available with Auxiliary I/O option A, and Trade approval stickers A, B only
B
Auxiliary memory
None 0
Data communications
3)
3)
Required for industrial communications
SmartLinx ready 0
Smartlinx Allen-Bradley RIO module 1
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
Smartlinx DeviceNet module 3
Enclosures
Standard enclosure, 4 entries, for M20 glands 2
No trade approval sticker A
Not legal for Canadian and EU trade sticker B
Legal for Canadian trade
4)

5)

6)
4)
Requires use with applicable certified MSI or MMI
5)
Complete specification data sheet on page 4/3 and submit with order
6)
Available with Feature Software option A only
C
Legal for U.S. trade (NTEP)
4)

5)

6)
D
Legal for World trade (OIML), European trade
(MID)
4)

5)

6)
E
Approvals
CE, CSAUS/C, FM, C-TICK A
code(s).
Stainless Steel tag (69 x 50 mm),
Measuring-point number/identification
Y15
C11
S50
Stainless steel enclosure, 304 (1.4301),
[406 x 305 x 152 mm (16 x12 x 6 inch),
Nema/Type 4X, IP66 (finished unit is mounted
inside enclosure)]
With window A11
Without window A12
Painted mild steel, [406 x 305 x 152 mm
(16 x 12 x 6 inch), Nema/Type 4, IP65; finished unit
is mounted inside enclosure]
With window A13
Without window A14
Painted mild steel, anti-vibration enclosure with
viewing window 406 x 305 x 203 mm
(16 x 12 x 8 inch), Nema/Type 4,
IP66; finished unit is mounted inside enclosure
A15
window for use down to -50C (-58 F); finished unit
is mounted inside enclosure 483 X 584 X 203 mm
(19 x 23 x 8 inch)
A35
A full-feature, powerful integrator designed for use
with both belt scales and weighfeeders
C) 7MH7152-
77777 - 777
BW500 and BW500/L, German C) 7ML1998-5DK35
BW500, French C) 7ML1998-5DK12
BW500, Spanish
C) 7ML1998-5DK23
LVDT Conditioner Card Instruction Manuals,
English
C) 7ML1998-5EF01
LVDT Conditioner Card Instruction Manuals,
German
C) 7ML1998-5EF31
Smartlinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ33
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
Smartlinx DeviceNet, English
Note: The appropriate Smartlinx instruction
manual should be ordered as a separate line on
the order.
C) 7ML1998-1BH02
manual library.
Optional equipment
Auxilliary I/O cards spare C) 7MH7723-1BJ
LVDT Conditioners in Nema 4 enclosure (to
interface LVDT belt scale without internal
pre-amplifier)
C) 7MH7723-1AJ
Supply voltage regulators, 120 V AC, 60 Hz C) 7MH7726-1AN
see page 2/22
K) 7ML5750-1AA00-0
Spare parts
Display cards 7MH7723-1AF
Motherboards C) 7MH7723-1AH
Batteries, 3V, lithium C) 7MH7723-1ES
Fuses, 2 A, 250 V, BW500, BW500/L, and SF500,
spare
C) 7MH7723-1DG
Lid with overlay and keypad for BW500 and
BW500/L
C) 7MH7723-1AK
Lid with overlay and keypad for trade approved
BW500
7MH7723-1HN
Cables to connect BW500, BW500/L, and SF500
keypad to motherboard
7MH7723-1CB
Keypads spare for BW500, BW500/L, and SF500 7MH7723-1CD
Siemens AG 2011
2/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L connections
Conduit entry
Non-metallic enclosure does
not provide grounding between
connections. Use grounding
type bushings and jumpers.
Lid
Enclosure
Customer supplied mounting screws
Mounting hole (4 places)
Lid screws
(6 places) 92 (3.6) 172 (6.8)
209 (8.2) 16 (0.6)
2
8
5

(
1
1
.
2
)
2
6
7

(
1
0
.
5
)
Non-sensing: Belden 8404, 4 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm
2
) or equivalent, 150 m (500 ft) max.
One load cell:
-
Sensing: Belden 9260, 6 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm
2
) or equivalent, 300 m (1000 ft) max. -
2
Two/four/six
1)
load cells:
Speed sensor: Belden 8770, 3 wire shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm
2
) or equivalent, 300 m (1000 ft)
Auto zero: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm
2
Remote total: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm
2
For four/six load cell scale, run two separate cables of two load cell configuration
1)
-
2
Cable
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r
L
o
a
d

c
e
l
l

i
n
p
u
t
s L
o
a
d

c
e
l
l

e
x
c
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
LCA+
LCA-
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SHLD
LCD+
LCD-
LCC-
LCC+
SHLD
LCB-
LCB+
A - Z
COM
AUX5
AUX4
AUX3
AUX2
AUX1
SHLD
MA-
MA+
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
SHLD
+EX
CNST
COM
SHLD
V-
S-
S+
V+
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
SHLD
T2-
T2+
SHLD
T1-
T1+
SHLD
RX
COM
R
S
-
2
3
2
R
S
-
4
8
5
TX
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
RLY2
RLY1
SHLD
+
-
COM
+
-
SIG.
RLY5
RLY4
RLY3
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
SHLD
L1
L2/N
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics SF500
2/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

Milltronics SF500 is a full feature integrator for use with solids
flowmeters.
Benefits
Automatic zero and electronic span calibration
Alarms for rate or diagnostic error
On-board Modbus, optional PROFIBUS DP,
Allen-Bradley RIO and DeviceNet
On-line calibration and dual PID control with optional analog
I/O card
Multi-point linearizer for high turn down accuracy
Up to 8 multi-spans for application of more than one flow
condition and/or material
Moisture meter input with optional analog I/O card for
calculation of dry weight
Application
Milltronics SF500 operates with any solids flowmeter with up to
two strain gauge load cells or LVDT sensor. The SF500 proces-
ses sensor signals for accurate flow rate and totalized weight of
bulk solids. It can take on lower level control functions traditio-
nally handled by other devices, and it supports popular indust-
rial communication buses. Its patented load cell balance func-
tion eliminates matching of load cells.
The PID function may be used for rate control of pre-feeding de-
vices and/or control of additives with two internal PID controllers.
Operating in tandem with two or more solids flowmeters or
weighfeeders, the SF500 may be used for ratio blending and
controlling additives. Batching, load out, and alarm functions are
also provided by the SF500.
Dolphin Plus software may be used for programming the unit
with a PC.
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics SF500
2/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics SF500
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Flowmeter integrator
Typical application Compatible with SITRANS solids
flowmeters or equivalent 1 or
2 load cell models
Compatible with LVDT equipped
solids flowmeters, with use of
optional interface board (remo-
tely mounted)
Input
Load cell/LVDT 0 45 mV DC per load cell or
LVDT interface card
mA See optional mA I/O board
Auxiliary 5 discrete inputs for external
contacts, each programmable
for either: display scrolling, totali-
zer 1 reset, zero, span, multispan,
print, batch reset, PID function,
or on-line calibration
Output
mA Programmable 0/4 ... 20 mA, for
rate, optically isolated, 0.1 % of
20 mA resolution, 750 load
max. (see optional mA I/O board)
Load cell/LVDT conditioner card 10 V DC compensated excitation
for strain gauge type,
2 cells max, 150 mA max.
rated 30 V DC, 100 mA max.
rated 240 V AC/DC, 100 mA max.
Relay output 5 alarm/control relays, 1 SPST
Form A relay contact per relay,
rated 5 A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive or 30 V DC
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy 0.1 % of full scale
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 +50 C (-5 +122 F)
Relative humidity/ingress protec-
tion
Suitable for outdoor/Type
4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
Pollution degree 4
Design
Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
Dimensions (W x H x D) 209 x 285 x 92 mm
(8.2 x 11.2 x 3.6 inch)
Weight 2.6 kg (5.7 lb)
Power supply
Standard 100/115/200/230 V AC 15 %,
50/60 Hz, 31 VA
Fuse, FU1: 2AG, Slo Blo, 2 A,
250 V or equivalent
Display Illuminated 5x7 dot matrix liquid
crystal display with 2 lines of
40 characters each
Programming Via local keypad and/or
Memory Program stored in non-volatile
FLASH ROM, upgradeable via
Parameters stored in battery
backed RAM,
3 V NEDA 5003LC or equivalent,
10 year life
Communications Two RS 232 ports
One RS 485 port
SmartLinx compatible
Approvals CE, CSA
US/C,
FM, C-TICK
Options Dolphin Plus: Windows based
software interface.
Refer to associated product
documentation.
SmartLinx modules: protocol
specific modules for interface
with popular industrial com-
munications systems.
Refer to associated product do-
cumentation.
face with LVDT based solids
flowmeters
mA I/O board
- inputs: 2 programmable
0/4 20 mA for PID control
or online calibration,
optically isolated,
0.1 % 20 mA resolution,
200 input impedance
- outputs: 2 programmable
0/4 20 mA for PID control
or rate output, optically isola-
ted, 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
750 load max
- output supply: isolated
24 V DC at 50 mA,
short circuit protected
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics SF500
2/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Milltronics SF500
A full feature, powerful integrator designed for use
with solids flowmeters
C) 7MH7156-
77777 - 777
Input voltage
AC voltage 1
Auxiliary input/output boards
1)
1)
Required for PID control and online calibration.
None A
Board with 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs B
Feature software
Standard A
Auxiliary memory
None 0
Data communications
2)
2)
Required for industrial communications.
SmartLinx Ready 0
Smartlinx A-B RIO module 1
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
Smartlinx DeviceNet module 3
Enclosures
Standard enclosure, 4 entries, for M20 glands 2
No trade approval sticker A
Not legal for Canadian and EU trade sticker B
Approvals
CE, CSAUS/C, FM, C-TICK A
code(s).
Stainless Steel tag (69 mm x 50 mm),
Y15
S50
C11
Stainless steel enclosure, 304 (1.4301),
[406 x 305 x 152 mm (16 x 12 x 6 inch), Type 4X,
IP66 (finished unit is mounted inside enclosure)]
With window A11
Without window A12
Painted mild steel, [406 x 305 x 152 mm
(16 x 12 x 6 inch), Type 4, IP65 (finished unit is
mounted inside enclosure)]
With window A13
Without window A14
Painted mild steel, anti-vibration enclosure with vie-
wing window 406 x 305 x 203 mm
(16 x 12 x 8 inch), Nema/Type 4, IP66 (finished unit
is mounted inside enclosure)
A15
window for use down to -50C (-58 F) (finished unit
is mounted inside enclosure) 483 X 584 X 203 mm
(19 x 23 x 8 inch)
A35
Instruction manuals
SF500, English C) 7ML1998-5CN02
SF500, French C) 7ML1998-5CN11
SF500, German
C) 7ML1998-5CN31
Smartlinx Allen-Bradley Remote I/O, English C) 7ML1998-1AP03
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, German C) 7ML1998-1AQ33
Smartlinx PROFIBUS DP, French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
Smartlinx DeviceNet, English
Note: The appropriate Smartlinx instruction
manual should be ordered as a separate line on
the order.
C) 7ML1998-1BH02
LVDT Conditioner Card Manuals, English C) 7ML1998-5EF01
LVDT Conditioner Card Manuals, German C) 7ML1998-5EF31
manual library.
Optional equipment
Milltronics analog I/O cards C) 7MH7723-1BJ
LVDT Conditioners in NEMA 4 enclosure (to
interface LVDT belt scale without internal pre-
amplifier)
C) 7MH7723-1AJ
SITRANS RD100 Remote displays - see RD100 on
page 2/16
SITRANS RD200 Remote displays see RD200 on
page 2/18
see on page 2/22
K) 7ML5750-1AA00-0
Spare parts
Displays 7MH7723-1AF
Lids with overlay and keypad C) 7MH7723-1AG
Motherboards C) 7MH7723-1AH
Batteries, 3V, lithium C) 7MH7723-1ES
Fuses, 2A, 250V, BW500/SF500, spare C) 7MH7723-1DG
LVDT conditioners in NEMA 4 enclosure C) 7MH7723-1AJ
Auxiliary I/O cards spare C) 7MH7723-1BJ
Cables to connect BW500/SF500 keypad to
motherboard
7MH7723-1CB
Keypads spare for BW500/SF500 7MH7723-1CD
Siemens AG 2011
Milltronics SF500
2/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics SF500 dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

Milltronics SF500 connections
Conduit entry
Non-metallic enclosure does
not provide grounding between
connections. Use grounding
type bushings and jumpers.
Lid
Enclosure
Customer supplied mounting screws
Mounting hole (4 places)
Lid screws
(6 places) 92 (3.6) 172 (6.8)
209 (8.2) 16 (0.6)
2
8
5

(
1
1
.
2
)
2
6
7

(
1
0
.
5
)
2
One load cell input for single load cell or LVDT application:
-
2
2
Two load cells:
Auto zero: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm
2
Remote total: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm
2
-
2
Cable
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r
L
o
a
d

c
e
l
l

i
n
p
u
t
s L
o
a
d

c
e
l
l

e
x
c
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
LCA+
LCA-
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SHLD
LCD+
LCD-
LCC-
LCC+
SHLD
LCB-
LCB+
A - Z
COM
AUX5
AUX4
AUX3
AUX2
AUX1
SHLD
MA-
MA+
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
SHLD
+EX
CNST
COM
SHLD
V-
S-
S+
V+
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
SHLD
T2-
T2+
SHLD
T1-
T1+
SHLD
RX
COM
R
S
-
2
3
2
R
S
-
4
8
5
TX
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
RLY2
RLY1
SHLD
+
-
COM
+
-
SIG.
RLY5
RLY4
RLY3
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
SHLD
L1
L2/N
Siemens AG 2011
Dolphin Plus Software
2/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

Dolphin Plus is instrument configuration software that allows you
to quickly and easily configure, monitor, tune and diagnose se-
veral Siemens weighing devices remotely. Remote access is
available using your desktop PC or connected directly in the
field using a laptop.
Benefits
Real-time monitoring and adjustment of parameters
On-screen visualization of process values
Copying of data for programming several devices
Fast setup and commissioning of device
Generation of configuration reports in seconds
Note:
The Dolphin Plus software is only available in English.
Compatibility
Dolphin Plus works with a wide range of Siemens products,
including:
Milltronics SF500
Connection to a Siemens instrument may be a direct RS 232 se-
rial connection or via an RS 485 converter or Siemens infrared
ComVerter, depending on the instrument being configured.
Meets VDE 2187 user interface requirements.
Application
Dolphin Plus is easy to install and use. Just load the software
from the CD. In minutes, youre ready to set up or modify com-
plete parameter configurations for one or more devices.
Following configuration, you can alter parameters, upload and
download parameter sets to and from a disk, and use parameter
sets saved from other instruments.
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
N) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: 5D992.
Dolphin Plus
Instrument configuration software to quickly and
easily configure, monitor, tune and diagnose most
Siemens Milltronics devices remotely, from your
desktop PC or connected directly in the field using
a laptop.
Dolphin Plus Software includes a software CD, and
a nine pin adapter with a 2.1 m (82.7 inch) cable for
connection to a PC serial port.
N) 7ML1841-
7AA 0 7
RS 485 to RS 232 converters
No 0
Yes 1
ComVerter
No 0
Yes 1
Instruction manuals
Connection manual, English:
Included on Dolphin Plus CD and available at
www.siemens.com/processautomation
Spare parts
Converters, RS 485 to RS 232 (D-Sub) C) 7ML1830-1HA
Kits containing one 9-pin D-Sub to RJ11 adapter
and one 2.1 m (82.7) telephone cable with two
male jacks
7ML1830-1MC
ComVerter, Infrared link C) 7ML1830-1MM
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD100
2/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The SITRANS RD100 is a 2-wire loop powered, NEMA 4X
enclosed remote digital display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
Easy setup
Approved for hazardous locations
NEMA 4X, IP67 impact-resistant enclosure
Simple two-step calibration
Two modes of input allow for easy servicing,
with no interruption of loop required
Application
The RD100 is very versatile. It can be installed indoors or out-
doors, in hot or cold environments, and in safe or hazardous
areas.
It has been approved by FM and CSA as Intrinsically Safe and
non-incendive, and operates from 40 to +85 C
(-40 to +185 F), adding only 1 V to the loop.
The RD100 has a large 1 inch (2.54 cm) high display making it
easy to read.
Calibration consists of a quick two-step process involving the
adjustment of only two non-interacting potentiometers.
Key Applications: Remotely displays process variables in level,
flow, pressure, temperature and weighing applications, in a
4 to 20 mA loop.

SITRANS RD100
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion
Measuring range 4 20 mA
Measuring points 1 instrument only
Accuracy 0.1 % of span 1 count
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range -40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
Design
Weight 340 g (12 oz)
Material (enclosure) Impact-resistant glass filled poly-
carbonate body and clear poly-
carbonate cover
Degree of protection NEMA 4X, IP67
Power supply
External loop power supply 30 V DC max.
Display 1.0 inch (25.4 mm) high LCD
Numeric range from
-1000 +1999
Certificates and approvals
Hazardous
Intrinsically Safe CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
CSA/FM Class I, Zone 0,
Group IIC
Non-incendive CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C, D
CSA/FM Class II and III, Div. 2,
Groups F and G
Options
Mounting 2 inch (50.8 mm) pipe mounting
kit (zinc plated or stainless steel)
Panel mounting kit
SITRANS RD100
A 2-wire loop powered, NEMA 4X enclosed remote
digital display for process instrumentation.
C) 7ML5741-
7A A 0 0 - 0
Conduit hole location ( inch)
None 1
Bottom 2
Rear 3
Top 4
Instruction manuals
English C) 7ML1998-5JU01
French C) 7ML1998-5JU11
German
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as
a separate line item.
C) 7ML1998-5JU31
manual CD containing ATEX Quick Starts and
instruction manuals.
Accessories
Panel mount kits C) 7ML1930-1BN
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit
(zinc plated seal)
C) 7ML1930-1BP
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit
(stainless steel, Type 304, EN 1.4301)
C) 7ML1930-1BQ
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD100
2/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SITRANS RD100 dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

SITRANS RD100 connections
RD100 - front view RD100 - side view
Wall monting
holes beneath
cover screws
C: 60 (2.36) E: 65 (2.56)
D: 120 (4.72) F: 20 (0.79) B: 140 (5.51)
A: 80 (3.15)
D
A
B
C
E
F
The display PCB may be removed from
the enclosure for bench calibration. Loop
jumper must be installed on input signal
PCB to maintain loop.
Refer to RD100 instruction manual for
more details.
Calibrated current
source
Display PCB
component side
Field wiring is
made to the
Input Signal
PCB which is
mounted to the
base of the
enclosure.
Transmitter
Power
supply
Loop jumper
Input signal
PCB
Input signal PCB
(mounted to base
of enclosure)
Red
Black
LO calibration control
Balance control
(factory adjust only)
HI calibration control
Display PCB component side
(may be removed for bench calibration)
Control loop connected to
input signal PCB
Calibrator connected to
display PCB
Calibrator connected to
input signal PCB
Loop jumper
(remove when display PCB
is connected)
Calibrated current
source
+ -
+
+
-
-
DP2
DP3
DP1
S- S+ S+ S-
DP2
DP3
DP1
S+ S+ S- S-
4-20 mA
S+
S+
S-
S-
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD200
2/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The SITRANS RD200 is a universal input, panel mount remote di-
gital display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
Easy setup and programming via front panel buttons or remo-
tely using RD software
Display readable in sunlight
Universal input: accepts current, voltage, thermocouple and
RTD signals
Single or dual 24 V DC transmitter power supply
Serial communication using built in protocol or Modbus RTU
Two optional relays for alarm indication or process control ap-
plications
Linear or square root function supported
Meter Copy feature to reduce setup time, cost or errors
RD software supporting remote configuration, monitoring and
logging for up to 100 displays
Application
The RD200 is a universal remote display for level, flow, pressure,
temperature, weighing, and other process instruments.
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented from as
many as 100 displays on your local computer using the free
downloadable RD Software.
The display accepts a single input of current, voltage, thermo-
couple, and RTD. This makes the RD200 an ideal fit for use with
most field instruments.
The RD200 can be set up as a standard panel mount, or com-
bined with optional enclosures to allow it to house up to
6 displays.
Key Applications: Tank farms, pump alternation control, local or
remote display of level, temperature, flow, pressure and weig-
hing instrument values, PC monitoring and data logging with
RD Software.
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD200
2/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics RD200
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion
Measuring points 1 instrument
Remote monitoring of
100 instruments with PC and
RD software
Input
Measuring range
Current 4 20 mA, 0 20 mA
Voltage 0 .. 10 V DC,
1 5 V, 0 5 V
Thermocouple temperature Type J: -50 +750 C
(-58 +1382 F)
Type K: -50 +1260 C
(-58 +2300 F)
Type E: -50 +870 C
(-58 +1578 F)
Type T: -180 +371 C
(-292 +700 F)
Type T, 0.1 resolution:
-180.0 +371 C
(-199.9 +700 F)
RTD temperature 100 RTD: -200 +750 C
(-328 +1382 F)
Output signal
Output PDC output
4 20 mA (optional)
Modbus
Relays 2 SPDT Form C relays, rated 3 A
at 30 V DC or 3 A at 250 V AC,
non-inductive, auto-initializing
(optional)
Communications RS 232 with PDC or
Modbus RTU
RS 422/485 with PDC or
Modbus RTU
Accuracy
4 20 mA optional output 0.1 % FS 0.004 mA
Process input 0.05 % of span 1 count,
square root: 10 100 % FS
Thermocouple temperature input Type J: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type K: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type E: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type T: 1 C ( 2 F)
Type T, 0.1
Resolution: 1 C ( 1.8 F)
RTD temperature input 100 RTD: 1 C ( 1 F)
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature range -40 +85 C (-40 +185 F)
Operating temperature range 0 65 C (32 149 F)
Design
Weight 269 g (9.5 oz) (including options)
Material (enclosure) 1/8 DIN, high impact plastic,
UL94V-0, color: gray
Optional plastic, steel and stain-
less steel (Type 304, EN 1.4301)
NEMA 4 enclosures
Degree of protection Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP65 (front
cover); panel gasket provided
Electrical connection
mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted,
shielded, 0.82 3.30 mm
(18 12 AWG), Belden 8760 or
equivalent is acceptable
Electrical connection and relay
connection
Copper conductor according to
local requirements,
rated 3 A at 250 V AC
Power supply
Input voltage option 1 85 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
90 265 V DC, 20 W max.
Input voltage option 2 12 36 V DC; 12 24 V AC,
6 W max.
Transmitter power supply One or two isolated transmitter
power supplies (optional)
- Single power supply One 24 V DC 10 % at
200 mA max.
- Dual power supplies Two 24 V DC 10 % at
200 mA and 40 mA max.
External loop power supply 35 V DC max.
Output loop resistance 24 V DC, 10 700 max.
35 V DC (external),
100 1200 max.
Displays and controls
Display 14 mm (0.56 inch) high LED
Numeric range from
-1999 +9999
Four digits, automatic lead zero
blanking
Eight intensity levels
Memory Non-volatile
Stores settings for minimum of
10 years if power is lost
Programming Primary: front panel
Secondary: meter copy or PC
with SITRANS RD software
Certificates and approvals CE, UL,
C
UL
Options
Enclosures Plastic, steel and stainless steel
(Type 304, EN 1.4301) NEMA 4
and 4X enclosures
Communications Modbus RTU
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD200
2/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
1)
Available with input voltage option 1 only
2)
Available with output option C only
SITRANS RD200
A universal input, panel mount remote digital dis-
play for process instrumentation.
C) 7ML5740-
77777 - 0 A
Input voltage
85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
90 ... 265 V DC, 20 W max.
1
12 ... 36 V DC; 12 ... 24 V AC, 6 W max. 2
Transmitter supply
None A
Single 24 V DC transmitter supply
1)
B
Dual 24 V DC transmitter supply
1)2)
C
Output
None A
2 relays B
4 ... 20 mA output C
Communication
Modbus disabled 0
Modbus enabled 1
Approvals
CE, UL,
C
UL 1
Instruction manuals
English C) 7ML1998-5JS01
German
a separate line item.
C) 7ML1998-5JS31
manual CD containing ATEX Quick Starts and inst-
ruction manuals.
Other Instruction manuals
SITRANS RD Enclosures, English C) 7ML1998-5JX01
SITRANS RD Enclosures, German C) 7ML1998-5JX31
SITRANS RD Serial Adapters, English C) 7ML1998-5JV01
SITRANS RD Serial Adapters, German C) 7ML1998-5JV31
SITRANS RD Software, English C) 7ML1998-5JW01
SITRANS RD Software, German C) 7ML1998-5JW31
Accessories
SITRANS RD200 copy cables 2.1 m (7 ft) C) 7ML1930-1BR
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 serial adapters (copy
cable included)
C) 7ML1930-1BS
SITRANS RD200 RS 422/485 serial adapters
(copy cable included)
C) 7ML1930-1BT
RS 232 to RS 422/485 isolated converters C) 7ML1930-1BU
RS 232 to RS 422/485 non-isolated converters C) 7ML1930-1BV
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 and RS 485 isolated
multi-input adapter boards
C) 7ML1930-1BW
USB to RS 422/485 isolated converters C) 7ML1930-1BX
USB to RS 422/485 non-isolated converters C) 7ML1930-1BY
USB to RS 232 converters C) 7ML1930-1DC
RD Software CD for 1 ... 100 displays C) 7ML1930-1CC
Modbus option enabled 7ML1930-1CD
Low cost polycarbonate plastic enclosures for
1 display
C) 7ML1930-1CF
Thermoplastic enclosures
For use with 1 display C) 7ML1930-1CG
For use with 2 displays C) 7ML1930-1CH
For use with 3 displays C) 7ML1930-1CJ
For use with 4 displays C) 7ML1930-1CK
For use with 5 displays C) 7ML1930-1CL
For use with 6 displays C) 7ML1930-1CM
Stainless steel enclosures (Type 304, EN 1.4301)
For use with 1 display C) 7ML1930-1CN
For use with 2 displays C) 7ML1930-1CP
For use with 3 displays C) 7ML1930-1CQ
For use with 4 displays C) 7ML1930-1CR
For use with 5 displays C) 7ML1930-1CS
For use with 6 displays C) 7ML1930-1CT
Steel enclosures
For use with 1 display C) 7ML1930-1CU
For use with 2 displays C) 7ML1930-1CV
For use with 3 displays C) 7ML1930-1CW
For use with 4 displays C) 7ML1930-1CX
For use with 5 displays C) 7ML1930-1CY
For use with 6 displays C) 7ML1930-1DA
SITRANS RD200
A universal input, panel mount remote digital dis-
play for process instrumentation.
C) 7ML5740-
77777 - 0 A
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD200
2/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Schematics

Screw terminal
connector
[0.5 Nm (4.5 lb/in)
tightening torque]
RD200 - t op view RD200 - side view
6
4

(
2
.
5
)
119 (4.68)
92
(3.61)
91 (3.6)
6
2

(
2
.
4
5
)
15
(0.59)
81 (3.2)
45
(1.76)
RD200 connector labeling
2-wire
4 to 20 mA
transmitter
P2+ P1+ P1- P2- 1+
2 3 4 1 5 6
1-
SERIAL SIGNAL
P- P+
1 2
Relay 2 Relay 1
COM NC NC NO NO COM
POWER 24V OUT
Remote display,
chart recorder
24 V out mA out
RTD
sensor Switch
position
Switch
position
Signal connector Signal connector Signal connector
4-20 mA output and input signal powered by meter Three-wire RTD
input connections
Thermocouple
input connections
RTD TC RTD TC
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
TC
COM T+ EXC mA+ V+ COM T+ EXC mA+ V+
5 4 3 2 1
COM T+ EXC mA+ V+
5 4 3 2 1
COM T+ EXC mA+ V+
+ -
+
-
+ -
+ -
RTD TC
1 2 1 2 5 6 3 4
RTD
TC
SWITCH
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The SITRANS RD500 is a remote data manager providing re-
mote monitoring through integrated web access, alarm event
handling, and data capture for instrumentation and other de-
vices.
Benefits
RD500 supports report and alarm events via email, SMS, and
FTP transfer
Web provides worldwide access to instrument data and
RD500 configuration and setup
Simple configuration using a standard web browser,
no programming or additional software required.
Offers scalability with optional I/O modules for current
(4 20 mA), voltage (0 10 V), thermocouple (TC),
resistance temperature detector (RTD), and digital input,
output and counter
10 base-TI 100 Base-TX ethernet and support for GSM,
GPRS, and PSTN provide flexible remote communications
options
Supports up to 128 devices with the flexible I/O modules and
supports addressing for up to 247 Modbus serial devices via
RS 232 and RS 485 serial ports
Integrated FTP server and client supports FTP data synchro-
nization to central servers
Compact flash slot supports up to 2 Gbyte of expandable
memory for data capture and storage, 1 Gbyte industrial
compact flash card included
Log files formats are CSV (comma separated values) for data
files and HTML for report files
Supports modbus TCP via ethernet and GPRS for easy integ-
ration into control systems
Application
The RD500 is an easy-to-use remote data monitoring solution,
using a web-based application and hardware modules. The
unique modular approach allows a variety of process signals to
be monitored, while the serial ports allow data to be collected
from any Modbus RTU device.
The RD500 comprises a master communications module, and
up to 16 slave modules. Various module types are available, al-
lowing up to a maximum of 128 conventional inputs and outputs.
The RD500s serial ports can support addressing for up to
247 Modbus RTU slave devices including field instruments.
The RD500s built-in web server, FTP, and email client allows the
process to be monitored remotely. Alarm notifications are com-
municated through email and SMS text messages to one or more
recipients to ensure that appropriate actions are taken by per-
sonnel.
The RD500 supports modems, providing flexibility for applica-
tions in which GSM/GPRS cellular or landline connectivity is
desired.
The RD500 is configured via a web-based interface - a standard
browser is all the software you need to configure your system.
Key Applications: Remote monitoring, inventory management,
web enabled instrumentation or other devices.
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/23
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Milltronics RD500
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Remote data manager
Measuring points Up to 128 standard input/out-
puts
Addressing for up to
247 Modbus serial devices
Input See table on page 2/24
Output See table on page 2/24
Accuracy See table on page 2/24
Storage temperature range -30 +70 C (-22 +158 F)
Operating temperature 0 50 C (32 122 F)
Operating and storage humidity 80 % max relative humidity,
noncondensing,
from 0 50 C (32 122 F)
Design
Material (enclosure) High impact plastic and
stainless steel
Installation category I
Pollution degree 2
Weight 456.4 g (15.1 oz)
Mounting Snaps onto standard DIN style
top hat (T) profile mounting rails
according to EN50022 35 x 7.5
and 35 x 15
Power 24 V DC 10 %
400 mA min. (1 module)
3.5 Amps max. (16 modules)
Must use Class 2 or SELV-rated
power supply
Display
Status LEDs STS - status LED indicates con-
dition of master
TX/RX - transmit/receive LEDs
show serial activity
Ethernet - link and activity LEDs
CF - CompactFlash LED indica-
tes card status and read/write
activity
Memory
On-board user memory 4 Mbytes of non-volatile Flash
memory
On-board SDRAM 2 Mbytes
Memory card CompactFlash Type II slot for
Type I and Type II cards; 1 Gbyte
(optional 2 Gbyte)
Safety UL listed to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards for use in
Class I, II and III, Division 1 and
2 hazardous locations
CE, C-TICK
Communication
USB/PG port Adheres to USB specifications
1.1. Device only using Type B
connection.
Serial ports Format and baud rates for each
port are individually software pro-
grammable up to 115, 200 baud
RS 232/PG port RS 232 port via RJ12
Comms ports RS 422/485 port via RJ45 and
RS 232 port via RJ12
Ethernet port 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX; RJ45
jack is wired as a NIC (Network
Interface Card)
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/24
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Technical specifications (continued)
SITRANS RD500 Module Specifications

8 inputs, 6 solid
state outputs
8 inputs, 6 relay
outputs
8 channel,
4 20 mA
8 channel 10 V 6 channel, RTD 8 channel thermo-
couple module
Order number 7ML1930-1ES 7ML1930-1ER 7ML1930-1EP 7ML1930-1EQ 7ML1930-1ET 7ML1930-1EU
Application 8 inputs, 6 outputs
used to monitor
contact or sensor
inputs
8 inputs, 6 outputs
used to monitor
contact or sensor
inputs
16 bit analog input
module provides
high density signal
measurement for
data monitoring
applications and
accepts
0/4 20 mA pro-
cess signals
16 bit analog input
module provides
high density signal
measurement for
data monitoring
applications and
accepts 10 V
process signals
16 bit analog input
module provides
high-density sig-
nal measurement
for data acquisition
applications and
accepts various
RTD inputs
16 bit thermo-
couple input
module provides
high density signal
measurement for
data acquisition
applications and
accepts wide
range of thermo-
couple types
Accuracy Not applicable Not applicable 0.1 % of span 0.1 % of span (0.2 % of span,
1 C) 0 50 C
(32 122 F);
(0.1 % of span,
1 C) 18 28 C
(64 82 F);
includes NIST con-
formity, A/D con-
version errors,
temperature coef-
ficient and lineari-
zation conformity
at 23 C after
20 minutes warm-
up
(0.3 % of span,
1 C); includes
NIST conformity,
cold junction
effect, A/D conver-
sion errors, tempe-
rature coefficient
and linearization
conformity at 23 C
after 20 minute
warm-up
Mounting Snaps onto standard DIN style top hat (T) profile mounting rails according to EN50022 35 x 7.5 and -35 x 15
Inputs Dip switch selecta-
ble for sink or
source
Dip switch selecta-
ble for sink or
source
max. voltage:
30 V DC, reverse
polarity protected
off voltage: < 1.2 V
on voltage: > 3.8 V
input frequency:
filter switch on:
50 Hz
filter switch off:
300 Hz
8 single-ended
ranges:
0 20 mA or
4 20 mA
resolution:
full 16-bit
sample time:
50 400 ms
depending on
number of enab-
led inputs
8 single-ended
ranges:
0 10 V DC or
10 V DC
resolution:
full 16-bit
sample time:
50 400 ms
depending on
number of enab-
led inputs
6 single-ended
resolution:
full 16-bit
sample time:
67 400 ms
depending on
number of enab-
led inputs
8 single-ended
resolution:
full 16-bit
sample time:
50 400 ms
depending on
number of enab-
led inputs
Outputs Solid state output,
switched DC,
contact rating
1 A DC max.
Form A, NO pairs
share common ter-
minals:
1&2, 3&4, 5&6
current rating by
pair:
3 Amps at 30 V
DC/125 VAC resis-
tive
1/10 HP
at125 V AC
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/25
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
SITRANS RD500
The SITRANS RD500 is a remote data manager pro-
viding integrated web access, alarm event handling
and data capture for instrumentation.
K) 7ML5750-
77A 0 0 - 0
Communications Connection
Ethernet
1)
1
Digital Communications to Instruments
RS 485 Modbus RTU A
Input configuration modules
Note: one RD500 supports 16 input modules
RD500 8 channel 0/4 ... 20 mA input module C) 7ML1930-1EP
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module C) 7ML1930-1EQ
RD500 8 digital inputs, 6 relay outputs module C) 7ML1930-1ER
RD500 8 digital inputs, 6 solid state outputs
module
1)
C) 7ML1930-1ES
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module C) 7ML1930-1ET
RD500 8 channel thermocouple module C) 7ML1930-1EU
Operating Instructions
Application manual, English K) 7ML1998-5MA01
Application manual, German
Note: Additional Operating Instructions should be
ordered as a separate line item.
K) 7ML1998-5MA31
manual CD containing Quick Starts and Operating
Instructions.
Other Operating Instructions
RD500 Remote Data Manager manual, English:
web access, alarm event handling, and data cap-
ture
K) 7ML1998-5MK01
RD500 Remote Data Manager manual, German:
web access, alarm event handling, and data cap-
ture
K) 7ML1998-5MK31
RD500 8 channel 0/4 ... 20 mA input module
manual, English
C) 7ML1998-5MB01
RD500 8 channel 0/4 ... 20 mA input module
manual, German
C) 7ML1998-5MB31
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module manual,
English
C) 7ML1998-5MC01
RD500 8 channel 10 V input module manual,
German
C) 7ML1998-5MC31
RD500 8 inputs, 6 relay outputs module manual,
English
C) 7ML1998-5MD01
RD500,8 inputs, 6 relay outputs module manual,
German
C) 7ML1998-5MD31
RD500 8 inputs, 6 solid state outputs module
manual, English
C) 7ML1998-5ME01
RD500 8 inputs, 6 solid state outputs module
manual, German
C) 7ML1998-5ME31
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module manual,
English
C) 7ML1998-5MF01
RD500 6 channel input, RTD module manual,
German
C) 7ML1998-5MF31
RD500 8 channel thermocouple module manual,
English
C) 7ML1998-5MJ01
RD500, 8 channel thermocouple module manual,
German
C) 7ML1998-5MJ31
Accesories
Multitech GPRS modem, external C) 7ML1930-1EX
Industrial CompactFlash card, 2 Gbyte L) 7ML1930-1FB
Industrial CompactFlash card, 1 Gbyte L) 7ML1930-1FC
RJ11 serial to terminal block RS 232 C) 7ML1930-1FD
RJ45 serial to terminal block RS 485 C) 7ML1930-1FE
GPRS Modem antenna C) 7ML1930-1FF
RD500 Spare Module base C) 7ML1930-1FG
RD500 Spare End terminator C) 7ML1930-1FH
5 Ethernet Cat 5e Red X/O cable for configuration 7ML1930-1FM
USB cable type A to B C) 7ML1930-1FN
1)
Configuration limited to 16 modules.
L) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: 3A991X.
SITRANS RD500
The SITRANS RD500 is a remote data manager pro-
viding integrated web access, alarm event handling
and data capture for instrumentation.
K) 7ML5750-
77A 0 0 - 0
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/26
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Dimensions
Mounting
DIN rail
Depress
24.5 (1) min.
clearance
24.5 (1) min.
clearance
105.4 (4.15)
1
3
4
.
7

(
5
.
3
0
)
78.5 (3.09)
3
4
4
Siemens AG 2011
SITRANS RD500
2/27
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Schematics

or
Standard ethernet cable
Power connection
Communication ports Programming ports
Ethernet connection (Port 3)
RD500 port pin outs RS 422/485
4-wire connections
RS 485
2-wire connections
Common +24 V DC
green/
amber LED
yellow LED
green/
amber LED
yellow LED
Expansion
port
Power connector
GREEN/
AMBER
LED
YELLOW
LED
RS232/PG PORT
COMMS PORT
COMMS PORT
COMMON
RS 232
RS 485
TxB
5V
TxA
GND
TxEN
(OC)
130K
130K
Tx/Rx Tx
Rx
TxB
TxA
TxEN
(OC)
GND
RxB
RxA
5V
130K
130K
5V
130K
130K
7
1
8
2
4
3
6
5
7
1
8
2
5
6
COMM
+24
N/C
USB/PG
COMM
Tx
RTS
Rx
COMM
CTS
COMM
TxA
TxB
RxA
R
S
2
3
2
R
S
4
8
5
RxB
TxA
TxB
1
2 24 VDC 10%
3 N/C
COMM
Rx
CTS (PIN 1)
Tx
COMM
RTS (PIN 6)
USB/PG
RxA
TxB (PIN 1)
TxA
COMM
R
S
2
3
2
R
S
4
8
5
RxB
TxB
TxA (PIN 8)
COMM
Rx
CTS (PIN 1)
Tx
COMM
RTS (PIN 6)
R
S
2
3
2
ETHERNET (NIC)
TxEN
Ethernet (crossover)
Siemens AG 2011
SmartLinx
2/28
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SmartLinx modules provide direct digital connection to popular
industrial communications buses with true plug-and-play com-
patibility with products manufactured by Siemens.
Benefits
Fast, easy installation
Direct connection: no additional installation required
Scaleable application layer allows for optimized network
bandwidth and memory requirements
Modules available for PROFIBUS DP,
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O and DeviceNet
Application
Many Siemens Milltronics products include Modbus communi-
cations. For additional communication modules,
SmartLinx cards are the answer.
They are fast and easy to install, and can be added at any time.
The module simply plugs into the socket on any SmartLinx-en-
abled product. They require no secondary private buses or gate-
ways and no separate wiring. There are no extra boxes to con-
nect to your network so theres a minimum load on engineering
and maintenance staff.
SmartLinx provides all data from the instrument, including mea-
surement and status, and allows changes to operation parame-
ters to be done over the bus. The user can select which data in
the application layer to transfer over the bus. This selection
saves bandwidth and memory and optimizes data throughput
and speeds up the network, enabling you to connect more in-
struments to your network.

Smart Linx
Module type Allen-Bradley Remote I/O
Interface RIO
Transmission rate 57.6, 115.2 or 230.4 kbps
Rack address 1 73, 1/4 full rack
Connection RIO slave
SmartLinx module compatibility Milltronics BW500
Milltronics SF500
Module type PROFIBUS DP
Interface RS 485 (PROFIBUS standard)
Transmission rate All valid PROFIBUS DP rates
from 9600 kbps to 12 Mbps
Rack address 0 99
Connection Slave
Milltronics SF500
Module type DeviceNet
Interface DeviceNet physical layer
Transmission rate 125, 250, 500 kbps
Rack address 0 63
Connection Slave (group 2)
Milltronics SF500
SmartLinx modules
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O modules C) 7ML1830-1HS
PROFIBUS DP modules 7ML1830-1HR
DeviceNet modules 7ML1830-1HT
Instruction manuals
Allen-Bradley Remote I/O communications
module, English
C) 7ML1998-1AP03
PROFIBUS communications module
English C) 7ML1998-1AQ03
French C) 7ML1998-1AQ12
German C) 7ML1998-1AQ32
DeviceNet, English C) 7ML1998-1BH02
Spare SmartLinx software
Allen-Bradley data diskettes C) 7ML1830-1CK
PROFIBUS DP data diskettes C) 7ML1830-1CL
DeviceNet data diskettes C) 7ML1830-1CM
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX - PLC-based weighing modules
Introduction
2/29
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview
Automation with integral weighing and proportioning tech-
nology
In addition to the accuracy when weighing and proportioning, in-
corporation of weighing technology into modern automation sys-
tems serves to increase the sustained success of a company.
Requirements on scales in industrial processes
The weighing and proportioning system is of significant impor-
tance in many industrial processes, where many different weigh-
ing tasks have to be handled. Both programmable controllers
(PLC) and process control systems (PCS) are used to automate
production processes.
There are many different types of scales that work together with
automation systems, depending on requirements.
Production automation places the following demands on weigh-
ing technology:
Flexibility for typical scale functions
Simple expansion of weighing system
Adaptability to the automation task, and
Integrated communication concept
Scales that are able to satisfy these demands can be classified
as part of the automation system. In this sense, the scale is an
intelligent automation object comprising:
Sensor technology
Control
Actuator technology
and carries out its tasks according to the definitions of the con-
trol system.

SIWAREX FTA weighing electronics in the S7-300 system
Distribution of weighing functions within automation system
The distribution of weighing functions within automation systems
has been subject to constant change in recent years. The rea-
sons for this can be found in the search for an efficient solution
for weighing tasks in the automation environment. The perfor-
mance of hardware components is no longer the only reason for
deciding to use a specific solution architecture. A modern
weighing solution needs to cover the following scale-related re-
quirements:
High reliability
Simple operation
Excellent reproducibility, and
High accuracy
as well as the requirements associated with the following auto-
mation properties:
Consistency (hardware/software)
Flexibility
Standardization

SIMATIC hardware configuration with SIWAREX CS weighing electronics
Application-compatible implementation leads to the following
three aspects:
The demands for accuracy and reproducibility require the use
of special, high-quality function units for signal recording, sig-
nal adaptation, A/D conversion and preprocessing, as well as
open-loop and closed-loop control functions. The task means
that the weighing signals must be resolved in up to 16 million
digitization steps. During proportioning and filling, material
flows must be controlled over binary scale signals with a time
resolution of up to less than one millisecond.
A range of other application-specific functions are also re-
quired to perform the overall task. It is therefore essential to
take into account the complete value chain in the production
process. These might include the automatic filling of supply
hoppers or the unloading of the final product - so that a system
is required that supports simple implementation of the neces-
sary functions.
It is also necessary to ensure full integration of the weighing
systems into the total automation technology wherever possi-
ble. This covers not only communication, but also requires
functional integration and the engineering of all automation
functions using standard tools.
These aspects result in the following solution, which easily satis-
fies all requirements:
Function modules for weighing systems that contain the re-
quired hardware and firmware as standard, in order to satisfy
the high accuracy requirements and time-critical tasks. These
function modules contain all the features of the standard auto-
mation system and are therefore completely compatible.
Use of standard automation systems for the implementation of
application-specific tasks. This not only enables the use of the
standards already generally applied for engineering, visual-
ization, archiving etc., but also supports full integration into the
total automation technology without the need for any further
adaptation. Sector-specific and application-specific solutions
can be implemented particularly flexibly in this case. Special
weighing and process methods or recipes can be protected
from access by third-parties by means of software protection
(know-how protected).
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
2/30
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview (continued)
This concept sees the weighing system as an automation ob-
ject integrated in the total automation solution. The aforemen-
tioned total compatibility means that the standard automation
functions and the weighing functions combine to form a ho-
mogenous entity for the user and meet the demands for uni-
formity, ease of use and flexibility on the basis of existing stan-
dards.
This solution means that the component architecture can be
central or distributed. The advantage of a central architecture
is the time-optimized interaction between control CPU and
weighing processor. In the case of distributed architecture, i.e.
when the components are integrated in the scale, the weigh-
ing system is easily transformed into an autonomous "field de-
vice" connected to the automation technology through the
open PROFIBUS or PROFINET.

Curve display of proportioning, recorded over the weighing electronics
using SIWAREX FTA
SIWAREX weighing systems in automation
"Totally Integrated Automation" is an integral part of the
SIWAREX weighing systems.
A key feature is the total integration of SIWAREX into the SIMATIC
world.
This means:
Implementation of central automation concepts through direct
integration in SIMATIC S7
Implementation of distributed automation concepts by direct
integration in SIMATIC NET
Integration in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
Operator control and monitoring through SIMATIC HMI
Consistent configuration and programming using SIMATIC
software
Material parameters

Sample material parameters in SIMATIC HMI
SIWAREX - weighing electronics - uniform SIMATIC system
basis
By investing in SIWAREX weighing modules, you are investing in
the uniform SIMATIC system basis on which the automation
components of the entire production process can build from in-
coming goods (upstream area) to the production process (main-
stream area) down to the filling machine at the end of the pro-
duction chain (downstream area) a system basis that
encompasses all hierarchic levels, from the HMI through to the
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET fieldbus. Why use specialized tech-
nology for each weighing or proportioning problem when a uni-
form basis is available for all individual problem solutions? With
SIWAREX, Siemens has created this uniform basis.

Applications of SIWAREX weighing technology in the production process
SIWAREX FTA
receiving scale
SIWAREX CS
or
SIWAREX U
stock
SIWAREX FTA
batching scale
Incoming
goods
Batching plant Process Storage Delivery
Conti processes
SIWAREX FTC
SIWAREX CS
or
SIWAREX U
fill weight scale
SIWAREX FTA

filling machine
load scale
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
2/31
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Integrated automation solutions with weighing technology
SIWAREX weighing modules are ideally suited to integrated au-
tomation solutions using weighing technology. SIWAREX can be
used for every SIMATIC solution regardless of whether it is inte-
grated into the SIMATIC S7 automation system in the form of a
module or used as a distributed I/O with the SIMATIC S7 or C7.
The highlight: SIWAREX modules are integrated into the automa-
tion system with the same engineering tools as all other automa-
tion components. This is an excellent solution which reduces en-
gineering costs and training expenses!
The ET 200 I/O station is designed as a modular system. The
weighing electronics are selected from the module catalog and
placed in the rack of the modular I/O station. The software ad-
dresses the weighing electronics as if they were modules
plugged into the central controller of an automation system.
With the use of standard hardware (SIMATIC components) and
standard software (STEP 7), freely programmable, modular
weighing systems are available which can be inexpensively
adapted to specific plant requirements, e.g. by means of:
Additional SIMATIC digital outputs for controlling a mixer,
heater, agitator, etc.
Additional functions implemented in STEP 7 for determining
and controlling the material flow or for correcting the setpoint
based on material moisture.
The advantages of direct integration at a glance:
Low-cost system integration because no additional coupling
modules are required
Low configuration costs due to the uniform system concept
System-compatible module behavior (diagnostic interrupts,
process interrupts, command output disables, etc.)
Tailor-made low-cost weighing systems through expansion
with standard SIMATIC components
High plant availability
Easy installation due to snap-on technique
Low space requirements due to compact design

Scales can also be adjusted without an automation system
High plant availability to ensure that production does not
come to a halt
Apart from the advantage that configuration know-how is only re-
quired for a single system, there are also enormous advantages
in terms of plant availability.
In the SIMATIC S7, for example, faults (measuring range ex-
ceeded, proportioning fault, sensor fault, etc.) are reported to
the automation system via diagnostic interrupts without the need
to input a single line of programming code.
Error messages from the weighing electronics are automatically
transferred to the automation system. The diagnostic information
enables easy location of the module from which the message
originated.
Using a programmer or the plant visualization, operating person-
nel are then able to localize the fault, display its cause and, if
necessary, replace the defective module.
When the correct bus modules are used, the SIWAREX U,
SIWAREX CS, SIWAREX FTA, SIWAREX FTC and SIWAREX CF
weighing electronics can even be replaced under power.
A replaced module is automatically detected by the automation
system. Thanks to the transparent data management, the scales
parameters saved in the automation system can then be trans-
ferred to the new weighing electronics. The scales are immedi-
ately available again for weighing tasks no need to readjust
with control weights (except for applications that require legal-
for-trade certification).
Because SIWAREX weighing systems are made solely of stan-
dard components (e.g. SIWAREX weighing modules, SIMATIC
digital input/outputs, etc.), spare parts inventories are very easy
to handle.

Scale faceplate of a loss-in-weight scale
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
2/32
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Standard programming in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process con-
trol system as in the SIMATIC S7 automation system
While the weighing modules used with the SIMATIC S7 automa-
tion system are usually integrated into the system with the typical
PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List), LAD (Lad-
der diagram) or FBD (Function Block Diagram), configuration in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is usually imple-
mented by means of graphic interconnection in the CFC (Con-
tinuous Function Chart). Configuration is used instead of pro-
gramming.
The scales are displayed in the ES (engineering system) as
"technology blocks" in the CFC. At the OS (operator station),
however, faceplates are used to display the scales in the WinCC
visualization system.
The faceplates can be used to monitor the weight values and op-
erate the scales.

Scales displayed in the ES engineering system (on the left) and on the
OS operator station (on the right)
SIWAREX application table
1)
Suitable for applications that require legal-for-trade certification
Application Examples Selection
Static weight measurements, high accuracy Platform scales, container weighers, vehicle
scales
SIWAREX FTA
1)
, max. resolution 16 million
parts
Static weight measurements, medium accuracy Container weighers, silos SIWAREX U for S7 300 and ET 200M
SIWAREX CS for ET 200S
For ET 200S
SIWAREX MS for S7 200
Force and torque measurements Rolling mills, monitoring of loads and belt ten-
sions, overload protection, torque measure-
ments
SIWAREX FTC (bidirectional)
SIWAREX CF for ET 200S (bidirectional)
SIWAREX MS for S7 200 (bidirectional)
Proportioning Batching plants, batch processes, propor-
tioning recipes, single-scale and multi-scale
systems
SIWAREX FTA
1)
(OIML R-51)
Proportioning Batching plants, in continuous operation, pro-
portioning recipes, single-scale and multi-
scale systems
SIWAREX FTC
(operating mode - loss-in-weight scale)
Filling, fast filling Filling machines, weighing and sack filling
machines, big bag
SIWAREX FTA
1)
(OIML R-61)
SIWAREX MULTISCALE (software for batch-
ing plants and mixers)
SIWAREX MULTIFILL (software for filling/bag-
ging in multi-head plants)
Fast loading Loading scales for receiving and load opera-
tions
SIWAREX FTA
1)
(OIML R-107)
Static quantity control Automatic weight control in static mode, e.g.
following filling
SIWAREX FTA
1)
(OIML R-51)
Flow meter Bulk flow meter (baffle plate) SIWAREX FTC (flow meter mode)
Conveyor scale, weighfeeder Measurement of belt load, conveyed quantity,
loading according to setpoint
SIWAREX FTC (conveyor scale operating
mode) and PID control
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
2/33
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
( ) ( )
Legal-for-trade
Fast weight value processing
This questionnaire is only a guideline. For special configurations refer to your Siemens contact person.
Special application requirements
Retrofit of an old installation Drawing available Pictures available
Required precision:
Diagnostics
Load cells quantity: Number of support points:
Dead load :
Type of material:
Force measurement
Loss in weight dosing scale
Weighfeeder
Total maximum weight:
Load cells
Name:
Other
WINCC flex Version:
Version: SIMATIC PCS7
Type:
SIMATIC S7-300/400 with bus
SIMATIC S7-300 directly
SIMATIC integration
Lift up protection
Guide elements required?
Vibration (Motor, Mixer, etc.)
Ex Protection High measuring rate
High overload protection
Preventive diagnostics
Error control and logging
Zone type/number: With Ex approval
Recording of weighing sequence
Basic weighing functions
Requested features
Solid flow meter
Dosing scale
Belt scale
Checkweigher
Automatic filling/Big Bag scale
Truck/Wagon scale static
Vessel/Silo/level measurement
Truck scale
Platform Scale
Non Automatic Weighing Instrument
Date :
Notes on application:
Prepared by :
Fax:
Country:
Phone:
Application type
Customer information
E-mail:
Zip/Postal Code:
City:
Address:
Company:
Contact:
SIWAREX Mechanic
Electronics
Questionnaire SIWAREX
Stainless steel
required ?
Siemens AG
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX U
2/34
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SIWAREX U weighing electronics
SIWAREX U is a versatile weighing module for all simple weigh-
ing and force measuring tasks. The compact module is easy to
install in all SIMATIC automation systems. Complete data access
is then possible via SIMATIC.
Benefits
SIWAREX U offers the following key advantages:
Uniform design technology and consistent communication in
SIMATIC
Use in distributed plant concept through connection to
PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET using ET 200M
Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of
65 000 parts and an accuracy of 0.05 %
Space saving through use of two-channel version for two
scales
Direct connection of a remote display to the TTY interface
Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL U program
Supports theoretical adjustment without adjustment weights
Supports replacement of module without renewed adjustment
of scale
Can be used in Ex applications
Application
SIWAREX U is the optimum solution wherever strain gage sen-
sors, such as load cells, force sensors or torque measuring
shafts, are used for measuring tasks. The following are typical
SIWAREX U applications:
Fill level monitoring of silos and bunkers
Monitoring of crane and cable loads
Measuring of conveyor belt loads
Overload protection for industrial lifts and rolling mills
Weighing in potentially explosive areas (through use of an Ex
interface)
Monitoring of belt tension
Design
SIWAREX FTC is a compact SIMATIC S7-300 function module
(FM) and can be snapped directly onto the SIMATIC S7-300 or
ET 200M backplane bus. The snap-on rail mounting means that
it is extremely easy to mount/wire.
The load cells, power supply and the serial interface are con-
nected via a standard 20-pin front plug.
The operation of the SIWAREX U in SIMATIC ensures the total in-
tegration of the weighing technology in the automation system.
Function
SIWAREX U is available with either one or two measuring chan-
nels. One measuring channel is required for each set of scales.
The primary task of SIWAREX U is the measurement of sensor
voltage and the conversion of this measurement into a weight
value. The signal can also be digitally filtered if required.
As well as determining weights, the SIWAREX MS monitors two
freely programmable limits (min./max. as required).
The SIWAREX U comes factory-calibrated. This means that the-
oretical adjustment of the scale is possible without adjustment
weights, and that modules can be replaced without the need to
readjust the scale. When using "active bus modules", replace-
ment is also possible during operation.
Consistent and uniform communication between all system
components enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration
and diagnosis in industrial processes.
The SIWAREX U has two serial interfaces. The TTY interface
serves to connect up to four digital remote displays. In addition
to the two weight values of weighing channels 1 and 2, another
two values can be set via SIMATIC and indicated on the remote
displays.
A PC for adjusting the scale can be connected through the RS
232 interface.
SIWAREX U can be integrated not only in the plant software us-
ing the classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement
List), LD (Ladder Diagram) SFC (Sequential Function Chart) or
SCL (Structured Control Language), but also by means of graph-
ical configuration with CFCs (Continuous Function Chart), where
faceplates are provided in PCS 7 for visualization of the scales.
In contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX U
does not need costly additional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
Integration in SIMATIC produces freely-programmable, modular
weighing systems which can be modified according to opera-
tional requirements.
The SIWATOOL U software uses the familiar Windows interface
and can be used to set SIWAREX weighing modules, indepen-
dent of the automation system. Input masks allow all parameters
for the weighing modules to be specified, saved and printed for
plant documentation.
The diverse diagnostic options provided by SIWATOOL U en-
sure fast fault locating in online mode.
The SIWAREX U weighing module can be used for potentially ex-
plosive areas (zone 2). The load cells can be provided with an
intrinsically-safe power supply through an optional Ex interface.
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX U
2/35
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

1)
Supply of load cells compared to 7MH4601-1AA01 or ... 1BA01 changed
to 6 V DC
2)
Up to 1 000 m (3280 ft) possible under certain conditions, provided the
recommended cable is used (see Accessories).
SIWAREX U
Integration in automation sys-
tems:
S7-300 Direct integration
S7-400 (H) Via ET 200M
PCS 7 (H) Via ET 200M
C7 Via IM or ET 200M
Automation systems from other
vendors
Via ET 200M
Stand-alone (without SIMATIC CPU) Possible with IM 153-1
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (P bus)
RS 232
TTY
Connection of remote displays
(through TTY serial interface)
Gross, channel 1, 2 or
default value 1, 2
Adjustment of scale settings Via SIMATIC (P bus) or PC with
SIWATOOL U (RS 232)
Measuring properties
Error limit to DIN 1319-1 of full-scale
value at 20 C 10 K
0.05 %
Internal resolution ADC
Data format of weight values
65 535
2 byte (fixed-point)
Number of measurements/s 50
Digital filter 0.05 5 Hz (in 7 steps), mean-
value filter
Weighing functions
Weight values Gross
Limit values 2 (min./max.)
Zero setting function Per command
Load cells Strain gages in 4-wire or
6-wire system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
s
(rated value) 6 V DC
1)
Maximum supply current 150 mA per channel
Permissible load resistance
R
Lmin
> 40 per channel
R
Lmax
< 4 010
With Ex(i) interface:
R
Lmin
> 87 per channel
R
Lmax
< 4 010
Permissible load cell
characteristic
Up to 4 mV/V
Max. distance of load cells 500 m
2)
150/500 m for gas group IIC
500 m
2)
for gas group IIB (see
SIWAREX IS Manual)
Intrinsically-safe load cell
powering
Optional (Ex interface) with
SIWAREX IS
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage
Maximum current consumption
Current consumption from back-
plane bus
24 V DC
150 mA (single-channel)/
240 mA (two-channel)
100 mA
Certification ATEX 95, FM, cUL
US
Haz. Loc.
IP degree of protection to
DIN EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
Climatic requirements
T
min (IND)
to T
max (IND)
)
(operating temperature)
Vertical installation
Horizontal installation
0 ... 60 C (32 ... 140 F)
0 ... 40 C (32 ... 104 F)
EMC requirements according to NAMUR NE21, Part 1
EN 61326
Dimensions 40 x 125 x 130 mm
(1.58 x 4.92 x 5.12 inch)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX U
2/36
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
SIWAREX U
For SIMATIC S7 and ET 200M,
incl. bus connector, weight 0.3 kg
(6.61 lb)
Single-channel version
1)
for con-
necting one scale
D) 7MH4950-1AA01
Two-channel version
2)
for con-
necting two scales
D) 7MH4950-2AA01
SIWAREX U manual
Available in a range of languages
Free download on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/weigh-
ingtechnology
SIWAREX U configuration pack-
age for SIMATIC S7, Version 5.4
or higher
on CD-ROM
PC SIWATOOL U software (avail-
able in a range of languages),
new design
Sample program "Getting start-
ed" ready to use application for
SIMATIC S7
SIWAREX U manual on CD
(available in a range of languag-
es), new design
HSP Hardware Support Pack-
age for integrating SIWAREX U
in STEP 7
7MH4950-1AK01
age for PCS 7, version 6.x
Suitable for 7MH4601-1*A01 and
7MH4950-*AA01
Available in German and English
on CD-ROM, module for the CFC
and faceplate
7MH4683-3BA64
age for PCS7 S7, Version 7.0
and V7.1 or higher
Suitable for 7MH4950-1AA01 and
7MH4950-2AA01
on CD-ROM
HSP Hardware Support
Package for integrating
SIWAREX U in STEP 7
Function block for CFC
Faceplate
SIWATOOL U commissioning
software
Manual
7MH4950-3AK61
SIWATOOL cable
from SIWAREX U/CS with serial
PC interface, for 9-pin PC inter-
faces (RS 232), 3 m long (9.84 ft)
7MH4607-8CA
Installation material (mandatory)
20-pin front plug with screw
contacts
(required for each SIWAREX mod-
ule)
6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
Shield contact element
Sufficient for two SIWAREX U
modules
6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0
Shield connection terminal
Contents: 2 units (suitable for
cable with diameter 4 ... 13 mm
(0.16 ... 0.51 inch))
Note:
one shield connection terminal
each is required for:
Scale connection
RS 485 interface
RS 232 interface
6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
S7 DIN rail
160 mm (6.30 inch) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm (32.68 inch) 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
2 000 mm (78.74 inch) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Accessories (optional)
PS 307 load power supplies
(only required if 24 V DC not
available)
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, incl.
power connector
PS 307-1B; 2 A 6ES7307-1BA00-0AA0
PS 307-1E; 5 A 6ES7307-1EA00-0AA0
PS 307-1K; 10 A 6ES7307-1KA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
(10 units, spare part)
6ES7392-2XX00-0AA0
Remote displays (option)
The digital remote displays can
be connected directly to
SIWAREX U through a TTY inter-
face.
The following remote displays can
be used:
S102, S302
Siebert Industrieelektronik
GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
Internet: http://www.siebert.de
Detailed information available
from manufacturer.
SIWAREX JB junction box,
aluminium housing
for connecting up to 4 load cells
in parallel, and for connecting
several junction boxes
7MH4710-1BA
stainless steel housing
in parallel
7MH4710-1EA
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi 7MH4710-5AA
With UL and FM approvals, but
without ATEX approval
for intrinsically-safe connection of
load cells,
suitable for the SIWAREX U, CS,
MS, FTA and FTC weighing mod-
ules.
Not approved for use in the EU.
Manual for Ex interface
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX U
2/37
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Selection and Ordering data (continued)
Order No.
1)
Compatible with 7MH4601-1AA01; supply of load cells changed to 6 V DC.
2)
Compatible with 7MH4601-1BA01; supply of load cells changed to 6 V DC.
Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS
With ATEX approval, but without
UL and FM approvals, for intrin-
sically-safe connection of load
cells, including manual
MS, FTA, FTC and CF weighing
modules.
Approved for use in the EU.
With short-circuit current
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST +
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
to connect SIWAREX U, CS, MS,
FTA, FTC and CF to the junction
box (JB), extension box (EB) or
Ex interface (Ex-I) or between two
JBs, for fixed laying, occasional
bending permitted, 10.8 mm
(0.43 inch) outer diameter, for
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST +
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
to connect the junction box (JB)
or extension box (EB) in a poten-
tially explosive area to the Ex
interface (Ex-I), for fixed laying,
occasional bending permitted,
blue PVC insulating sheath,
approx. 10.8 mm (0.43 inch) outer
diameter, for ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
Cable LiYCY 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm
)
for TTY (connect 2 pairs of con-
ductors in parallel), for connec-
tion of a remote display
D) 7MH4407-8BD0
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX CS
2/38
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SIWAREX CS weighing electronics
SIWAREX CS is a versatile weighing module for all simple weigh-
install in all SIMATIC automation systems. Data can be accessed
directly in the SIMATIC.
Benefits
SIWAREX CS offers the following key advantages:
SIMATIC
Uniform configuration with SIMATIC
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET via ET 200S
Direct connection of a remote display to the TTY interface
Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL CS program
via the RS 232 interface
of scale
For use in Ex zone 2, intrinsically-safe load cell powering for
zone 1 using Ex interface.
Application
SIWAREX CS is the optimum solution wherever strain gage sen-
SIWAREX CS applications:
Non-automatic weighing machines
Measuring of crane and cable loads
Load measuring for industrial lifts and rolling mills
Weighing in potentially explosive areas (zone 2 directly, or
zone 1 using Ex interface SIWAREX IS)
Force measuring, container weighers, platform scales and
crane scales
Design
SIWAREX CS is a compact function module (FM) in the
SIMATIC ET 200S and can be plugged directly onto a terminal
module. The power supply is connected via a power module and
an internal power supply rail.
The load cells and the serial interface are connected via the ter-
minal module connections. The use of the terminal module en-
ables replacement of the module without the need to undo con-
nection cables.
Function
The primary task of SIWAREX CS is the measurement of sensor
value. Up to 3 interpolation points are used for the weight calcu-
lation. The signal can also be digitally filtered if required.
As well as determining weights, the SIWAREX CS monitors two
freely programmable limits (min./max. as required) and notifies
SIMATIC if these values are exceeded.
The SIWAREX CS comes factory-calibrated. This means that
theoretical adjustment of the scale is possible without adjust-
ment weights, and that modules can be replaced without the
need to readjust the scale.
All master modules support the readout of process data from
SIWAREX CS via peripherals. In the case of PROFIBUS master
modules that support the protocol DP V1 and PROFINET master
modules, it is also possible to use data record communication to
read out data and input settings.
Group diagnostics and process alarms are possible with all
PROFIBUS master modules with DP V1 and PROFINET modules.
Master modules with DP V0 support group diagnosis, but not
process alarms.
The SIWAREX CS has two serial interfaces. The TTY interface
serves to connect digital remote displays. The remote displays
can show the weight value with status information.
A PC can be connected via the RS 232 interface to parameterize
the SIWAREX CS.
SIWAREX CS can be integrated in the plant software using the
classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List), LD
(Ladder Diagram) SFC (Sequential Function Chart) or SCL
(Structured Control Language).
In contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX CS
Used in conjunction with SIWAREX CS, it is possible to configure
freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC.
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX CS
2/39
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Function (continued)

Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX CS software "Getting started"
In addition to the configuration package, the ready-to-use
SIWAREX CS software "Getting started" is also available free-of-
charge and shows beginners how to integrate the module in a
STEP 7 program and offers a basis for application programming.
A SIWAREX CS scale is then easy to implement in SIMATIC, for
use together with a SIMATIC panel as operator panel.
Using the SIWATOOL CS software, the SIWAREX weighing mod-
ules offer Windows convenience and are quick to get up and
running. Screen forms allow all user-definable parameters of the
weighing modules to be specified, saved and printed for plant
documentation.
The diverse diagnostic options provided by SIWATOOL CS en-
The SIWAREX CS weighing module can be used in potentially
explosive areas (zone 2). It can also be used in zone 1 by imple-
menting an optional Ex interface, whereby SIWAREX CS must be
installed in a safe area.

SIWAREX CS
Integration in automation
systems
S7-400, S7-300, C7 via ET 200S
IM151-7 CPU Through backplane bus
manufacturers (possible with limita-
tions)
via ET 200S
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane
bus), RS 232, TTY
(through TTY serial interface)
Display for weight value
Adjustment of scale settings using SIMATIC S7/C7 IM151-7
CPU or SIWATOOL CS PC param-
eterization software (RS 232)
Measuring accuracy
Error limit to DIN 1319-1 of full-scale
value at 20 C 10 K
0.05 %
Internal resolution
65 535
Digital filter 0.05 ... 5 Hz (in 7 steps), mean-
value filter
Weighing functions
Weight values Gross, net
Tare function Per command
Tare specification Per command
6-wire system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
s
(rated value) 6 V DC typ.
Max. supply current 68 mA
R
Lmin
> 87
R
Lmax
< 4 010
With SIWAREX IS Ex interface:
R
Lmin
> 87
R
Lmax
< 4 010
Load cell characteristic 1 4 mV/V
Permissible range of measuring
signal (at greatest set character-
istic value)
-2.4 ... +26.4 mV
Max. distance of load cells 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
powering
Optional (SIWAREX IS Ex inter-
face)
External load cell powering 24 V
Connection to load cells in
Ex zone 1
Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex
interface
Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, FM, cUL
US
Haz. Loc.
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage 24 V DC
Max. current consumption 150 mA
IP degree of protection acc. to
DIN EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
T
min (IND)
... T
max (IND)

Vertical installation -10 ... +60 C (14 140 F)
Horizontal installation -10 ... +40 C (14 104 F)
EMC requirements according to EN 61326, EN 45501
NAMUR NE21, Part 1
(3.15 x 4.92 x 5.12 inch)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX CS
2/40
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX CS
Weighing electronics for scales in
SIMATIC ET 200S
7MH4910-0AA01
SIWAREX CS Manual
Available in a range of languages
http://www.siemens.com/
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX CS "Getting started"
Sample software shows begin-
ners how to program the scales in
STEP 7.
weighingtechnology
Configuration package
SIWAREX CS on CD-ROM for
SIMATIC S7, version V5.4 or
higher
7MH4910-0AK01
Software for SIWATOOL CS
scale adjustment (available in a
range of languages)
Manuals available on CD
(in a range of languages)
SIWAREX CS "Getting started"
SIWATOOL connection cable
from SIWAREX U/CS with serial
PC interface, for 9-pin PC inter-
faces (RS 232), 3 m long (9.84 ft)
D) 7MH4607-8CA
Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
TM-E 30 mm (1.18 inch) wide
(required for each SIWAREX
module)
or compatible
Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
Contents 5 items, sufficient for
5 cables
Shield connection terminal 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
Contents: 5 items, sufficient for
5 cables
Note: one shield connection ter-
minal is required each for the
scales connection and
TTY interface or
RS 232 interface
N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842
3 x 10 mm (0.12 x 0.39 inch),
1.0 m (3.28 ft) long
Feeder terminal for N busbar 8WA2868
be connected directly to the
SIWAREX CS through the TTY
interface.
The following remote display can
be used: S102
GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
from manufacturer.
Accessories
SIWAREX JB junction box, alu-
minium housing
7MH4710-1BA
in parallel
7MH4710-1EA
for intrinsically safe connection of
load cells
Suitable for weighing modules
SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA and
FTC.
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
UL and FM approvals
load cells,
incl. manual
SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC
and CF.
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
7MH4702-8AF
tially explosive atmosphere to the
Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed lay-
ing, occasional bending permit-
ted, blue PVC insulating sheath,
approx. 10.8 mm (0.43 inch)
outer diameter, for ambient tem-
perature
-40 ... +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
Cable LiYCY 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm D) 7MH4407-8BD0
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX MS
2/41
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SIWAREX MS is a versatile weighing module for all simple weigh-
install in SIMATIC S7-200 automation systems The data for the
actual weight can be accessed directly in the SIMATIC CPU
without the need for any additional interfaces.
Benefits
SIWAREX MS offers the following key advantages:
SIMATIC S7-200
Uniform configuration with STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Simple configuration with the ready to use software "Getting
started"
Simple adjustment of the scale using the SIWATOOL MS PC
program via the RS 232 interface
of scale
For use in Ex zone 2, intrinsically safe load cell powering for
zone 1 via Ex interface
Supports direct connection of a remote display to TTY inter-
face
Application
SIWAREX MS is the optimum solution wherever strain gage sen-
SIWAREX MS applications:
Non-automatic weighing machines
Simple discontinuous weighing processes
Measuring of crane and cable loads
Load measuring for industrial lifts and rolling mills
Scales for potentially explosive areas (zone 2 or zone 1 using
Ex interface SIWAREX IS or Pi)
Force measuring, container weighers, platform scales and
crane scales
Design
SIWAREX MS is a compact module in SIMATIC S7-200 and can
be directly mounted on a 35 mm rail to EN 50022, but is also suit-
able for direct wall mounting. The power supply, load cells and
the optional remote display are all connected using screw-type
terminals. The serial RS 232 interface is connected over a 9-pin
Sub-D connector.
Function
The primary task of SIWAREX MS is the measurement of sensor
value. Up to 3 interpolation points are used for the weight calcu-
lation. The signal can also be digitally filtered if required.
As well as determining weights, the SIWAREX MS monitors two
freely programmable limits (min./max. as required) and quickly
notifies the SIMATIC CPU using status bits if these values are ex-
ceeded.
The SIWAREX MS comes factory-calibrated. This means that
theoretical adjustment of the scale is possible without adjust-
ment weights, and that modules can be replaced without the
need to readjust the scale.
The SIWAREX MS has two serial interfaces. The TTY interface
serves to connect digital remote displays. The remote displays
show the weight value with status information.
A PC for parameterizing the SIWAREX MS can be connected via
the RS 232 interface. Alternatively, this interface can also be
used for serial connection (SIWAREX protocol) to a host com-
puter (e.g. PC).
SIWAREX MS is integrated in the plant software via
STEP 7-Micro/WIN 32. In contrast to serially linked weighing
electronics, SIWAREX MS does not need costly additional mod-
ules to link it to SIMATIC.
Used in conjunction with SIWAREX MS, it is possible to configure
freely programmable, modular weighing systems comprising
one or more scales in SIMATIC S7-200.

Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX MS software "Getting started"
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX MS
2/42
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
In addition to the configuration package, the ready-to-use
SIWAREX MS software "Getting started" is available free-of-
charge and shows beginners how to integrate the module in a
STEP 7 program and offers a basis for application programming.
A complete SIWAREX MS scale is then easy to implement in
SIMATIC, for use together with a SIMATIC panel as operator
panel.
It is also used in the Micro Automation Set 6.
The software for scale adjustment, SIWATOOL MS, can be used
to set the SIWAREX weighing modules using the familiar Win-
dows interface without the need for SIMATIC expertise. Screen
forms allow all user-definable parameters of the weighing mod-
ules to be specified, saved and printed for plant documentation.
The diverse diagnostic options provided by SIWATOOL MS en-
The SIWAREX MS weighing module can also be used in poten-
tially explosive areas (zone 2), and in zone 1 if an optional Ex in-
terface is used, although SIWAREX MS itself must be installed in
a safe area. The following certification conditions must be ob-
served.

SIWAREX MS
Integration in S7-200 automation
systems
CPU222
(6ES7212-1*B23-0XB0)
CPU224
(6ES7214-1*D23-0XB0)
CPU224XP
(6ES7214-2*D23-0XB0)
CPU226
(6ES7216-2*D23-0XB0)
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 bus, RS 232, TTY
(through TTY interface)
Weight value (gross, net)
Adjustment of scale settings via the PC parameterization soft-
ware SIWATOOL MS (RS 232)
Error limit acc. to DIN 1319-1 of
full-scale value at 20 C 10 K
(68 F 10 K)
0.05 %
Internal resolution
65 535
Number of measurements/s 50 or 30
Digital filter 0.05 5 Hz (in 7 steps),
mean-value filter
Weighing functions
Weight values Gross, net
Tare function Per command
Tare specification Per command
6-wire system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
s
(rated value) Typ. 6 V DC
- R
Lmin
> 40
- R
Lmax
< 4 010
With SIWAREX IS Ex interface or
SIWAREX Pi
- R
Lmin
> 87
- R
Lmax
< 4 010
Load cell characteristic 1 mV/V... 4 mV/V
Permissible range of measuring
signal (at greatest set character-
istic value)
-2,4 ... +26.4 mV
Max. distance of load cells 500 m (1 640 ft)
powering
Ex zone 1
interface or SIWAREX Pi:
Ex approvals and safety CE, ATEX 95, FM, cUL
US
Haz.
Loc.
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage
- Max. current consumption
Rated voltage (of CPU)
- Max. current consumption
24 V DC
130 mA
5 V DC
140 mA
IP degree of protection acc. to
DIN EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
T
min (IND)
... T
max (IND)
)
Vertical installation 0 ... +55 C (32 ... +131 F)
Horizontal installation 0 ... +40 C (32 ... +104 F)
EMC requirements according to EN 61326, EN 45501
NAMUR NE21, Part 1
Dimensions 71.2 x 80 x 62 mm
(2.80 x 3.15 x 2.44 inch)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX MS
2/43
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX MS D) 7MH4930-0AA01
Weighing electronics for scales
in SIMATIC S7-200 for applica-
tions without obligation of verifi-
cation
SIWAREX MS manual
Available in a range of
languages
Free download on the Internet
at: http://www.siemens.com/
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX MS configuration
package on CD-ROM for
STEP7 Micro/WIN, version 4.0
SP2 or higher
7MH4930-0AK01
Software for SIWATOOL MS
scale adjustment (available in a
range of languages)
Manuals available on CD (in a
range of languages)
Micro/WIN Library MicroScale
for communication with SIWAR-
EX MS
SIWAREX MS
"Getting started"
Sample software show begin-
ners how to program the scales.
at: http://www.siemens.com/
weighingtechnology
SIWATOOL cable
from SIWAREX FTA, FTC and MS
with serial PC interface, for 9-pin
PC interfaces (RS 232)
2 m long (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
5 m long (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
Shield clamps for
shield termination
Pack of 10; 1 item required for
each shielded cable
6ES5728-8MA11
be connected directly to the
SIWAREX MS through the TTY
interface.
The following remote display can
be used: S102
GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
from manufacturer.
Accessories
aluminium housing
7MH4710-1BA
in parallel
7MH4710-1EA
For intrinsically safe connection
of load cells
FTC.
Not approved for use in the
EU.
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
UL and FM approvals
for intrinsically safe connection
of load cells, incl. manual
and CF.
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
Ex interface (Ex-I) or between
two JBs, for fixed laying, occa-
sional bending permitted, 10.8
mm (0.43 inch) outer diameter,
for ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
7MH4702-8AF
tially explosive atmosphere to
the Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed
laying, occasional bending per-
mitted, blue PVC insulating
sheath, approx. 10.8 mm
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/44
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The SIWAREX FTA (Flexible Technology, Automatic Weighing In-
strument) is a versatile and flexible weighing module designed
for industrial use. It can be used for both automatic and non-au-
tomatic weighing, e.g. for the production of mixtures, or for filling,
loading, monitoring or bagging.
The SIWAREX FTA function module is integrated in SIMATIC S7
and uses the features of this modern automation system, such
as integrated communication, diagnostics and configuration
tools.
Benefits
SIWAREX FTA offers the following features:
Uniform design and totally integrated communication in
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7
Direct use in the SIMATIC automation system
Measurement of weight or force with high resolution of
16 million intervals
High accuracy 3 x 6 000 d, legal-for-trade
Use with analog strain gauge load cells, types SIWAREX R
and SIWAREX WL200
Alternative option available for connection of individual load
cells from the manufacturers METTLER TOLEDO, Wipotec
and PESA
Legal-for-trade display with SIMATIC standard operator
panels
Continuous or stepped feed control
Exact switching of dosing signals (< 1 ms)
Parameterizable inputs and outputs
Parameterizable for highly versatile applications
Flexible adaptation to different requirements with SIMATIC
Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL FTA program
Theoretical adjustment without adjustment weights
Replacement of module without renewed adjustment of scale
Legal-for-trade alibi memory
Application
The SIWAREX FTA weighing module is the optimum solution
wherever high demands are placed on accuracy and speed.
Thanks to its outstanding measuring properties, weights can be
measured with extreme accuracy in up to three ranges.
SIWAREX FTA can be used to design dosing systems, such as
filling plants, loading stations, bagging stations, rotopackers,
mixers or test stations.
Typical fields of application include:
Filling of liquids
Bagging of solid matter (also big bag)
Proportioning as deduction weighing or fill weighing
Checking of individual quantities
Loading or receiving of materials
Static checkweigher
Check weigher (in combination with Wipotec load cells)
Design
SIWAREX FTA is a SIMATIC S7-300 function module and can be
snapped directly onto the SIMATIC S7-300 or ET 200M back-
plane bus. The snap-on rail mounting of the 80 mm (3.15 inch)
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to
mount/wire.
The load cells, the RS 485 serial interface, the analog output and
the digital inputs and outputs are connected via a standard
40-pin front plug, the PC (RS 232) is connected via a 9-pin sub-
D plug and the power supply via a separate 2-pin plug.
The operation of the SIWAREX FTA in SIMATIC ensures the total
integration of the weighing technology in the automation system.
Function
The main tasks of the SIWAREX FTA are the high-precision mea-
surement of the current weight in up to three measuring ranges,
and exact control of the weighing procedures.
The weighing module controls the weighing procedures fully au-
tomatically. However, integration in SIMATIC means that it is also
possible to directly influence the weighing procedures using a
PLC program. This means that the tasks can be sensibly di-
vided: the very fast weighing functions are implemented in the
SIWAREX FTA , the interlocking and logic functions in the
SIMATIC CPU.
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/45
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Weighing functions
The SIWAREX FTA is easy to parameterize for the various auto-
matic weighing functions.
The following weighing functions can be parameterized:
NSW (Non Automatic Weighing Instrument) according to
OIML R76
SWA (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instrument) according to
OIML R61
SWE (Automatic Catchweighing Instrument) according to
OIML R51
SWT (Discontinuous Totalizing Automatic Weighing Instru-
ment (Totalizing Hopper Weigher)) according to OIML R107
Monitoring and control of the load cell signals and statuses
During the weighing procedure, the SIWAREX FTA weighing
module monitors and controls the load cell signals and statuses.
The optimized exchange of data within SIMATIC permits direct
evaluation of the load cell signals and statuses in the PLC pro-
gram.
The PLC program can also be used to directly influence weigh-
ing procedures, thus allowing easy adaptation of the
SIWAREX FTA to any modifications in system technology.
The SIWAREX FTA is already factory-calibrated. This enables
the theoretical adjustment of the scale without adjustment
weights, and module replacement without readjustment of the
scale. When using "active bus modules", replacement is also
possible during operation.
Integration in SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTA is completely integrated into the SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC PCS 7. Users can freely configure their automation so-
lution including the weighing application.
The right combination of SIMATIC components can produce op-
timum solutions for small, medium-size and large plants. The
scales are operated and monitored using SIMATIC standard op-
erator panels. At the same time, these operator panels can also
be used for the operation and monitoring of the plant.
Customized or sector-specific solutions can be developed ex-
tremely quickly using the configuration package and example
applications for SIMATIC. The ready-to-use function blocks for
the automation system and the faceplates for the operator sta-
tion are used for the configuration in SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 configuration with SIWAREX FTA
Software
SIWATOOL FTA commissioning software
SIWATOOL FTA is a special program for commissioning and ser-
vicing and runs with Windows operating systems.
The program enables the scales to be set without the need for
prior knowledge of the automation system. When servicing, the
technician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in
the scale. Reading out the diagnostics buffer from the
SIWAREX FTA is extremely helpful when analyzing events.
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL FTA:
Parameterization and adjustment of the scale
Testing of scale properties
Saving and printing scale data
Recording and analysis of weighing sequence
SIWATOOL FTA commissioning software
SIWAREX
in ET 200M
SIWAREX
in SIMATIC S7-300
SIWAREX
in ET 200M
Operator
Station
Engineering
Station
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
SIWAREX FTA
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC S7-400
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/46
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Fast advanced parameterization of the module can be carried
out using the "Fast parameterization" function. Answering just a
few questions approximately presets the parameters.
It is also extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer
which can be saved together with the parameters after reading
out from the module.
The SIWAREX FTA weighing module includes a trace mode for
optimization of weighing sequences. The recorded weight val-
ues and associated statuses can be displayed as traces using
SIWATOOL FTA and MS Excel.
Upgrading of firmware
A further program function can be used to download a new firm-
ware version onto the SIWAREX FTA on site. This means that
firmware upgrades can be carried out on site as required any-
where in the world.
Reading out of weighing reports
The weighing reports are saved on an MMC (Micro Memory
Card) inserted in the SIWAREX FTA for the duration specified by
the weights and measures act. The weighing results of a specific
weighing procedure can be read out of the MMC using SIWA-
TOOL.
SIWAREX FTA simple configuration
Integration in SIMATIC results in freely-programmable, modular
weighing systems which can be modified according to opera-
tional requirements.
The ready-to-use SIWAREX FTA software "Getting started" is also
available free-of-charge and shows beginners how to integrate
the module in a STEP 7 program and offers a basis for applica-
tion programming. A complete SIWAREX FTA scale is then easy
to implement in SIMATIC together with a SIMATIC touch panel as
operator panel even for legal-for-trade applications.

Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX FTA software "Getting started"
In addition, the STEP 7 programs SIWAREX FTA Multiscale and
SIWAREX FTA Multifill provide a professional basis for imple-
mentation of batching plants or filling plants.

SIWAREX FTA
Use in automation systems
S7-300 Directly or via ET 200M
S7-400 (H) Via ET 200M
Communication interfaces
S7 Through backplane bus
RS 232 For SIWATOOL or printer
connection
RS 485 For remote display or
digital load cell
Module parameterization Via SIMATIC S7
Via SIWATOOL FTA software
(RS 232)
EU type approval as non-automatic
weighing machine, trade class III
3 x 6 000 d 0.5 V/e
Internal resolution 16 million parts
Updating rate 400/100 Hz
Several parameterizable digital
filters
Critically dampened
Bessel
Butterworth (0.05 ... 20 Hz)
Mean-value filter
Weighing functions
Non-automatic weighing machine OIML R76
Automatic weighing machine OIML R51, R61, R107
Load cells
Technical Strain gages in 4-wire or
6-wire system
Characteristic value ranges 1, 2 or 4 mV/V
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
S
(rated value) 10.3 V DC
Permissible load cell resistance
R
Lmin
> 56
> 87 with Ex interface
R
Lmax
4 010
Max. distance of load cells
when using the recommended
cable
Standard 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
In hazardous area
1)
For gases of group IIC 300 m (984 ft)
For gases of group IIB 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
Ex zone 1
interface
US
Haz. Loc.
Auxiliary power
plane bus
Typ. 55 mA
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/47
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

1)
For further details see Ex interface SIWAREX IS
SIWAREX FTA
Inputs/outputs
Digital inputs 7, electrically isolated
Digital outputs 8, electrically isolated
Counter input 10 kHz
Analog output
- Current range
0/4 ... 20 mA
- Updating rate
100 Hz
Approvals EU type approval
(CE, OIML R76)
EU prototype test to MID
(OIML R51, R61, R107)
Degree of protection according to
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
T
min (IND)
... T
max (IND)

Vertical installation -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Horizontal installation -10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
EMC requirements EN 61326, EN 45501,
NAMUR NE21, Part 1
(3.15 x 4.92 x 5.12 inch)
Weight 600 g (0.44 lb)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/48
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX FTA
Legal-for-trade weighing electron-
ics for automatic scales for
S7-300 and ET 200M.
EU type approval 3 x 6 000 d
Applications: proportioning, fill-
ing, bagging, loading.
Caution: Observe approval con-
ditions for applications with obli-
gation of verification. We
recommend using our calibration
set and contacting our SIWAREX
hotline.
7MH4900-2AA01
SIWAREX FTA manual
Available in a range of
languages
at:
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX FTA "Getting started"
ners how to program the scales
in STEP 7.
at:
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX FTA configuration
package for SIMATIC S7 on
CD-ROM
age for integrating SIWAREX
FTA/FTC in STEP 7
SIWAREX FTA "Getting started"
SIWATOOL FTA commissioning
software
Flexible software for legal-for-
trade display in WinCC
Manual
7MH4900-2AK01
package for PCS 7 V6.x on
CD-ROM
FTA/FTC in STEP 7
Faceplate
software
Manual
7MH4900-2AK61
package for PCS 7 V7.0 on
CD-ROM
FTA/FTC in STEP 7
Faceplate
software
Manual
7MH4900-2AK62
Calibration set for
SIWAREX FTA
For verification of up to 5 scales
comprising:
3 x inscription foil for labeling
1 x cover foil
10 x EU verification mark (a
black M on a green background)
Guidelines for verification, verifi-
cation certificates and approv-
als, adaptable label, SIWAREX
FTA Manual on CD-ROM
7MH4900-2AY10
SIWAREX Multiscale
STEP 7 software for
SIWAREX FTA
Control of one or more scales for
a scalable number of compo-
nents and any number of recipes.
Applications: batching plants,
mixers in production process,
CD-ROM
7MH4900-2AL01
SIWAREX Multifill
STEP 7 software for
SIWAREX FTA
Control of filling and bagging
processes for one or more filling
stations and any number of
materials, CD-ROM
7MH4900-2AM01
SIWATOOL cable from
SIWAREX FTA with serial PC
interface, for 9-pin PC interfaces
(RS 232)
2 m (6.56 ft) long 7MH4702-8CA
5 m (16.40 ft) long 7MH4702-8CB
Front connectors, 40-pole
required for each SIWAREX
module
With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
Sufficient for one SIWAREX FTA
module
6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0
Contents: 2 units
(suitable for cable with diameter
4 ... 13 mm (0.16 ... 0.51 inch))
Note:
Scale connection
RS 485 interface
RS 232 interface
6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
S7 DIN rail
160 mm (6.30 inch) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm (32.68 inch) 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
2 000 mm (78.74 inch) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTA
2/49
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

PS 307 load power supply
(only required if DC 24 V is not
available)
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
PS 307-1B; 2 A 6ES7307-1BA00-0AA0
PS 307-1E; 5 A 6ES7307-1EA00-0AA0
PS 307-1K; 10 A 6ES7307-1KA00-0AA0
MMC memory
for data recording up to 16 MB
7MH4900-2AY20
The Siebert S102 and S302
remote digital display can be
directly connected to the
SIWAREX FTA via an RS 485 inter-
face.
GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
from manufacturer.
aluminium housing
in parallel
7MH4710-1BA
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi 7MH4710-1EA
load cells
FTC.
7MH4710-5AA
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
With ATEX approval, but
without UL and FM approvals
load cells, incl. manual
and CF.
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
FTA, FTC, M and CF to the junc-
tion box (JB), extension box (EB)
or Ex interface (Ex-I) or between
mm (0.43 inch) outer diameter, for
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
7MH4702-8AF
-40 ... +80 C (104 ... +176 F)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/50
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SIWAREX FTC weighing module
The SIWAREX FTC (Flexible Technology for Continuous Weigh-
ing) is a versatile and flexible weighing module for conveyor
scales, loss-in-weight scales and bulk flow meters. It can also be
used to record weights and measure force. The SIWAREX FTC
function module is integrated in SIMATIC S7/PCS7 and uses the
features of this modern automation system, such as integrated
communication, diagnostics and configuration tools.
Benefits
SIWAREX FTC offers the following features:
Uniform design, and totally integrated communication in
Measurement of weight or force with high resolution of
16 million intervals
High accuracy 3 x 6 000 d
Use with analog strain gauge load cells, types SIWAREX R
and SIWAREX WL200
Alternative option available for connection of individual load
cells from the manufacturers METTLER TOLEDO, Wipotec
and PESA
Display with SIMATIC standard operator panels
Parameterizable for highly versatile applications
Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL FTC pro-
gram
Theoretical adjustment without adjustment weights
Replacement of module without renewed adjustment of scale
8 totalization memories with different digit intervals
Application
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module is the optimum solution
wherever high demands are placed on continuous weighing pro-
cedures. Thanks to its outstanding measuring properties,
weights can be measured with extreme accuracy in up to three
ranges. In the case of force measurements, the value can be
measured bidirectionally.
Typical applications for SIWAREX FTC include:
Flowrate/flow measurement
Belt volume measurement
Material loading, summation
Flowrate/flow control
Belt load measurement
Design
SIWAREX FTC is a SIMATIC S7-300 function module and can be
snapped directly onto the SIMATIC S7-300 or ET 200M back-
plane bus. The snap-on rail mounting of the 80 mm (3.15 inch)
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to
mount/wire.
The load cells, the RS 485 serial interface, the analog output and
the digital inputs and outputs are connected via a standard
40-pin front plug, the PC (RS 232) is connected via a 9-pin
sub-D plug and the power supply via a separate 2-pin plug.
Operation of the SIWAREX FTA in SIMATIC ensures the total in-
tegration of the conveyor scale in the automation system.
Function
The main tasks of SIWAREX FTC are the high-precision mea-
surement of the actual weight in up to three measuring ranges,
and the exact calculation of the conveyed quantity and flow. In
"Force measurement" mode, the force is measured bidirection-
ally.
The conveyed quantity can be recorded in 8 totalization memo-
ries. Through integration in SIMATIC it is also possible to directly
control scale operation by means of a PLC program. This means
that the tasks can be sensibly divided: the weighing functions
are implemented in the SIWAREX FTC, the interlocking and logic
functions for the plant control in the SIMATIC CPU.
Weighing functions
The following operating modes can be set:
Weight measurement and force measurement
In this operating mode, the weight value/force is determined,
processed in the PLC and then displayed.
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/51
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Conveyor scale / weighfeeder
The functions of a conveyor scale are implemented in this oper-
ating mode. Calculations are performed for the typical process
values; belt load, flowrate and belt speed. Commands can be
used to control the belt and display the required values. A
weighfeeder can be implemented by activating the SIMATIC-PID
controller.

Scale faceplate of a conveyor scale
Loss-in-weight scale
The functions of a loss-in-weight scale are implemented in this
operating mode. The actual weight of the container is measured
and the flow rate is regulated according to the preset setpoint.
Application-specific parameters, such as proportioning param-
eters, device and material characteristics, can be set directly in
SIWAREX FTC. Various commands are available that have been
fine-tuned to the requirements of the loss-in-weight scale, such
as proportioning (manual, automatic, gravimetric, volumetric),
filling and emptying.
The high measurement resolution, real-time signal processing,
detection and filtering of signals in the weighing electronics en-
able extremely high proportioning accuracy.

Scale faceplate of a loss-in-weight scale
Bulk flow meter
The functions of a bulk flow meter are implemented in this oper-
ating mode. The calculations for the typical process values; flow
and conveyed quantity, are performed in the SIWAREX module.
Application-specific parameters for setting the scales and com-
mands for their operation are also available.

View of a bulk flow meter
Monitoring and control of the load cell signals and statuses
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module monitors the statuses dur-
ing the weighing process, and informs the operator of any irreg-
ularities. The optimized exchange of data within SIMATIC per-
mits direct evaluation of the load cell signals in the PLC program.
The PLC program can also be used to directly influence weigh-
ing procedures, thus allowing easy adaptation of the
SIWAREX FTC to any modifications in system technology.
Modules can be replaced without the need to readjust the scale.
When using "active bus modules", replacement is also possible
during operation.

Applications of SIWAREX FTC
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/52
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Integration in SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTC is completely integrated into the SIMATIC S7. Us-
ers can freely configure their automation solution including the
weighing application.
The right combination of SIMATIC components can produce op-
timum solutions for small, medium-size and large plants. The
scales are operated and monitored using SIMATIC standard op-
erator panels. At the same time, these operator panels can also
be used for the operation and monitoring of the plant.
Customized or sector-specific solutions can be developed ex-
tremely quickly using the configuration package and example
applications for SIMATIC.

Configuration of SIMATIC S7 with SIWAREX FTC (medium-sized plant)
Software
Adjustment of the scale using SIWATOOL FTC
SIWATOOL FTC is a special program for adjusting and servicing
the scale and runs with Windows operating systems.
The program enables the scales to be commissioned without the
need for prior knowledge of the automation system. When ser-
vicing, the technician can use a PC to analyze and test the pro-
cedures in the scale. Reading out the diagnostics buffer from the
SIWAREX FTC is extremely helpful when analyzing events.
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL FTC:
Parameterization and adjustment of the scale
Testing of scale properties
Saving and printing scale data
Recording and analysis of weighing sequence

SIWATOOL FTC adjustment software
It is also extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer
which can be saved together with the parameters following
reading out from the module.
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module includes a trace mode for
optimization of weighing sequences. The recorded weight val-
ues and associated statuses can be displayed as traces using
SIWATOOL FTC and MS Excel.
Upgrading of firmware
A further program function can be used to download a new firm-
ware version onto the SIWAREX FTC on site. This means that
firmware upgrades can be carried out on site as required any-
where in the world.
Reading out of weighing reports
The weighing reports can be saved on an MMC (Micro Memory
Card) inserted in the SIWAREX FTC.
SIWAREX FTC simple configuring
Integration in SIMATIC can result in freely-programmable, modular
weighing systems for conveyor scales, bulk flow meters and loss-
in-weight scales, which can be modified to meet operational re-
quirements.
A free version of the ready-to-use SIWAREX FTC software "Getting
started" is also available respectively for the belt scale, bulk flow
meter and loss-in-weight feeder modes. It shows beginners how
to integrate the module into a STEP 7 program and provides a ba-
sis for application programming. A SIWAREX FTC belt scale can
then be easily implemented in SIMATIC together with a touch
panel as the operator panel.
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
SIWAREX FTC
SIWAREX
in ET 200M
SIMATIC S7-400 Operator Station Engineering Station
SIMATIC S7-400
SIWAREX
in SIMATIC S7-300
SIWAREX
in ET 200M
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/53
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX FTC software "Getting started"

1)
For further details, see Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS
SIWAREX FTC
Use in automation systems
S7-300 Directly or via ET 200M
S7-400 (H) Via ET 200M
Communication interfaces
S7 Through backplane bus
RS 232 For SIWATOOL or printer
connection
RS 485 For remote display or
digital load cell
Module parameterization Via SIMATIC S7
Via SIWATOOL FTC software
(RS 232)
Accuracy to EN 45501 3 x 6 000 d 0.5 V/e
Internal resolution 8 million parts
Internal/external updating rate 400/100 Hz
Several parameterizable
digital filters
Critically dampened
Bessel
Butterworth (0.05 ... 20 Hz)
Mean-value filter
Weighing functions Non-automatic weighing ma-
chine, force measurement
Conveyor scale
Loss-in-weight scale
Bulk flow meter
Load cells
Strain gages in 4-wire or 6-wire
system
Characteristic value ranges 1, 2 or 4 mV/V
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
S
(rated value) 10.3 V DC
Permissible load cell resistance
R
Lmin
> 56
> 87 with Ex interface
R
Lmax
4 010
Max. distance of load cells
when using the recommended
cable
Standard 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
In hazardous area
1)
- For gases of group IIC
300 m (984 ft)
- For gases of group IIB
1 000 m (3 280 ft)
Ex zone 1
Optionally via
SIWAREX IS Ex interface
US
Haz. Loc.
Auxiliary power
plane bus
Typ. 55 mA
Inputs/outputs
Digital inputs 7, electrically isolated
Digital outputs 8, electrically isolated
Counter input 10 kHz
Analog output
- Current range 0/4 ... 20 mA
- Updating rate 100 Hz
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
T
min (IND)
... T
max (IND)

Vertical installation -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Horizontal installation -10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
EMC requirements EN 61326, EN 45501,
NAMUR NE21, Part 1
(3.15 x 4.92 x 5.12 inch)
Weight 600 g (0.44 lb)
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/54
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX FTC
Weighing electronics for S7-300
and ET 200M.
Applications: Conveyor scales,
force measurement, Loss-in-
weight scale and bulk flow
meters
7MH4900-3AA01
SIWAREX FTC_B manual for
conveyor scales
Available in a range of lan-
guages
at:
http://www.siemens.com
/weighingtechnology
SIWAREX FTC_L manual for
bulk flow meters and loss-in-
weight scales
Available in a range of lan-
guages
at:
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX FTC "Getting
started" for conveyor scales
in STEP 7 for conveyor scale
mode
at:
weighingtechnology
started" for bulk flow meters
mode
at:
weighingtechnology
started" for loss-in-weight
feeders
mode
at:
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX FTC_B configura-
tion package for SIMATIC S7
on
CD-ROM (conveyor scale)
SIWAREX FTA/FTC in STEP 7
"Getting started" for conveyor
scales
SIWATOOL FTC_B commis-
sioning software for conveyor
scales
Manual
7MH4900-3AK01
SIWAREX FTC_L configuration
package for SIMATIC S7 on
CD-ROM (bulk flow meter and
loss-in-weight feeder)
"Getting started" for loss-in-
weight feeders
"Getting started" for loss-in-
weight feeders
Commissioning software
SIWATOOL FTC_L for bulk flow
meters and loss-in-weight
feeders
Manual
7MH4900-3AK02
SIWAREX FTC_B V6.x
configuration package on
CD-ROM (conveyor scale)
Faceplate
scales
Manual
7MH4900-3AK61
SIWAREX FTC_B configura-
tion package for PCS 7 V7.0
and V7.1 on CD-ROM (con-
veyor scale)
Faceplate
scales
Manual
7MH4900-3AK63
SIWAREX FTC_L configuration
package
for PCS 7 V7.0 and V7.1 on CD-
ROM (loss-in-weight feeder)
Faceplate
Commissioning software
SIWATOOL FTC_L for bulk flow
meters and loss-in-weight
feeders
Manual
7MH4900-3AK64
SIWATOOL cable from
SIWAREX FTC with serial
PC interface, for 9-pin
PC interfaces (RS 232)
2 m long (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
5 m long (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
40-pin front plug required for
each SIWAREX module
With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
Siemens AG 2011
SIWAREX FTC
2/55
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Order No. Order No.

Sufficient for one SIWAREX FTC
module
6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0
Contents: 2 units (suitable for
cable with diameter 4 ... 13 mm
(0.16 ... 0.51 inch)
Note:
Scale connection
RS 485 interface
RS 232 interface
6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
S7 DIN rail
160 mm (6.30 inch) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm (32.68 inch) 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
2 000 mm (78.74 inch) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
PS 307 load power supply
(only required if DC 24 V is not
available)
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
PS 307-1B; 2 A 6ES7307-1BA00-0AA0
PS 307-1E; 5 A 6ES7307-1EA00-0AA0
PS 307-1K; 10 A 6ES7307-1KA00-0AA0
MMC memory
for data recording up to 16 MB
6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0
The Siebert S102 and S302
remote digital display can be
directly connected to the
SIWAREX FTA via an RS 485
interface.
GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
from manufacturer.
aluminium housing
in parallel
7MH4710-1BA
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi 7MH4710-1EA
of load cells
FTC.
Not approved for use in the
EU.
7MH4710-5AA
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
UL and FM approvals
of load cells, incl. manual
and CF.
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
Ex interface (Ex-I) or between
mm (0.43 inch) outer diameter,
-40 to +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
7MH4702-8AF
tially explosive atmosphere to
the Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed
laying, occasional bending per-
mitted, blue PVC insulating
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
Siemens AG 2011
Force Measurements
SIWAREX CF
2/56
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

SIWAREX CF is a transmitter for connecting strain-gauge sen-
sors for tasks such as measuring force and torque. The compact
module is easy to install in all SIMATIC automation systems.
Complete data access to the current measured values is then
possible via the SIMATIC.
Benefits
SIWAREX CF offers the following key advantages:
Uniform design technology and consistent communication
thanks to integration in SIMATIC
PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET using ET 200S
Bidirectional measuring with a resolution of 16 000 parts and
accuracy of 0.15 %
Application
SIWAREX CF is the optimum solution wherever strain gage sen-
sors, such as force sensors or torque measuring shafts, are used
for measuring tasks. The following are typical SIWAREX CF ap-
plications:
Monitoring of crane and cable loads
Measuring of conveyor belt loads
Overload protection for rolling mills
Force measurement in testing machines
Torque and pressure measurement
Design
SIWAREX CF is a compact function module (FM) in the
SIMATIC S7 and can be snapped directly onto the ET 200S
backplane bus. The snap-on rail mounting means that it is ex-
tremely easy to mount/wire.
The sensor and power supply are connected via the standard
terminal housing
Function
SIWAREX CF provides the voltage supply required by the EMS.
The force produces a corresponding measuring signal, which is
then further processed in the SIWAREX CF module.
The signal is amplified, coarse-filtered, and then converted to a
digital value. A connectable digital filter can additionally reduce
noise on the measuring signal.
The digital value is available to the user internally in SIMATIC and
can be processed in the control program. For example, the user
could further suppress noise by averaging in the SIMATIC CPU
or by converting to physical units. The result can be displayed
on an operator panel according to requirements.
SIWAREX CF can be integrated into the plant software using the
classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List), LAD
(Ladder Diagram) FBD (Function Block Diagram) or SCL (Struc-
tured Control Language).
Integration into SIMATIC can result in freely-programmable,
modular force measuring systems which can be modified ac-
cording to operational requirements. The ready-to-use SIWAREX
CF software "Getting started" is available free-of-charge and
shows beginners how to integrate the module into a STEP 7 pro-
gram and offers a basis for application programming. This sup-
ports the display of the measured values in a SIMATIC panel
(TP/OP/MP).

Measured values from three modules in the SIWAREX CF
"Getting started" software
Unlike analog or digitally connected transmitters, SIWAREX CF
After the module has been configured in SIMATIC and installed,
it is ready for immediate operation. An additional parameteriza-
tion tool is not required.
The current data are read into the SIMATIC via the I/O area.
Siemens AG 2011
Force Measurements
SIWAREX CF
2/57
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX CF
Integration in automation
systems
S7-400, S7-300, C7 Via ET 200S
vendors
Via ET 200S with IM 151-1
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane
bus), 8 bytes, I/O area
Module parameterization Not required (module is pre-
parameterized)
Error limit acc. to DIN 1319-1 of
full-scale value at 20 C 10 K
(68 F 10 K)
0,15 %
Signal resolution 14 bits
plus 1 bit sign
Low-pass filter Without or 2 Hz
Sensors In accordance with the principle
of expansion measurement (full
bridge) 4-wire connection
Sensor feed
Supply voltage, short-circuit-proof 6 V DC 5 %
Permissible sensor resistance
R
Lmin
> 250
R
Lmax
< 4 010
Permissible sensor cell
coefficient
Up to 4 mV/V
Permissible range of the
measuring signal
-25.2 ... +25.2 mV
Auxiliary power
Maximum current consumption 150 mA
Connection to sensors in
Ex zone 1
Optionally via SIWAREX IS
Ex interface
Ex approval zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, cUL
us
Haz. Loc.
IP degree of protection to
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
T
min (IND)
... T
max (IND)

Vertical installation 0 ... 60 C (32 ... 140 F)
Horizontal installation 0 ... 40 C (32 ... 104 F)
EMC requirements according to NAMUR NE21, Part 1
89/386/EEC
(1.18 x 3.15 x 1.97 inch)
Siemens AG 2011
Force Measurements
SIWAREX CF
2/58
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

SIWAREX CF 7MH4920-0AA01
Weighing module for strain-gauge
sensors in SIMATIC ET 200S
(SIWAREX CF configuration
package not required)
SIWAREX CF manual
German
English
weighingtechnology
SIWAREX CF "Getting started"
ners how to program in STEP 7
weighingtechnology
Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
TM-E 30 mm (1.18 inch) wide
(required for each SIWAREX
module)
or compatible
Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
Contents 5 items, sufficient for
5 cables
Shield connection terminal 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
Contents: 5 items, sufficient for
5 cables
One shield terminal element is
required per sensor cable
N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842
3 x 10 mm (0.12 x 0.39 inch),
1.5 m (4.92 ft) long
Feeder terminal for N busbar 8WA2868
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension box
for extending sensor cables
7MH4710-2AA
UL and FM approvals, for intrin-
sically-safe connection of load
cells,
including manual
modules.
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
Siemens AG 2011
Force Measurements
SIWAREX FTC
2/59
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The SIWAREX FTC (Flexible Technology for Continuous Weigh-
ing) can be used flexibly for a wide variety of purposes in com-
plex weighing tasks. Simply set the operating mode to turn it into
a force measurement module. The SIWAREX FTC function mod-
ule is integrated in SIMATIC S7/PCS7, and uses the features of
this modern automation system, such as integral communica-
tion, diagnostics and configuration tools.
Benefits
Uniform design and totally integrated communication in
Bidirectional force measurement with 8 million parts at a
measuring rate of 100 measurement per second
Display with SIMATIC standard operator panels
Can be parameterized for a huge range of situations
Simple adjustment using the SIWATOOL FTC program
Recording of measuring sequence
Application
The SIWAREX FTC module is the optimum solution wherever
high demands are placed on force measurement. As a result of
its exceptional measuring properties, bidirectional force can be
measured at high accuracy.
More information
Further descriptions and additional technical specifications on
SIWAREX FTC can be found on page 2/50.
Siemens AG 2011
Accessories for PLC-based weighing modules
Ex interface SIWAREX Pi
2/60
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi, can be used for the
SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA and FTC weighing modules. It con-
tains 6 safety barriers and has FM approval for devices of Class
I Div.1. The Ex interface must be installed outside the potentially
explosive area.
Function
Mode of operation
The safety barriers limit current and voltage in the power, sensor
and measuring signal lines of load cells installed in potentially
explosive areas

Function chart SIWAREX Pi

Sensor
for supply
voltage
Measuring
signal
Supply
voltage
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
active
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
passive
Potentially
explosive
atmosphere
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
passive
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi
Non-intrinsically-safe circuits
Load cell powering
Rated voltage U
n1
10 V DC
Permissible error voltage 250 V AC
Internal resistance of the load cells 87
Total < 4 010
Sensor line
Rated voltage U
n2
10 V DC
Measuring signal line
Rated voltage U
n3
10 ... 40 mV DC
Intrinsically-safe circuits
Load cell powering
No-load voltage U
01
Voltage against equipotential bond-
ing cond.
13.2 V DC
6.6 V DC
Short-circuit current I
K1
122 mA
Sensor line
No-load voltage U
02
ing cond.
14.4 V DC
7.2 V DC
K2
25 mA
No-load voltage U
03
ing cond.
12.6 V DC
6.3 V DC
K3
72 mA
Total connection values
(when circuits are connected
together)
No-load voltage U
0
14.4 V DC
K
219 mA
Power P
O
1.93 W
For gas group II C
Max. permissible external capaci-
tance C
a3
210 nF
Max. permissible external induc-
tance L
a
0.3 mH
For gas group II B
Max. permissible external capaci-
tance C
a3
890 nF
Max. permissible external induc-
tance L
a
1 mH
Electrical connections 2 Pg screwed glands and
terminals
Siemens AG 2011
Ex interface SIWAREX Pi
2/61
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Selection and ordering data Order No.


SIWAREX Pi, Ex-Interface, dimensions in mm (inch)
General data
Housing dimensions See the section "Dimensional
drawings"
Weight, approx. 2.2 kg (4.85 lb)
Enclosure material die-cast aluminum
UL/CSA certification Yes
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation -10 ... +70 C (14 ... +158 F)
During operation for legal-for-trade
medium accuracy weighing ma-
chines
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... +104 F)
During transportation and storage -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Permissible relative humidity 95 %
Degree of protection IP54
Type of explosion protection Intrinsic safety "i"
FM Class I Div. 1
For intrinsically-safe connection
of load cells,
Suitable for the SIWAREX U, CS,
MS, FTA, FTC and CS weighing
modules.
7MH4710-5AA
Manual for Ex interface type
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
-40 ... +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
1
Drilled hole with 7 mm diam. fixing screw 1
1
8
0

(
7
.
0
9
)
1
4
0

(
5
.
5
1
)
1
6
0

(
6
.
3
0
)
90 (3.54)
50
(1.97)
240 (9.45)
260 (10.24)
Siemens AG 2011
Ex interface SIWAREX IS
2/62
Siemens WT 10 2012
2
Overview

The Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS, can be used for the
SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC and CF weighing modules. It
contains 6 safety barriers and is labeled according to ATEX and
EN 5001U 2D/ II(2)G[EEx ib] IIC. The Ex interface must be in-
stalled outside the potentially explosive area. It should be ac-
commodated in the switchgear cabinet, preferably underneath
the weighing electronics, and is secured using a 35-mm rail to
EN 50 022.
Influence of the SIWAREX IS on the load cell signal is negligible
so it is approved for scales requiring verification.
The connection is made at the front using two clamp-type plugs.
A separate screw terminal is available for connection of the equi-
potential bonding conductor (EBC).
Function
Mode of operation
The safety barriers limit current and voltage in the power, sensor
and measuring signal lines of load cells installed in potentially
explosive areas

Function chart SIWAREX Pi

Sensor
for supply
voltage
Measuring
signal
Supply
voltage
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
active
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
passive
Potentially
explosive
atmosphere
Voltage
limiting
Current
limiting,
passive
Ex interface, type
SIWAREX IS
Standard Low current
version
Non-intrinsically-safe circuits
Load cell powering
Rated voltage U
n1
10 V DC 10 V DC
Permissible error
voltage
250 V AC 250 V AC
Internal resistance of the
load cells
87 180
Total < 4 010 < 4 010
Sensor line
Rated voltage U
n2
10 V DC 10 V DC
Permissible error
voltage
250 V AC 250 V AC
Rated voltage U
n3
10 ... 40 mV DC 10 ... 40 mV DC
Permissible error
voltage
250 V AC 250 V AC
Load cell powering
No-load voltage U
01
13.1 V DC 13.1 V DC
Voltage against equipo-
tential bonding cond.
6.6 V DC 6.6 V DC
K1
120 mA 58 mA
Sensor line
No-load voltage U
02
14.4 V DC 14.4 V DC
7.2 V DC 7.2 V DC
K2
25 mA 25 mA
No-load voltage U
03
12.8 V DC 12.8 V DC
6.4 V DC 6.4 V DC
K3
54 mA 54 mA
Total connection values
(when circuits are con-
nected together)
No-load voltage U
0
14.4 V DC 14.4 V DC
K
199 mA 137 mA
Power P
O
1.835 W 1.025 W
For gas group II C
Max. permissible exter-
nal capacitance C
a3
500 nF 450 nF
nal inductance L
a
0.15 mH 0.5 mH
For gas group II B
nal capacitance C
a3
2 000 nF 2 000 nF
nal inductance L
a
1 mH 2 mH
Siemens AG 2011
Ex interface SIWAREX IS
2/63
Siemens WT 10 2012
2

Selection and ordering data Order No.


SIWAREX IS Ex interface, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ex interface, type
SIWAREX IS
Standard Low current
version
General data
Housing dimensions See "Dimensional
drawings"
See "Dimensional
drawings"
Weight, approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb) 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
Permissible ambient
temperature
During operation -10 ... +60 C
(14 ... +140 F)
(for vertical installa-
tion)
-10 ... +60 C
(14 ... +140 F)
tion)
During operation for le-
gal-for-trade medium
accuracy weighing
machines
-10 ... +40 C
(14 ... +104 F)
tion)
-10 ... +40 C
(14 ... +104 F)
tion)
During transportation
and storage
-40 ... +85 C
(-40 ... +185 F)
-40 ... +85 C
(-40 ... +185 F)
Permissible relative
humidity
95 % 95 %
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Type of explosion pro-
tection
Intrinsic safety "i"
[EEx ib] II C to ATEX
Intrinsic safety "i"
[EEx ib] II C to ATEX
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
UL and FM approvals
For intrinsically-safe connection
of load cells,
including manual
Suitable for the SIWAREX U, CS,
modules.
Cable (optional)
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75ST +
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
orange sheath
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
Cables Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75ST +
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) CY,
blue sheath
-40 ... +80 C (-104 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
PAL connection
123 (4.84) 75 (2.95)
1
0
5

(
4
.
1
3
)
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
3/2 Introduction
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
3/7 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB
3/9 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
3/10 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA
3/12 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
3/14 Load cell
3/16 Base plate with overload protection
3/17 Elastomer bearing
3/18 Compact mounting unit
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA
3/19 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA
3/22 Load cell
3/24 Pressure pieces and adapter plate
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB
3/26 Load cell
3/28 Pressure piece set
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SC
3/30 Load cell
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
3/31 Load cell
3/33 Self-aligning bearing
SIWAREX WL200-
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
3/34 Load cell
3/43 Self-aligning bearing
3/45 Elastomer bearing
SIWAREX WL200 - Accessories
3/48 SIWAREX JB junction box,
Aluminum enclosure
3/50 SIWAREX JB junction box,
Stainless steel enclosure
3/52 SIWAREX EB
Extension box
3/54 Grounding cable
SIWAREX R
3/55 Overview
Technical specifications, Ordering data
3/56 - Platform and Bending beam load cells
3/58 - Shear beam load cells
3/60 - Bending ring load cells
3/62 - Compression load cells
3/64 - SIWAREX R junction boxes
3/65 - SIWAREX R accessories
Configuration examples
3/66 Introduction
3/67 Configuration example 1
Load Cells
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Siemens offers two load cell series: SIWAREX R and SIWAREX
WL200. Both series are equipped with strain gauges. They are
used for static and dynamic weight measurements.
The different load cell series cover rated loads from 3 kg
(6.61 lb) to 280 t (275.58 tn. L.).
The variety of modules available and their characteristics,
including
Stainless steel version for a high degree of corrosion
protection (not with SIWAREX R series K,
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA and SP-S AB)
Hermetically sealed housing for use in even harsh and
aggressive environments (not with SIWAREX R series K)
Compact modules for easy installation
SIWAREX load cells are suitable for virtually all applications in
industrial weighing, e.g. container and hopper scales,
platform scales, vehicle scales, hybrid scales etc.
All series have been approved for use with Class III legal-for-
trade commercial scales in accordance with EN 45501 and
conform to OIML R60
1)
.
Load cells can also be supplied for other rated loads, higher
accuracy, and/or with EEx (i) approval.
1)
This does not apply to SIWAREX R series K, SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA or
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SC. Approvals for the types SIWAREX WL230 SB-
S SA, 5 t (4.92 tn. L.), SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB and SIWAREX WL260 SP-
S SA will be available soon.
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
OIML R60 type approval for WL260 SP-S AB available soon
2)
OIML R60 type approval for WL230 SB-S SA, 5 t available soon
Design Platform
Series WL260 SP-S AA WL260 SP-S AB WL260 SP-S SA
Picture
Rated load E
max
3, 5, 10 kg
(6.61, 11.02, 22.05 lb)
20, 50 kg
(44.09, 110.23 lb)
100 kg
(220.46 lb)
50 ... 100 kg
(110.23 ... 220.46 lb)
5 ... 200 kg
(11.02 ... 440.92 lb)
Approval C3 acc. to OIML R60 C3 acc. to OIML R60 C3 acc. to OIML R60
ATEX
Min. load cell
verification
interval (V
min
)
E
max
/15 000 E
max
/7 500 E
max
/12 000 E
max
/10 000 E
max
/7 500
Rated character-
istic value
2 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Degree of
protection
IP65 IP65 IP67
Material Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel
Mounting units - - - - -
Design Bending beam Shear beam
Series WL230 BB-S SA WL230 SB-S SA
Picture
Rated load E
max
10
1)
... 100 kg
(22.05
1)
... 220.46 lb)
200 kg (440.92 lb)
350 kg (771.62 lb)
500 kg (1102.31 lb)
500 kg
(1102.31 lb)
1 t (0.98 tn. l.)
2 t (1.97 tn. l)
5 t

(4.92
2)
tn. L.)
Approval C3 acc. to OIML R60
ATEX
C3 acc. to OIML R60
2)
ATEX
Min. load cell
verification
interval (V
min
)
E
max
/15 000 E
max
/10 000 E
max
/15 000
Rated character-
istic value C
N
2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Degree of
protection
IP68 IP68
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel
Mounting units Base plate with overload protection
Elastomer bearings
Compact mounting unit
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
ATEX certification available soon
Design S-type Ring-torsion load cell
Series WL250 ST-S SA WL280 RN-S SA
Picture
Rated load E
max
50 ... 100 kg
(110.23 ...
220.46 lb)
0.25 ... 2.5 t
(0.25 ... 2.46 tn. L.)
5 ... 10 t
(4.92 ... 9.84 tn. L.)
60 280 kg
(132.28
1617.29 lb)
0.5 5 t
(0.49 4.92 tn. L.)
10 60 t
(9.84 59.05 tn. L.)
ATEX
C3 acc. to OIML R60
ATEX
1)
Min. load cell
verification
interval (V
min
)
E
max
/7 000 E
max
/10 000 E
max
/12 000 E
max
/16 000 E
max
/17 050 E
max
/17 500
Supply voltage
(U
sr
)
5 ... 12 V 5 ... 30 V
Rated character-
istic value C
N
3 mV/V 1 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Degree of
protection
IP67 IP66/IP68
Mounting units - Elastomer bearings
Self-aligning bearings
Guide element for compact mounting unit
Design Compression cell
Series WL270 CP-S SA WL270 CP-S SB WL270 CP-S SC WL270 K-S CA
Picture
Rated load E
max
10 t (9.84 tn. L.)
20 t (19.68 tn. L.)
30 t (33.07 tn. L.)
60 t (49.21 tn. L.)
100 t
(98.42 tn. L.)
200 t
(196.84 tn. L.)
2.8 280 t
(2.76 275.58 tn. L.)
ATEX
C3 acc. to OIML R60
ATEX
ATEX -
Min. load cell
verification
interval (V
min
)
or accuracy
class
E
max
/10 000 E
max
/9 000 0.1 % 0.1 %
Supply voltage
(U
sr
)
5 ... 12 V 5 ... 12 V 5 ... 12 V 6 ... 12 V
Rated character-
istic value C
N
2 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V 1.5 mV/V
Degree of
protection
IP68 IP68 IP68 IP66
Mounting units Pressure pieces and adapter
plates
Compact mounting unit - Self-aligning bearings
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Design
Load cells are sensors that convert a mechanical variable
(i.e. weight) into an electrical signal, usually a voltage.
They work with different measuring principles. Siemens load
cells in the SIWAREX WL200 and SIWAREX R series use so-
called strain gauges. These are specially formed electrical
conductors which are insulated by means of a suitable material.
The strain gauges are attached to the basic element, a specially
formed spring body, by friction locking.
Under the influence of a weight force F, the spring body is
deformed (see schematic presentation) and as a result the strain
gauge deforms elastically. Due to the change in the external
shape of the strain gauge, the ohmic resistance of its conductor
also changes. The top left and bottom right strain gauges are
compressed, their resistance films are shortened and the ohmic
resistance is reduced accordingly. The top right and bottom left
strain gauges are stretched, their resistance films are extended
and the ohmic resistance is increased.
For each load cell, at least 4 strain gauges are connected
together to form a complete Wheatstone bridge. The stretched
or compressed strain gauges are connected so that the positive
or negative resistance changes are added together to form a
total imbalance in the bridge.
On one bridge diagonal, the power voltage is applied (with
6-conductor technique, also the sensor voltage, SENSE) and on
the other diagonal, the measured voltage is tapped.
With a constant power voltage (EXC), the measured voltage
(SIG) changes proportionally to the introduced load.
Principle of a bending load cell, unloaded and loaded
Principle of a Wheatstone bridge
SG
SG
compressed SG
stretched SG
compressed SG
stretched SG
F
SG
stretched
SG
stretched
SG
compressed
SG
compressed
EXC+
SIG- SIG+
SENSE+
SENSE-
EXC-
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
Design (continued)
3
( ) ( )
Legal-for-trade
Fast weight value processing
This questionnaire is only a guideline. For special configurations refer to your Siemens contact person.
Special application requirements
Retrofit of an old installation Drawing available Pictures available
Required precision:
Diagnostics
Load cells quantity: Number of support points:
Dead load :
Type of material:
Force measurement
Loss in weight dosing scale
Weighfeeder
Total maximum weight:
Load cells
Name:
Other
WINCC flex Version:
Version: SIMATIC PCS7
Type:
SIMATIC S7-300/400 with bus
SIMATIC integration
Lift up protection
Guide elements required?
Vibration (Motor, Mixer, etc.)
Ex Protection High measuring rate
High overload protection
Preventive diagnostics
Error control and logging
Zone type/number: With Ex approval
Basic weighing functions
Requested features
Solid flow meter
Dosing scale
Belt scale
Checkweigher
Automatic filling/Big Bag scale
Truck/Wagon scale static
Vessel/Silo/level measurement
Truck scale
Platform Scale
Non Automatic Weighing Instrument
Date :
Notes on application:
Prepared by :
Fax:
Country:
Phone:
Application type
E-mail:
Zip/Postal Code:
City:
Address:
Company:
Contact:
SIWAREX Mechanic
Electronics
Questionnaire SIWAREX
Stainless steel
required ?
Siemens AG
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
Load cell
3/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small platform scales with one load
cell (max. platform size 400 x 400 mm (15.75 x 15.75 inch)) as
well as for use in medium accuracy weighing machines of Class
III with a max. verification interval n
max
= 3 000d.
Design
The measuring element is hermetically sealed and has a
calibrated output current.
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
Possible applications Platform scales
Small conveyor scales
Model Platform load cell
Loads
Rated load E
max.
3 kg (6.61 lb)
5 kg (11.02 lb)
10 kg (22.05 lb)
20 kg (44.09 lb)
50 kg (110.23 lb)
100 kg (220.46 lb)
Minimum initial loading E
min
0 % E
max
Maximum working load L
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
Maximum lateral load L
lq
100 % E
max
Measurement characteristic
values
Rated measuring path h
n
at E
max
< 0.6 mm
Rated characteristic value C
n
2.0 0.2 mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal < 2 % C
n
Max. load cell verification interval
n
lc
3 000
Min. load cell verification interval
V
min
E
max
= 3, 5, 10 kg (6.61, 11.02,
22.05 lb)
E
max
/15 000
E
max
= 20, 50 kg (44.0, 110.23 lb) E
max
/7 500
E
max
= 100 kg (220.46 lb) E
max
/12 000
Combined error F
comb
0,02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0,017 %C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0,02 % C
n
Electrical characteristic values
Recommended reference voltage
U
ref
5 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
409 6
Output resistance R
a
350 3
Insulation resistance R
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Characteristic value T
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
Connection and
ambient conditions
Sensor material (DIN) Aluminum
Maximum tightening torque of the
fixing screws
15 ... 20 Nm
Function Color
EXC + (supply +) Red
EXC (supply -) Black
SIG + (measured signal +) Green
SIG (measured signal -) White
Sense + (sensor line +) Blue
Sense - (sensor line -) Brown
Shield Transparent
Rated temperature range B
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
Operating temperature range B
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
Storage temperature range B
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP65
Accuracy class according to
OIML R60
C3
Load cell, type WL260 SP-S AA
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d,
connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft)
7MH5102-
D 0 0
Rated load
3 kg (6.61 lb) 1 K
5 kg (11.02 lb) 1 P
10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
Load cell
3/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA load cell, dimensions in mm ( inch)
1
1
1
Threaded hole M6, depth 15 1
5.8
(0.23)
5.8
(0.23)
3
8
.
6

(
1
.
5
2
)
34 (1.34)
150 (5.91)
19
(0.75)
2
5

(
0
.
9
8
)
1
1

(
0
.
4
3
)
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
31 (1.22)
19
(0.75)
1
9

(
0
.
7
5
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB
Load cell
3/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small to medium platform scales with
one load cell (max. platform size 600 x 600 mm
(23.62 x 23.62 inch)) as well as for use in medium accuracy
weighing machines of Class III with a max. verification interval
n
max
= 3 000d.
Design
1)
OIML type approval for SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB available soon
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB load cell, dimensions in mm ( inch)
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB
Conveyor scales
Loads
Rated load E
max.
50 kg (110.23 lb)
100 kg (220.46 lb)
200 kg (440.92 lb)
500 kg (1102.31 lb)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
Maximum lateral load AL
lq
100 % E
max
Measurement characteristic values
n
at E
max
< 1.22 mm (0.05 inch)
n
2.0 0.2 mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal < 2 % C
n
Max. load cell verification interval n
lc
3 000
V
min
E
max
/10 000
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.017 %C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
Recommended reference volt. U
ref
5 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
409 6
Output resistance R
a
350 3
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
Sensor material (DIN) Aluminum
fixing screws
35 ... 40 Nm
Function Color
Sense + (sensor line +) Blue
Sense - (sensor line -) Brown
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP65
OIML R60
C3
1)
Load cell, type WL260 SP-S AB
Connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft)
7MH5103-
D 0 0
Rated load
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
1
1
Threaded hole M8, depth 15 1
7.8
(0.31)
7.8
(0.31)
40 (1.57)
7
6

(
2
.
9
9
)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
7
5

(
2
.
9
5
)
191 (7.52)
25
(0.98)
40 (1.57) 25
(0.98)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
Load cell
3/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small to medium platform scales with
one load cell (max. platform size 400 x 400 mm
(15.75 x 15.75 inch) as well as for use in medium accuracy
weighing machines of Class III with a max. verification interval
n
max
= 3 000d
It is made of stainless steel and therefore also suitable for use in
harsh environments.
Design
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
Loads
Rated load E
max.
5 kg (11.02 lb)
10 kg (22.05 lb)
20 kg (44.09 lb)
50 kg (110.23 lb)
100 kg (220.46 lb)
200 kg (440.92 lb)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
100 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.27 0.05 mm
(0.01 0.002 inch)
n
2.0 0.2 mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal < 1.0 % C
n
Max. load cell verification
interval n
lc
3 000
Min. load cell verification
interval V
min
E
max
/7 500
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.017 %C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
5 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
383 6
Output resistance R
a
351 3
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel
fixing screws
E
max
= 3, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 kg
(6.61, 11.02, 22.05, 44.09, 110.23,
220.46 lb)
14 Nm
E
max
= 200 kg (440.92 lb) 16 Nm
Function Color
EXC + (supply +) Green
SIG + (measured signal +) White
SIG (measured signal -) Red
Sense + (sensor line +) Yelllow
Sense - (sensor line -) Blue
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104F)
tu
-35 +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP67
OIML R60
C3
Load cell, type WL260 SP-S SA
7MH5104-
D 0
Rated load
5 kg (11.02 lb) 1 P
10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
Explosion protection
Without 0
Explosion protection for zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
Load cell
3/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL 260 SP-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
1
1
Threaded hole M6, thread depth 15, hole depth 18 1
150 (5.91)
19 (0.75)
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
3
1

(
1
.
2
2
)
3
8

(
1
.
5
0
)
3
8

(
1
.
5
0
)
2
5

(
0
.
9
8
)
25 (0.98) 25 (0.98)
19 (0.75)
34 (1.34)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA
Load cell
3/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The load cell is ideal for use in tank weighing, hybrid scales or
suspended container weighing. It is made of stainless steel and
therefore also suitable for use in harsh environments.
Design
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA
Possible applications Tension and pressure applica-
tions
Suspended scales
Container weighers
Hybrid scales
Model S-type
Loads
Rated load E
max.
50 kg (110.23 lb)
100 kg (220.46 lb)
250 kg (551.16 lb)
500 kg (1102.31 lb)
1 t (0.98 tn. L.)
2.5 t (2.46 tn. L.)
5 t (4.92 tn. L.)
10 t (9.84 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
100 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
E
max
= 50, 100 kg
(110.23, 220.46 lb)
0.18 mm (0.01 inch)
E
max
= 250, 500 kg
(551.16, 1102.31 lb)
0.24 mm (0.01 inch)
E
max
= 1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 0.37 mm (0.01 inch)
E
max
= 2.5, 5 t (2.46, 4.92 tn. L.) 0.8 mm (0.03 inch)
E
max
= 10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 0.57 mm (0.02 inch)
n
3.0 0.008 mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal < 1.0 % C
n
n
lc
3 000
V
min
E
max
= 50, 100 kg
(110.23, 220.46 lb)
E
max
/7 000
E
max
= 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5 t
(0.25, 0.49, 0.98, 2.46 tn. L.)
E
max
/10 000
E
max
= 5, 10 t (4.92, 984 tn. L.) E
max
/12 000
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.02 %C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
Recommended reference
voltage U
ref
5 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
430 4
Output resistance R
a
350 3.5
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
fixing screws
E
max
= 3, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 kg
(6.61, 11.02, 22.05, 44.09, 110.23,
220.46 lb)
14 Nm
E
max
= 200 kg (440.92 lb) 16 Nm
Function Color
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104F)
tu
-35 +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP67
OIML R60
C3
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA
Load cell
3/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Dimensional drawings
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Load cell type WL250 ST-S SA
7MH5105-
D 0
Rated load
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
250 kg (551.16 lb) 3 H
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 4 A
2.5 t (2.46 tn. L.) 4 H
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 4 P
10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 5 A
Without 0
Rated load
[kg]
Rated load
[t]
50.8
(2.00)
50.8
(2.00)
63.5
(2.50)
63.5
(2.50)
12.7
(0.49)
19.05
(0.75)
16.08
(0.63)
22.43
(0.88)
10.16
(0.40)
10.16
(0.40)
1
2.5
5.0
10
50.8
(2.00)
50.8
(2.00)
76.2
(3.00)
127
(5.00)
63.5
(2.50)
101.6
(4.00)
101.6
(4.00)
177.8
(7.00)
25.4
(1.00)
25.4
(1.00)
25.4
(1.00)
50.8
(2.00)
28.78
(1.13)
28.78
(1.13)
28.78
(1.13)
54.18
(2.13)
M12
M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M30 x 2
10.16
(4.00)
15.24
(0.60)
20
(0.79)
39.9
(1.57)
B
b M
H
1
H
1
H
L
M
50 100
250 500
L H b B M
M8
M12
H1
L H b B M H1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
Load cell
3/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The bending beam load cell is particularly suitable for use in
small-scale container and platform scales.
Design
The measuring element is a double bending beam made of
stainless steel to which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The strain gauges are arranged so that two are stretched and
two are compressed.
Under the influence of the load acting in the measuring direction,
the spring bodies and therefore the friction-locked strain gauges
are elastically deformed. This generates a measuring signal
voltage that is proportional to the load.
1)
Higher accuracy class available on request
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
Possible applications Container weighers
Conveyor scales
Platform scales
Model Bending load cell
Loads
Rated load E
max
10 kg (22.05 lb)
20 kg (44.09 lb)
50 kg (110.23 lb)
100 kg (220.46 lb)
200 kg (440.92 lb)
350 kg (771.62 lb)
500 kg (1102.3 lb)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
Max. safe side load L
Iq
100 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.3 mm (0.01 inch)
n
2.0 0.02 % mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal < 1,0 % C
n
Maximum load cell verification
interval n
LC
3 000
1)
Minimum load cell verification
interval V
min
E
max
/15 000
Minimum application range R
min(LC)
30 %
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.017 % C
n
Return of zero signal Not applicable
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
5 ... 10 V DC
Input resistance R
e
460 50
Output resistance R
a
350 3.5
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Current calibration Standard
Connection and
ambient conditions
Max. tightening torque of the fixing
screws
E
max
= 10, 20, 50,100, 200 kg
(22.05, 44.09, 110.23, 220.46,
440.92 lb)
23 Nm
E
max
= 350, 500 kg (771.62,
1102.31 lb)
70 Nm
Function Color
EXC - (supply -) Black
SIG - (measured signal -) Red
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP68
OIML R60
C3
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Load cell type WL230 BB-S SA
7MH5106-
D 0
Rated load
10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
350 kg (771.62 lb) 3 L
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
Without 0
Rated load [kg]
8,2 (0.32)
10,3 (0.41)
H
D
d d
10
(0.39)
82 (3.23) 18
(0.71)
3
9

(
1
.
5
4
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
120 (4.72)
42 (1.65) 21
(0.83)
10, 20, 50, 100, 200
350, 500
d D
23 (0.91)
24 (0.95)
H
20 (0.79)
19 (075)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Base plate with overload protection
3/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The base plate with integral overload protection for load cells of
the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series ensures easy, correct
installation of the load cell.
Design
The integrated overload protection ensures that the load cell is
not damaged by static overloading with vertical forces of up to
5 kN.
The load cells can be installed on the base plate and aligned
even before final installation of the scales. This ensures that the
permissible spring excursion of the load cell is precisely set, up
to contact with the overload protection.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the base
plate with overload protection.
1)
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery.
2)
It is highly recommendable to use a grounding cable (7MH3701-1AA1) in
order to protect the load cell.
Elastomer bearing and base plate with overload protection for
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells, 10 ... 200 kg
(22.05 ... 440.92 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Base plate with overload
protection
For load cells of the
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series
Material: Stainless steel
For load cells with a rated load of
1)2)
:
10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DG11
350 kg (771.62 lb), 500 kg
(1102.31 lb)
On request
8.5 (0.33) (4x)
10
(0.39)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
100 (3.94)
120 (4.72)
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
(
5
9
)

(
2
.
3
2
)
1
0
(
0
.
3
9
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Elastomer bearing
3/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The self-centering elastomer bearing for load cells of the
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series is the ideal load introduction
element for scales without guide elements. It serves to damp
vibrations and shocks.
Design
Elastomer bearings are rubber-metal composites made of
neoprene and stainless steel. They ensure large spring excur-
sions (i.e. a high degree of damping) despite small dimensions.
If the load support is displaced by more than 4 mm (0.16 inch)
in the horizontal direction, the design of the load support must
include measures for restricting sideways play (e. g. limit stops).
In combination with the base plate and integral overload
protection, it is ensured that the load cell is not damaged by
static overloading with vertical forces of up to 5 kN.
The load cell and the base plate are not included in the scope of
delivery of the elastomer bearing.
1)
2)
Elastomer bearings for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells,
10 kg to 200 kg (22.05 lb bis 440.92 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Elastomer bearing
1)2)
:
10 ... 50 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) D) 7MH4133-2KE11
10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DE11
500 kg (1102.31 lb) On request
8.5 (3.35) (4x)
10 (0.39)
1
0
0

(
3
.
9
4
)
5
9

(
2
.
3
2
)
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
M10
50 (1.97)
100 (3.94)
120 (4.72)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The self-aligning compact mounting unit for
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells is particularly suitable for
implementation in small-scale container, platform and roller table
scales.
Design
The compact mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top
plate, a self-aligning bolt, two countersunk screws and overload
protection.
The top plate is aligned and fixed above the base plate with the
two countersunk screws. This results in a stable unit. The height
of the top plate can be adjusted so that it is two millimeters
above the installation height with load cell.
In this state the compact mounting unit serves as an installation
aid and can be used as a dummy for light installation jobs.
Prior to installation, the load cell is inserted with the self-aligning
bolt into the compact mounting unit. Then the complete unit is
installed in the scales. As the result, the load bearing implement
and the mounting units are aligned. The load cells are not yet
loaded.
Finally the load bearing implement is lowered by undoing two
hex nuts under the top plate. The weight now rests on the load
cells.
In this state the load cell and the pressure pieces together form
a self-centering unit. The compact mounting unit permits
sideways displacement of the top plate, and thus of the load
support, by up to 1.5 mm (0.06 inch).
The overload protection is set so that the load cell cannot be
loaded beyond the limit load.
1)
2)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells,
dimensions in mm (inch)
1)2)
:
10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DC11
17.5
(0.69)
9
0

(
3
.
5
4
)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
9 (0.35) (6x)
4
8

(
1
.
8
9
)
75 (2.95)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
1
2

(
0
.
4
7
)
100 (3.94)
130 (5.12)
1
2

(
0
.
4
7
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA
Load cell
3/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The shear beam load cell is particularly suitable for implemen-
tation in container, overhead rail conveyor and platform scales.
Design
The measuring element is a shear tension spring made of
stainless steel to which strain gauges are applied. The strain
gauges are arranged at 45 to the longitudinal axis on the side
of the spring body and are therefore subject to shear forces.
Under the influence of the load acting in the measuring direction,
are elastically deformed. This generates a measuring signal
1)
OIML type approval for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA 5 t (4.92 tn. L.) available
soon
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA
Conveyor scales
Overhead rail scales
Platform scales
Model Shear beam
Loads
Rated load E
max
0.5 t (0.49 tn. L.)
1 t (0.98 tn. L.)
2 t (1.97 tn. L.)
5 t (4.92 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
100 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
E
max
= 0.5 t (0.49 tn. L.) 0.13 mm (0.005 inch)
E
max
= 1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 0.21 mm (0.008 inch)
E
max
= 2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 0.29 mm (0.011 inch)
E
max
= 5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 0.38 mm (0.014 inch)
n
2,0 0,02 % mV/V
Tolerance D
O
of zero signal 1.0 % C
n
interval n
LC
3 000
V
min
E
max
= 0.5 t (0.49 tn. L.) E
max
/10 000
E
max
= 1, 2, 5 t
(0.98, 1.97, 4.92 tn. L.)
1)
E
max
/15 000
min(LC)
E
max
= 0.5 t (0.49 tn. L.) 30 %
E
max
= 1, 2, 5 t
(0.98, 1.97, 4.92 tn. L.)
20 %
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.02 % C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.023 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
5 ... 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
1 000 10
Output resistance R
a
1 004 5
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
fixing screws
E
max
= 0.5, 1, 2 t
(0.49, 0.98, 1.97 tn. L.)
150 Nm
E
max
= 5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 550 Nm
Function Color
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP68
OIML R60
C3
1)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
OIML type approval for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA 5 t available soon
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Load cell type WL230 SB-S SA
Legal-for-trade acc. to OIML R60 up to 3 000d,
connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft) at 500 kg (1102.31 lb) up
to 1 t (0.98 tn. L.),
connecting cable 6 m (19.68 ft) at 2 t (1.97 tn. L.) up to
5 t (4.92 tn. L.)
7MH5107-
D 0
Rated load
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 4 A
2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 4 G
5 t (4.92 tn. L.)
1)
4 P
Without 0
Rated load
[t]
Rated load
[t]
2
.
8

(
0
.
1
1
)
3.2
(0.13)
25.4
(1.00)
25.4
(1.00)
25.4
(1.00)
38.1
(1.50)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
13
(0.51)
20.5
(0.81)
0.5
1
2
5
20.5
(0.81)
20.5
(0.81)
20.5
(0.81)
30.2
(1.89)
0.5
1
2
5
E
B C D
K
G
A
J
H
M
L
F
A
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
172
(6.77)
B
16
(0.63)
16
(0.63)
16
(0.63)
19
(0.63)
C D
76
(2.99)
76
(2.99)
76
(2.99)
95
(3.74)
F E
32
(1.26)
32
(1.26)
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
G H
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
14
(0.55)
20
(0.79)
J
26
(1.02)
28
(1.10)
32
(1.26)
40
(1.57)
K
32
(1.26)
32
(1.26)
36
(1.42)
44
(1.73)
M
M12
M12
M12
M20
L
57
(2.24)
57
(2.24)
57
(2.24)
76
(2.99)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells is particularly suitable for
implementation in container, platform and roller table scales.
Design
plate, a self-aligning bolt and two countersunk screws.
of the top plate is adjusted so that it is three millimeters above
the installation height with load cell.
Prior to installation, the load cell is inserted with the self-aligning
bolt into the compact mounting unit. Then the complete unit is
installed in the scales. As the result, the load bearing implement
and the mounting units are aligned. The load cells are not yet
loaded.
cells.
sideways displacement of the top plate, and hence of the load
bearing implement, by up to three mm.
1)
2)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells,
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series
and the rated load
1)2)
:
7MH5707-
4 A 0 0
500 kg (1102.31 lb) A
2 t (1.97 tn. L.) G
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) P
Rated load
[t]
Rated load
[t]
22.4
(0.88)
31.6
(1.24)
11
(4.33)
13.5
(0.53)
B
F
H
M
L K
J I
A
D
E
C
G (6x)
A
80
(3.15)
105
(4.13)
B C
15
(0.59)
20
(0.79)
D
76
(2.99)
111
(4.37)
F
60
(2.36)
80
(3.15)
E
15
(0.59)
25
(0.98)
G H
120
(4.72)
150
(5.91)
I
80
(3.14)
100
(3.94)
J
90
(3.54)
110
(4.33)
M
140
(5.51)
185
(7.28)
K
110
(4.33)
145
(5.71)
L
15
(0.59)
20
(0.79)
0,5 ... 2
5
0,5 ... 2
5
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA
Load cell
3/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The compression load cell is particularly suitable for implemen-
tation in container, hopper and vehicle scales.
Design
The measuring element is a solid cylinder made of stainless
steel to which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The load which acts centrally in the measuring direction causes
to be elastically deformed. This generates a measuring signal
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA
Overhead rail scales
Vehicle scales
Model Compression load cell
Loads
Rated load E
max
10 t (9.84 tn. L.)
20 t (19.68 tn. L.)
30 t (29.53 tn. L.)
50 t (49.21 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
75 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
n
2.0 0.02 % mV/V
Tolerance D
O
n
interval n
LC
3 000
V
min
E
max
= 10, 20, 50 t
(9.84, 19.68, 49.21 tn. L.)
E
max
/10 000
min(LC)
30 %
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.023 % C
n
U
ref
5 ... 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
700 7
Output resistance R
a
700 7
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.023 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Connection and ambient
conditions
Function Color
SIG - (measured signal -) White
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP68
OIML R60
C3
Load cell type WL270 CP-C SA
7MH5108-
D 0
Rated load
10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 5 A
20 t (19.68 tn. L.) 5 G
30 t (29.63 tn. L.) 5 K
50 t (49.21 tn. L.) 5 P
Without 0
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/23
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Rated load
[t]
H
D
89 (3.50)
E
1
6

(
0
.
6
3
)
1
1
9

(
4
.
6
9
)
3
3

(
1
.
3
0
)
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
3
5

(
1
.
3
8
)
49 (1.93)
R5 (0.20)
70 (2.76)
S
R

F
S
R

G
D
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
E
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
F
38
(1.50)
200
(7.87)
G
150
(5.91)
200
(7.87)
H
22
(8.67)
27
(1.06)
10, 20, 30
50
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Pressure pieces and adapter plate
3/24
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
In combination with a pressure piece set and adapter plate the
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA produces a self-centering self-
aligning bearing. This unit is particularly suitable for installation
in container, hopper and vehicle scales.
Design
The pressure piece set consists of an upper and lower pressure
piece. Together with the load cell the pressure piece set forms a
self-centering unit with integrated torsion guard. Two adapter
plates serve to hold the pressure pieces and round off the unit
into a self-aligning bearing. The adapter plates can be bolted by
means of the existing holes directly to the load bearing
implement.
The self-centering, self-aligning bearing thus formed allows the
load bearing implement to follow horizontal displacements (e.g.
due to temperature fluctuations). In this case the construction of
the self-aligning bearing creates a restoring force which is
dependent on the size of the displacement and the applied load.
If the load support is displaced by more than 3 mm (0.12 inch)
in the lateral direction, the design of the load support must
include measures for restricting sideways play (e.g. stops or
guide elements). Lifting of the load support must be prevented
by suitable measures provided in the construction of the load
bearing implement.
The load cell must be ordered separately.
The adapter plate package item consists of one unit.
1)
The principles of general mechanical engineering and safety must be
observed.
2)
3)
Pressure piece set and Adapter plate for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load
cell (mounting condition), dimensions in mm (inch)
Pressure piece set
1)
For the individual installation of load cells from the
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
2)3)
7MH5708-
5 D 0 0
10, 20, 30 t (9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. L.) K
50 t (49.21 tn. L.) P
Adapter plate
Adapter for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA
The package item consists of one plate.
2)3)
7MH5708-
5 B 0 0
10 50 t (9.84 49.21 tn. L.) K
2
2
(
0
.
8
7
)
1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
2
0
3

1

(
7
.
9
9

0
.
0
4
)
160 (6.30)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/25
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cells is particularly suitable for
implementation in container, platform, vehicle and roller table
scales.
Design
plate, two pressure pieces, two clamping pieces and two
countersunk screws. There are threaded holes in the base plate
and top plate for the subsequent flange-fitting of guide
elements.
of the top plate is adjusted so that it is three millimeters above
the installation height with load cell.
Two pressure pieces are used to mount the load cell. They are
fastened flush with the head plate and base plate using the
clamping pieces.
Prior to installation, the load cell is inserted into the compact
mounting unit. Then the complete unit is installed in the scales.
As the result, the load bearing implement and the mounting units
are aligned. The load cells are not yet loaded.
cells.
bearing implement, by up to three millimeters in all directions.
The countersunk screws prevent the load bearing implement
from being lifted off or toppling off.
Using the compact mounting unit as an installation aid results in
optimum alignment of the load cells. This is essential for the load
cells to perform at their best in terms of accuracy.
For maintenance or troubleshooting purposes the load cell can
be relieved again by screwing up the hex nuts. Replacement of
the load cell is then easy after the clamping pieces are released.
1)
2)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cells,
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
1)2)
:
7MH5708-
5 A 0 0
10, 20, 30 t (9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. L.) K
50 t (49.21 tn. L.) P
1
6
5
.
5

1

(
6
.
5
2

0
.
0
4
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
240 (9.45)
160 (6.30)
2
7

1

(
1
.
0
6

0
.
0
4
)
1
0
0

(
3
.
9
4
)
22
(0.87)
1
4
5

(
5
.
7
1
)
130 (5.12)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB
Load cell
3/26
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Design
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB
Loads
Rated load E
max
100 t (98.42 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
10 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.36 mm (0.01 inch)
n
2,0 0,02 % mV/V
Tolerance D
o
n
interval n
LC
3 000
V
min
E
max
= 100 t (98.42 tn. L.) E
max
/9 000
min(LC)
33 %
Combined error F
comb
0.02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0.02 % C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.023 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.023 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
5 ... 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
700 7
Output resistance R
a
700 7
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
Function Color
Sense + (sensor line +) Yellow
Sense (sensor line -) Blue
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP68
OIML R60
C3
Load cell type WL270 CP-S SB
7MH5110-
D 0
Rated load
100 t (98.42 tn. L.) 6 A
Without 0
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/27
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
2
6
0

(
1
0
.
2
4
)
3
1

(
1
.
2
2
)
S
R

4
0
0
(
1
5
.
7
5
)
76 (2.99)
32
(1.26)
R6 (0.24)
5
0

(
1
,
9
7
)
68 (2.68)
64 (2.52)
93 (3.66)
68 (2.68)
64 (2.52)
S
R

4
0
0
(
1
5
.
7
5
)
1
2

(
0
.
4
7
)
4

(
0
.
1
6
)
6
6

(
2
.
6
0
)
1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
1
2
8

(
5
.
0
4
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Pressure piece set
3/28
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
In combination with a pressure piece set, the
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cell produces a self-centering
self-aligning bearing. This unit is particularly suitable for instal-
lation in container, hopper and vehicle scales.
Design
The pressure piece set consists of an upper and lower pressure
piece. Together with the load cell the pressure piece set forms a
self-centering unit with integrated torsion guard.
The self-centering, self-aligning bearing thus formed allows the
load bearing implement to follow horizontal displacements (e. g.
due to temperature fluctuations). In this case the construction of
the self-aligning bearing creates a restoring force which is
dependent on the size of the displacement and the applied load.
If the load support is laterally displaced by more than 8 mm
(0.32 inch), the design of the load support must include
measures for restricting sideways play (e.g. stops or guide
elements). Lifting of the load support must be prevented by
suitable measures provided in the construction of the load
bearing implement.
The load cell must be ordered separately.
1)
The principles of general mechanical engineering and safety must be
observed.
2)
3)
Pressure piece for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cells,
Pressure piece set
1)
For the individual installation of load
cells from the SIWAREX WL270 CP-
S SB series
2)3)
100 t (110.23 tn. L.) 7MH5710-6AD00
90 (3.54)
3
4
0

1

(
1
3
.
3
9

0
.
0
3
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/29
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The self-centering compact mounting unit for
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cells is particularly suitable for
implementation in container scales.
Design
plate, two pressure pieces, two clamping pieces and two
centering sleeves. There are threaded holes in the base plate
and top plate for the subsequent flange-fitting of guide
elements.
two centering sleeves. This results in a stable unit. The height of
the top plate is adjusted so that it is five millimeters above the
installation height with load cell.
Two pressure pieces are used to mount the load cell. They are
fastened flush with the head plate and base plate using the
clamping pieces.
Prior to installation, the load cell is inserted into the compact
mounting unit. Then the complete unit is installed in the scales.
As the result, the load bearing implement and the mounting units
are aligned. The load cells are not yet loaded.
hex nuts under the centering sleeves. The weight now rests on
the load cells.
bearing implement, by up to eight millimeters in all directions.
Two countersunk screws prevent the load bearing implement
from being lifted off or toppling off.
Using the compact mounting unit as an installation aid results in
optimum alignment of the load cells. This is essential for the load
cells to perform at their best in terms of accuracy.
For maintenance or troubleshooting purposes the load cell can
be relieved again by screwing up the hex nuts. Replacement of
the load cell is then easy after the clamping pieces are released.
1)
2)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cell
(mounting condition), dimensions in mm (inch)
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB series
1)2)
:
100 t (98.42 tn. L.) 7MH5710-6AA00
2
7
.
5

1

(
1
.
0
8

0
.
0
4
)
3
7
.
5

1

(
1
.
4
8

0
.
0
4
)
22
(0.87)
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
3
4
5

1

(
1
3
.
5
8

0
.
0
4
)
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
380 (14.96)
340 (13.39)
160 (6.30)
1
4
5

(
6
.
3
0
)
1
0
0

(
6
.
3
0
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SC
Load cell
3/30
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Design
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SC load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SC
Loads
Rated load E
max
200 t (196.84 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
10 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.36 mm (0.01 inch)
n
2.0 0.02 % mV/V
Tolerance D
o
n
Repeatability F
v
0.017 % C
n
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0.02 % C
n
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.017 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.014 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
5 ... 12 V DC
Input resistance R
e
450 5
Output resistance R
a
480 5
is
5 000 M at 50 V DC
Connection and
ambient conditions
Function Color
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
tu
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
ts
-35 ... +65 C (-31 ... +149 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP68
Accuracy class 0.1 %
Load cell type WL270 CP-C SC
Error of measurement 0.1 %,
connection cable 20 m (65.62 ft)
Rated load
200 t (196.84 tn. L.) 7MH5111-6GA00
M20
110
94
136
1
/
2

N
P
T
163
50
S
R
4
3
2
8
123
4
0
2
2
9
9
8
3
,
7
1
1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
Load cell
3/31
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The compression force load cell is particularly suitable for use in
container and hopper scales.
Design
The measuring element is a cylinder made of stainless steel to
which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The load which acts centrally in the measuring direction elasti-
cally deforms the spring body and thus the force-fitted strain
gauges. This generates a measuring signal voltage that is
proportional to the load. The load cell's rated measuring path
depends on the rated load and is between 0.23 and 2.67 mm
(0.01 and 0.11 inch).
An enclosure made from painted steel protects the strain gauge
from environmental influences.
1)
Heat-resistant cable: -60 ... +180 C (-76 ... +356 F)
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
Hopper scales
Loads
Rated load E
max
2.8 t (2.76 tn. L.)
6 t (5.91 tn. L.)
13 t (12.79 tn. L.)
28 t (27.56 tn. L.)
60 t (59.05 tn. L.)
130 t (127.95 tn. L.)
280 t (275.58 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
u
120 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
300 % E
max
lq
10 % E
max
values
n
at E
max
0.23 ... 2.67 mm
(0.01 ... 0.11 inch)
n
1.5 mV/V
Tolerance D
o
n
Tolerance D
c
of characteristic value 0.5 %
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.25 % C
n
/5 K
Kc
0.25 % C
n
/5 K
U
ref
6 ... 12 V DC
Supply voltage U
sr
(reference value) 6 V
Input resistance R
e
275 50
Output resistance R
a
245 0,2
is
20 M
Connection and
ambient conditions
Sensor material (DIN) Steel, painted
Function Color
EXC - (supply -) White
SIG + (measured signal +) Black
SIG - (measured signal -) Blue
Shield Transparent
tn
-10 to 60 C (14 to 140 F)
tu
-20 to 70 C (-4 to +158 F)
ts
-30 to 80 C (-22 to +176 F)
EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP66
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cell
without explosion protection
heat resistant connecting cable
1)
7MH5114-
L 0 0
Rated load Cable length
2.8 t (2.76 tn. L.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 J
6 t (5.91 tn. L.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 Q
13 t (12.79 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 D
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 J
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 Q
130 t (127.95 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 ft) 6 D
280 t (275.58 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 ft) 6 J
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/32
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
16.7
(0.65)
24.5
(0.96)
36
(1.41)
52.7
(2.07)
77.5
(3.05)
114
(4.48)
Rated
load [t]
k
2
0
(
0
.
7
8
)
a
a
H
L
D
d
2
x
R
8
(0.31)
12
(0.47)
14
(0.55)
20
(0.78)
26
(1.02)
45
(1.77)
2, 8, 6
13
28
60
130
280
a d D
45
(1.77)
55
(2.16)
64
(2.51)
90
(3.54)
121
(4.76)
165
(6.5)
H
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
46
(1.81)
50
(1.96)
64
(2.51)
80
(3.14)
k
40
(1.57)
45
(1.77)
48
(1.88)
63
(2.48)
78
(3.07)
100
(3.93)
L
56
(2.2)
68
(2.67)
74
(2.91)
90
(3.54)
116
(4.56)
170
(6.7)
R
50
(1.96)
66
(2.6)
72
(2.83)
100
(3.93)
125
(4.92)
183
(7.2)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Self-aligning bearing
3/33
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cells
is particularly suitable for installation in container and hopper
scales.
Design
The self-aligning bearing consists of two pressure plates.
In combination with the load cell, the pressure plates form a self-
centering unit. This allows the top plate and thus the load carrier
to follow horizontal displacements (e. g. due to temperature
fluctuations). The construction of the self-aligning bearing
creates a restoring force which is dependent on the size of the
displacement and the applied load.
If the load carrier is displaced by more than the value s (see
table in dimensional drawing) in the horizontal direction,
measures for restricting sideways play (e.g. stops) must be
implemented in the construction of the load carrier. Suitable
measures must be provided on the construction of the load
carrier to prevent it from raising up.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the self-
aligning bearing.
1)
2)
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cell,
Pressure plate
1)2)
For SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
load cells
2 pressure plates are required to
set up a self-aligning bearing,
one each at the top and bottom
respectively.
Material: Steel, painted
2.8, 6 t (2.76, 5.91 tn. L.) 7MH3115-3AA1
13 t (12.79 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-1BA1
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-2BA1
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-3BA1
130 t (127.95 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-1CA1
280 t (275.58 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-2CA1
6.5
b 0.1
100 0.5/-1
120 0.5/-1
136 0.5/-1
174 0.5/-1
220 0.5/-1
300 0.6/-1.2
2
(0.08)
2.5
(0.98)
2.5
(0.98)
3
(0.12)
4
(0.16)
6
(0.24)
Rated
load [t]
Rated
load [t]
Two drilled
holes 180
Four drilled
holes 90
a
c
d
e
h
g
k
b
63
(2.48)
73
(2.87)
84
(3.31)
112
(4.41)
148
(5.83)
190
(7.48)
87
(3.43)
97
(3.82)
108
(4.25)
137
(5.39)
176
(6.93)
226
(8.90)
2, 8, 6
13
28
60
130
280
a c
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
d
14
(0.55)
21
(0.83)
-
-
-
-
e
25
(0.98)
32
(1.26)
28
(1.10)
42
(1.65)
52
(2.05)
65
(2.56)
18
(0.71)
18
(0.71)
-
-
-
-
2, 8, 6
13
28
60
130
280
g h k s
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
Load cell
3/34
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The ring-torsion load cell is particularly suitable for use in
container, belt, platform and roller table scales.
Design
The measuring element is a stainless steel ring-torsion spring
body. Two expansion measuring spirals each are applied to the
upper and lower faces of the ring. The spring body is deformed
by the load, impacting centrically in the direction of measurement.
As a result, the diameter of the upper ring end face decreases and
the diameter of the lower ring end face increases. This results in a
change in the electrical resistance of the force-fitted strain
gauges, which is evaluated using a bridge circuit.
All load cells with a rated load of up to 13 t (12.79 tn. L.) are fitted
with an integrated overload protection.
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell
Conveyor scales
Platform scales
Roller table scales
Model Ring-torsion load cell
Loads
Rated load E
max
60 kg (132.28 lb) 0.5 t (0.49 tn. L.) 13 t (12.80 tn. L.)
130 kg (286.60 lb) 1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 28 t (27.56 tn. L.)
280 kg (617.29 lb) 2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 60 t (59.05 tn. L.)
3.5 t (3.45 tn. L.)
5 t (4.92 tn. L.)
10 t (9.84 tn. L.)
min
0 % E
max
0 % E
max
0 % E
max
u
200 % E
max
150 % E
max
150 % E
max
Ultimate load L
d
500 % E
max
300 % E
max
300 % E
max
lq
75 % E
max
100 % E
max
75 % E
max
Measurement characteristic values
n
at E
max
0.07 mm (0.003 inch) 0.1 0.02 mm
(0.04 0.0008 inch)
0.11 0.2 mm
(0.004 0.008 inch)
n
1 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Tolerance D
o
of zero signal 1,0 % C
n
1,0 % C
n
1,0 % C
n
Maximum load cell verification interval n
LC
3 000 3 000 3 000
Minimum load cell verification interval V
min
E
max
/16 000 E
max
/17 500 E
max
/17 500
min(LC)
19 % 17 % 17 %
Combined error F
comb
0,02 % C
n
0,02 % C
n
0,02 % C
n
Repeatability F
v
0,01 % C
n
0,01 % C
n
0,01 % C
n
Return of zero signal 0,0167 % C
n
1)
0,0167 % C
n
1)
0,0167 % C
n
1)
Creep error F
cr
30 min 0,0245 % C
n
1)
0,0245 % C
n
1)
0,0245 % C
n
1)
20 30 min 0.0053 % C
n
1)
0.0053 % C
n
1)
0.0053 % C
n
1)
Temperature effect
Zero signal T
Ko
0.004 % C
n
/5K 0.004 % C
n
/5K 0.004 % C
n
/5K
Kc
0.004 % C
n
/5K 0.004 % C
n
/5K 0.004 % C
n
/5K
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/35
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
For rated temperature -10 ... +40 C (14 ... 104 F)
2)
Current calibration: rated characteristic value and output resistance are
adjusted so that the output current is calibrated within 0.05 % of a
reference value. This makes it easier to connect several load cells in
parallel.
Overload protection Integrated Integrated Integrated at 13 t
(12.80 tn. L.)
Recommended reference voltage U
ref
5 30 V 5 30 V 5 30 V
Supply voltage U
sr
(reference value) 15 V 10 V 15 V
Tolerance D
c
of characteristic value 0.01 mV/V 0.1 mV/V 0.1 mV/V
Input resistance R
e
60 kg (132.28 lb), 130 kg
(286.60 lb): 1260 100
280 kg (617.29 lb):
1260 250
1100 100 13 t (11.61 tn. L.):
1200 100
28 t (25.00 tn. L.):
1075 100
60 t (53.57 tn. L.):
1350 200
Output resistance R
a
1020 0.5 1025 25 13 t (11.61 tn. L.):
1000 0,5
28 t (25.00 tn. L.):
930 0,5
60 t (53.57 tn. L.):
1175 0.5
is
20 M 5 000 M 20 M
Current calibration
2)
Standard Standard Standard
Connection and ambient conditions
Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel, mat. no. 14542 Stainless steel, mat. no. 14542 Stainless steel, mat. no. 14542
Recommended tightening torque of the fixing
screws
8 Nm 10 Nm -
Function Color Color Color
EXC + (supply +) Pink Pink Pink
EXC - (supply -) Gray Gray Gray
SIG + (measured signal +) Brown Brown Brown
SIG - (measured signal -) White White White
Shield Transparent Transparent Transparent
tn
-10 ... +40 C (14 ... 158 F) -10 ... +40 C (14 ... 158 F) -10 ... +40 C (14 ... 158 F)
tu
-35 +70 C (95 ... 104 F) -35 +70 C (95 ... 104 F) -35 +70 C (95 ... 104 F)
ts
-50 +90 C (122 ... 194 F) -50 +90 C (122 ... 194 F) -50 +90 C (122 ... 194 F)
Degree of protection according to EN 60529;
IEC 60529
IP66/68 IP66/68 IP66/68
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3 C3 C3
Ex protection to ATEX (optional) Available soon Available soon Available soon
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/36
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
OIML R60 test certificate available soon
2)
ATEX certification available soon
Stainless steel, low mounting height, IP66/68
accuracy class C3 acc. to OIML R60
1)
7MH5113-
D 0
60 kg (132.28 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 2 Q
130 kg (286.60 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 D
280 kg (617.29 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 J
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 P
1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 3 m (9.84 ft) 4 A
2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 G
3.5 t (3.44 tn. L.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 L
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 P
10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 A
13 t (12.79 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 D
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 J
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 Q
2)
Without 0
Explosion protection for
zones 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/37
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (60 kg, 130 kg, 280 kg (132.28 lb, 286.60 lb, 617.29 lb)), dimensions in mm (inch)
15.1 (0.59)
3.2 (1.2)
55.5 (2.18)
54 (2.12)
53 (2.08)
6
3

(
2
.
4
8
)
60 (2.36)
A
A
3xM5 8 (0.32)
8

(
0
.
3
1
)
M
6 4
5
3
x
1
2
0
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
1
1

(
0
.
4
3
)
2
2

(
0
.
8
6
)
6

(
0
.
2
3
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/38
Siemens WT 10 2012
Dimensional drawings (continued)
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (0.5, 1 t (0.49., 0.98 tn. L.)), dimensions in mm (inch)
1
2
.
5
(
0
.
4
9
)
1
0

(
0
.
4
)
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
70 (2.75)
3

x

1
2
0
6
9

(
2
.
7
1
)
7
1

(
2
.
8
)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
2
5

(
0
.
9
8
)
A
A
65 (2.56)
1

(
0
.
0
4
)
1
8

(
0
.
7
)
2
4

(
0
.
9
4
)
M10
25 (0.98)
19 (0.75)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/39
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (2, 3, 5 (1.97, 2.95, 4.92 tn. L.)), dimensions in mm (inch)
1
2
.
5
(
0
.
4
9
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
7
1

(
2
.
8
0
)
6
9

(
2
.
7
2
)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
65 (2.56)
1
8

(
0
.
7
1
)
2
4

(
0
.
9
4
)
25 (0.98)
19 (0.75)
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
3

x

1
2
0
3
0

(
1
.
1
8
)
A
A
6

(
0
.
2
3
)
15
(0.59)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/40
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (10 t (9.84 tn. L.)), dimensions in mm (inch)
1
2
.
5
(
0
.
4
9
)
3
1
.
2

(
1
.
2
)
2
0
.
7
(
0
.
8
2
)
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
26 (1.02)
29 (1.14)
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
83 (3.27)
3

x

1
2
0
7
5

(
2
.
9
5
)
7
2

(
2
.
8
4
)
9
5

(
3
.
7
4
)
3
5

(
1
.
3
8
)
A
A
72 (2.83)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/41
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (13 t (12.79 tn. L.)), dimensions in mm (inch)
3
1
.
2
(
1
.
2
2
)
79.5 (3.12)
24.9
(0.98)
76.5 (3)
A
A
2
0

(
0
.
7
8
)
3
5

(
1
.
3
7
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
8
)
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
45
M6
95 (3.74)
29 (1.14)
26 (1.02)
85 (3.35)
8

(
0
.
3
1
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Load cell
3/42
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell (28, 60 t (27.56, 59.05 tn. L.)), dimensions in mm (inch)
Rated load
[t]
35.9
(1.41)
47.9
(1.88)
C
A
A
F
8 (
3
.
1
4
)
M
6
4
0
D
E
B
G
H
7

(
0
.
2
7
)
R
A
28 t
60 t
A B
25
(0.98)
34
(1.33)
C
94
(3.7)
105
(4.13)
D
46
(1.8)
62
(2.44)
E
53
(2.08)
69
(2.71)
F
120
(4.72)
140
(5.5)
G
102
(4)
124
(4.88)
H
98
(3.85)
120
(4.72)
R
R400
R600
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/43
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load
cells is particularly suitable for container and platform scales
due to its low mounting height.
Design
The self-aligning bearing comprises a self-aligning bolt, a top
plate (self-aligning bearing, top part) and a base plate (self-
aligning bearing, base part).
The self-aligning bolt allows the top plate, and thus the load
support, to accommodate horizontal displacements (e.g. due to
temperature fluctuations). The design of the self-aligning bolt
creates a restoring force, which is dependent on the size of the
displacement and the applied load.
The design of the load support must be such as to limit the lateral
play (e.g. with limit stops), if the load support is displaced
horizontally by the following values:
> 4 mm (0.16 inch) (up to 5 t (4.92 tn. L.) rated load)
Lifting of the load support must be prevented by suitable
measures provided in the construction of the load bearing
implement.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the
self-aligning bearing.
1)
2)
The self-aligning bearing base part is not included in delivery.
Self-aligning bearing top part
1)2)
For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load
cells comprising: Top plate with seal
holder and sealing ring, top plate
pressure piece, self-aligning bolt,
cell pressure piece
(not for 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) and 60 t
(59.05 tn. l.))
For load cells with a rated load of:
60, 130, 280 kg
(132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb)
7MH4115-3DB11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) 7MH4132-4AK11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn. L.) 7MH4132-4KK11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5BB11
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5DB11
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5GB11
Self-aligning bearing base part
1)
cells comprising: Base plate,
3 tension pins
60, 130, 280 kg
(132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb)
7MH4115-3DC11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) 7MH4132-4AG11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5BC11
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5DC11
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5GC11
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/44
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell,
0.06 ... 13 t (0.07 ... 14.33 tn. L.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell,
28 ... 60 t (27.56 ... 59.05 tn. L.), dimensions in mm (inch)
60 ... 280 kg
0.5 t , 1 t
2 t, 3.5 t, 5 t
10 t, 13 t
60 ... 280 kg
0.5 t , 1 t
2 t, 3.5 t, 5 t
10 t, 13 t
11
(0.43)
10
(0.39)
8.5
(0.33)
20
(0.79)
52
(2.05)
79
(3.11)
79
(3.11)
121.2
(4.77)
Rated load
Rated load
A
C
M
E
K
F
A B
B
D
D
L
L
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
120
(4.72)
A B C E
8
(0.31)
15
(0.59)
15
(0.59)
20
(0.79)
F K
9
(0.35)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
M
12
(0.47)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
40
(1.57)
60
(2.36)
75
(2.95)
75
(2.95)
90
(3.54)
63
(2.48)
80
(3.15)
80
(3.15)
95
(3.74)
22
(0.87)
25
(0.98)
30
(1.18)
35
(1.97)
L
Rated load
[t]
A
C
160
(6.30)
200
(7.87)
28
60
A C
203
(7.99)
254
(10.00)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Elastomer bearing
3/45
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells,
60 ... 280 kg (132.28 617.29 lb)
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells,
0.5 ... 13 t (0.49 12.80 lb)
Used in combination with the self-aligning bearing base part, the
self-centering elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
load cells is the ideal load introduction element for scales
without guide elements. It is used in container, platform and
roller table scales and dampens vibrations and shocks.
Design
Elastomer bearings are rubber-metal composites made of
neoprene and stainless steel. They ensure large spring excur-
sions (i.e. a high degree of damping) despite small dimensions.
If the load support is horizontally displaced by more than 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or 6 mm (0.24 inch) for a rated load of 10 t
(9.84 tn. L.) and 13 t (12.80 tn. L.), the design of the load support
must include measures to restrict lateral play (e.g. limit stops).
Lifting of the load support must be prevented by suitable
measures provided in the construction of the load bearing
implement.
The load cell and the self-aligning bearing bottom part are not
included in the scope of delivery of the elastomer bearing.
1)
The load cell and the self-aligning bearing bottom part are not included in
the scope of delivery.
Elastomer bearings
1)
cells
comprising: Elastomer package
with fixing plate, force transfer, seal
Material: Stainless steel and
neoprene
60, 130, 280 kg
(132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb)
7MH4130-3EE11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4130-4AE11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.44, 4.92 tn. L.) D) 7MH4130-4KE11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4130-5CE11
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Elastomer bearing
3/46
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell,
60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.30 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell,
0,5 ... 13 t (0.49 ... 12.80 tn. L.), dimensions in mm (inch)
60 (2.36)
80 (3.15)
6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
8

(
0
.
3
2
)
6
7

(
2
.
6
4
)
9

(
0
.
3
5
)
50 (1.97)
M10
1
0
(
0
.
3
9
)
3
0
(
1
.
1
8
)
2
2
(
0
.
8
7
)
Rated load
[t]
Rated load
[t]
9.5
(0.37)
8.5
(0.34)
5
0
(
1
.
9
7
)
N
F
B A H K
B
A
C
G
L
H
K
E
10, 13
2, 3,5, 5
0, 5, 1
E F
100
(3.94)
75
(2.95)
97
(3.82)
85
(3.35)
25
(0.98)
15
(0.59)
120
(4.72)
90
(3.54)
102
(4.02)
100
(3.94)
30
(1.18)
15
(0.59)
120
(4.72)
90
(3.54)
120
(4.72)
100
(3.94)
35
(1.38)
20
(0.79)
A B C D
10, 13
2, 3,5, 5
0, 5, 1
N
6
(0.24)
100
(3.94))
75
(2.95)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
6
(0.24)
100
(3.94)
75
(2.95)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
6
(0.24)
120
(4.72)
90
(3.54
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
20
(0.79)
G H K M L
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/47
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells is particularly suitable for
implementation in container, platform and roller table scales due
to its low constructional height.
Design
The compact mounting unit comprises a self-aligning bolt, a top
plate and a base plate and one or two countersunk screws that
serve as oscillation limitation and a protection against raising up.
The self-centering, self-aligning bolt allows the top plate, and
thus the load support, to accommodate horizontal displace-
ments (e.g. due to temperature fluctuations). The design of the
self-aligning bolt creates a restoring force, which is dependent
on the size of the displacement and the applied load. The oscil-
lation limitation prevents excessive lateral displacement, thus
protecting the load cell against damage. It can accommodate a
maximum horizontal force of F
h
= 10 kN. The max. lateral
displacement is 3 mm (0.12 inch) (60 kg ... 5 t
(132.28 lb 4.92 tn. L.)) or 4.5 mm (10 t (9.84 tn. l.), 13 t
(12.80 tn. l.)).
The protection against raising up prevents the load support from
lifting against a maximum vertical force of F
v
= 25 kN.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the
compact mounting unit.
1)
2)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell

60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell
2 ... 13 t (1.97 ... 12.80 tn. L.) dimensions in mm (inch)
1)2)
cells
60, 130, 280 kg
(132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb)
D) 7MH4125-3DA11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4132-4AC11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.44, 4.92 tn. L.) 7MH4132-4KC11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) 7MH4125-5BA11
Rated load
Rated load
10
(0.39)
12.5
(0.49)
K
J
L
F
G
B
C
C A
H
6
(0.24)
D
E
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
A B C D E
57
(2.24)
68
(2.68)
F G H J
8
(0.31)
15
(0.59)
118
(4.65)
145
(5.71)
9
(0.35)
11
(0.43)
60
(2.36)
75
(2.95)
40
(1.57)
50
(1.97)
K
12
(0.47)
25
(0.98)
L
52
(2.05)
79
(3.11)
39
(1.54)
48
(1.89)
60,130,
280 kg
0,5, 1 t
60, 130,
280 kg
0,5, 1 t
Rated load
[t]
Rated load
[t]
79
(3.11)
79
(3.11)
121.2
(4.77)
F F
C
K
J
L
6
(0.24)
G
B
C
A
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
120
(4.72)
A B C D E
68
(2.68)
68
(2.68)
77,5
(3.05)
F G H
12,5
(0.49)
-
-
J
15
(0.59)
15
(0.59)
20
(0.79)
145
(5.71)
190
(7.48)
210
(8.27)
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
14
(0.55)
75
(2.95)
75
(2.95)
90
(3.54)
50
(1.97)
-
-
K
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
40
(1.57)
L
48
(1.89)
48
(5.71)
45
(1.77)
2, 3,5, 5
10, 13
2, 3,5, 5
10, 13
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200-accessories
Aluminum enclosure
3/48
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The aluminium JB junction box is required for parallel connection
of load cells. A maximum of 4 load cells can be connected in
parallel in one junction box.
If more than 4 load cells are to be connected, a second junction
box must be connected in parallel via a cross connection. The
junction box can be used in potentially explosive areas
(grounded, intrinsically-safe circuits).
Design
The junction box made of die-cast aluminum consists of a base
section and a cover. The housing is sealed against penetration
of dust and splashed water in accordance with IP 66 degree of
protection. The cables enter the casing via metric cable glands.
In the housing, there are 28 terminals with spring-mounted
contacts. The spring-mounted system results in vibration-
resistant, maintenance-free connections.
The internal resistance, characteristic value and nominal load of
all load cells connected in parallel must be identical. The values
of these variables are not limited by the junction box. Load cells
can be connected using a four-wire or six-wire system.
With the four-wire system, two jumpers must be set in addition.
Connection examples
4 load cells
LC: load cell JB: aluminium junction box
8 load cells
LC: load cell JB: aluminium junction box
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum enclosure
Cable glands
of load cells 4 x M16
of signaling cable 2 x M20
During operation -30 ... +85 C (-22 ... +185 F)
During operation for legal-for-
trade medium accuracy
weighing machines
-10 ... +40 C (+14 ... +104 F)
During transportation and
storage
-40 ... +90 C (-40 ... +194 F)
Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60529
Vibration resistance of terminals
to DIN VDE 0611 11/77
12 Hz and 50 Hz,
amplitude 1 mm (0.04 inch)
Insulation resistance of terminals 10
12
SIWAREX
weighing system
Max. cable length: see technical
specifications of weighing module
LC
LC
LC
LC
6
4/6
JB
SIWAREX
weighing system
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
6
6
4/6
JB
JB
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Aluminum enclosure
3/49
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX JB junction box in aluminum (7MH4710-1BA),
Accessories
aluminium housing
for connecting up to 4 load cells in
parallel, and for connecting several
junction boxes
7MH4710-1BA
Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0,75 ST +
2 x (2 x 0,34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
FTA, FTC and CF to the junction box
(JB), extension box (EB) or Ex
interface (Ex-I) or between two
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
to connect the junction box (JB) or
extension box (EB) in a potentially
explosive atmosphere to the Ex
occasional bending permitted, blue
PVC insulating sheath, approx.
10.8 mm (0.43 inch) outer diameter,
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
1
1
Drilled holes for mounting of housing 1
154.5 (6.08)
1
0
.
5

(
0
.
4
1
)
1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
4
4

(
1
.
7
3
)
2
6

(
1
.
0
2
)
220 (8.66)
11
+2

(0.43
+0.08
)
20
(0.79)
8
2

(
3
.
2
3
)
7

(
0
.
2
8
) 204 (8.03)
81 (3.19)
8 (0.31)
1
8

(
0
.
7
1
)
32
(1.26)
2
2
2

(
0
.
8
7
0
.
0
8
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/50
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The stainless steel JB junction box is required for parallel
connection of load cells. A maximum of 4 load cells can be
connected in parallel in one junction box.
The junction box can be used in potentially explosive areas
(grounded, intrinsically-safe circuits).
Design
The stainless steel junction box consists of a base section and a
cover. The housing is sealed against penetration of dust and
splashed water in accordance with IP 66 degree of protection.
The cables enter the casing via metric EMC cable glands (brass,
nickel-plated). In the housing, there are 18 terminals with spring-
mounted contacts. The spring-mounted system results in
vibration-resistant, maintenance-free connections.
The internal resistance, characteristic value and nominal load of
all load cells connected in parallel must be identical. The values
of these variables are not limited by the junction box. Load cells
can be connected using a four-wire or six-wire system.
With the four-wire system, two jumpers must be set in addition.
Connection example
LC: load cell JB: stainless steel junction box
SIWAREX
weighing system
Max. cable length: see technical
specifications of weighing module
LC
LC
LC
LC
6
4/6
JB
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless steel enclosure
Cable glands
of load cells 4 x M16
of signaling cable 1 x M20
During operation for legal-for-
trade medium accuracy
weighing machines
-10 ... +40 C (+14 ... +104 F)
During transportation and
storage
-40 ... +90 C (-40 ... +194 F)
Vibration resistance of terminals to
DIN VDE 0611 11/77
12 Hz and 50 Hz,
12
cm
Accessories
in parallel
7MH4710-1EA
stainless steel housing, ATEX
For the parallel switching of up to
4 load cells
Explosion protection for
zones 1, 2, 20, 21 and 22
7MH4710-1EA01
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0,34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed
laying, occasional bending
permitted, blue PVC insulating
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/51
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX JB junction box in stainless steel (7MH4710-1EA),
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
M6
6
3

(
2
.
4
8
)
1
0
0

(
3
.
9
4
)
5
4

(
2
.
1
3
)
194 (7.64)
176 (6.93)
150 (5.91)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX EB
Extension box
3/52
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The extension box EB serves to extend the connecting cable of
the load cells.
It supports connection of 4-wire and 6-wire load cells. The cable
connection to the weighing module or to the junction box JB
must always be 6-wire. We recommend the 7MH4702-8AG or
...-8AF SIWAREX cable for connection.
If load cell cables to a junction box JB are extended, the JB's
M16 x 1.5 cable glands will need replacing. The following is
required for each load cell:
1 EMC cable gland, M20 x 1.5
1 extension M16 x 1.5 outer thread to M20 x 1.5 inner thread.
The extension box can be used in potentially explosive areas
(grounded, intrinsically safe circuits).
Design
The extension box EB has a housing made of die-cast
aluminium. The housing is sealed against penetration of dust
and splashed water in accordance with IP66. The cables enter
the casing via metric EMC cable glands and are connected to
spring-mounted terminals. The spring-mounted system results
in vibration-resistant, maintenance-free connections.
When connecting load cells with a 4-wire system, two jumper
elements are inserted for feedback of the sense signal.
Connection examples
Connection of one load cell
LC: Load cell EB: Extension box
Connection of several load cells
LC: Load cellEB: Extension boxJB: Junction box
SIWAREX
weighing system
LC
6 4/6
EB
SIWAREX EB, extension box
Cable glands
of load cell cable M16 x 1.5
of signaling cable M20 x 1.5
medium accuracy weighing
machines
-10 ... +40 C (+14 ... +104 F)
During transportation and storage -40 ... +90 C (-40 ... +194 F)
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP66
Vibration resistance of terminals to
DIN VDE 0611 11/77
12 Hz and 50 Hz,
Insulation resistance of the
terminals
10
12
(3.15 x 2.95 x 2.24 inch)
SIWAREX
weighing system
LC
LC
LC
LC
6
4/6
EB
EB
EB
EB
JB
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX EB
Extension box
3/53
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
SIWAREX EB extension box (7MH4 710-2AA), dimensions in mm (inch)
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension box,
aluminum enclosure
for extending the connection
cable of load cells
7MH4710-2AA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0,34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
to connect SIWAREX U, FTA, FTC
and CS to the junction box (JB),
extension box (EB) or Ex interface
(Ex-I) or between two JBs, for
fixed laying, occasional bending
permitted, 10.8 mm (0.43 inch)
outer diameter, for ambient
temperature
-40 to +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed
laying, occasional bending
permitted, blue PVC insulating
ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
1
Fastening hole 1
4.8
(0.19)
5
7

(
2
.
2
4
)
2
5

(
0
.
9
8
)
1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
52 (2.05)
6
3

(
2
.
4
8
)
80 (3.15)
8
(0.31)
232
(0.910.08)
2
4

(
0
.
9
4
)
2
9

(
1
.
1
4
)
7
5

(
2
.
9
5
)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX WL200 - accessories
Grounding cable
3/54
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
The highly flexible grounding cable is used to discharge
parasitic currents.
Design
The grounding cable is 400 mm (15.75 inch) long and repre-
sents an electrical parallel connection.
It protects the load cell against undesired voltages, such as
those caused by welding or lightning strikes
We recommend using one grounding cable per load cell.
The load cell and/or other are mounting elements are not
included in the scope of delivery of the grounding cable.
Grounding cable, dimensions in mm (inch)
Grounding cable made of copper
for discharging parasitic currents,
length 400 mm (15.75 inch)
7MH3701-1AA1
10.6
(0.42)
2 (0.08) thick
400 (15.75)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Overview
Technical specifications, Ordering data
3/55
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
SIWAREX R load cells are equipped with strain gauges. They are used for static and dynamic weight measurements. The different
series cover rated loads from 10 kg (22.05 lb) to 280 t (275.58 tn. L.). For technical specifications and ordering data, please refer to
the overview tables.
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Platform and Bending beam load cells
3/56
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Technical specifications SIWAREX R load cells and mounting units
Design Platform Bending beam
Possible applications Small platform scales
Container, conveyor and platform scales
Series SP BB
Pictures
Rated load E
max
6 ... 12 kg (13.23 ... 26.46 lb) 10 ... 350 kg (22.05 ... 771.62 lb)
Accuracy class C3 C3
(n
IC
)
3 000 3 000
(V
min
)
E
max
/12 000 E
max
/15 000
Supply voltage (U
sr
) 5 ... 15 V 5 ... 15 V
Rated characteristic value 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 IP66/IP68
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel
Ex protection according to ATEX
(optional)
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G EEx nA/nL IIC T6/T4
II 1D/2D/3D T 70 C (158 F)
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G EEx nA/nL IIC T6/T4
II 1D/2D/3D T 70 C (158 F)
Mounting units
-
Elastomer bearings
Combination mounting units
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Platform and Bending beam load cells
3/57
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Selection and Ordering data SIWAREX R load cells and mounting units
1)
Length tolerance 100 mm (3.94 inch)
1)
2)
Installation accessories on request
3)
4)
Platform Order No.
SP series
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000 d, connecting cable 7 m
1)
7MH4107-
C 1
Rated load
6 kg (13.22 lb) 1 L
12 kg (26.46 lb) 2 B
Without 0
Explosion protection for zones 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 1
Bending beam Order No.
BB series
1)
7MH4103-
C 1
Rated load
10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 D
50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 K
100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 D
350 kg (771.72 lb)
2)
D) 3 G
Without 0
for load cells in the BB series
3)4)
10 200 kg (22.05 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DG11
Elastomer bearings
3)
10 50 kg (22.05 110.23 lb) D) 7MH4133-2KE11
10 200 kg (22.05 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DE11
3)4)
10 200 kg (22.05 440.92 lb) D) 7MH4133-3DC11
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Shear beam load cells
3/58
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Design Shear beam
Possible applications Container, conveyor, overhead rail and platform scales
Series SB
Pictures
Rated load E
max
0.5 ... 5 t (0.49 ... 4.92 tn. L.)
Accuracy class C3
(n
IC
)
3 000
(V
min
)
E
max/
10 000
Supply voltage (U
sr
) 5 ... 18 V
Rated characteristic value 2 mV/V
Degree of protection IP66/IP68
Material Stainless steel
(optional)
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G EEx nA/nL IIC T6/T4 II 1D/2D/3D T 70 C (158 F)
Mounting units Base plate with overload protection
Elastomer bearings
Guide element for combination mounting units
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Shear beam load cells
3/59
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
2)
3)
Shear beam Order No.
SB series
1)
7MH4105-
C 1
Rated load
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 K
1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 4 A
2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 4 D
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 4 K
Without 0
for load cells in the SB series
2)3)
0.5, 1, 2 t (0.49, 0.98, 1.97 tn.L.) D) 7MH4135-4DG11
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 7MH4135-4KG11
Elastomer bearings
2)
500 kg (1102.31 lb), 1 t (0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4135-4AE11
2 t (1.97 tn.L.) D) 7MH4135-4DE11
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) D) 7MH4135-4KE11
Combination mounting unit
2)3)
0.5, 1, 2 t (0.49, 0.98, 1.97 tn.L.) D) 7MH4135-4DC11
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) D) 7MH4135-4KC11
Guide element for combination mounting unit
2)
0.5, 1, 2 t (0.49, 0.98, 1.97 tn.L.) D) 7MH4135-4DQ12
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) D) 7MH4135-4KQ12
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Bending ring load cells
3/60
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Design
Bending ring
Possible applications Container, conveyor and platform scales
Series RN
Pictures
Rated load E
max
60 280 kg
(132.28 ... 617.29 lb)
0,5 10 t
(0.49 ... 9.84 tn. L.)
13 60 t
(12.79 ... 59.05 tn. L.)
Accuracy class C3 C3 C3
Max. load cell verification
interval (n
IC
)
3 000 3 000 3 000
Min. load cell verification
interval (V
min
)
E
max/
17 500 E
max/
10 000 E
max/
17 500
Supply voltage (U
sr
) 5 30 V 5 30 V 5 30 V
Rated characteristic value 1 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 IP66/IP68 IP66/IP68
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
(optional)
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G
EEx nA/nL IIC T6/T4 II 1D/2D/
3D T 70 C (158 F)
3D T 70 C (158 F)
3D T 70 C (158 F)
Mounting units Elastomer bearing
Guide element for combination
mounting units
Bending ring Order No.
RN series
1)
7MH5101-
D 0
60 kg (132.28 lb) 3 m (9.84 inch) 2 Q
130 kg (286.60 lb) 3 m (9.84 inch) 3 D
280 kg (617.29 lb) 3 m (9.84 inch) 3 J
500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 m (9.84 inch) 3 P
1 t (0.98 tn. L.) 3 m (9.84 inch) 4 A
2 t (1.97 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 4 G
3.5 t (3.45 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 4 L
5 t (4.92 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 4 P
10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 5 A
13 t (12.80 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 5 D
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 5 J
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 5 Q
Without 0
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Bending ring load cells
3/61
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
2)
3)
It is highly recommendable to use a grounding cable (7MH3701-1AA1) in order to protect the load cell.
4)
The self-aligning bearing base part is not included in the scope of delivery.
Self-aligning bearing top part
2)4)
for load cells in the RN series
Consisting of: Top plate with seal holder and sealing ring, top plate pressure piece, self-aligning bolt, cell pressure piece
(not for 28 t (27.56 tn. L.) and 60 t (59.05 tn. L.))
60, 130, 280 kg (132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb) D) 7MH4115-3DB11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4132-4AK11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn.L.) D) 7MH4132-4KK11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5BB11
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5DB11
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5GB11
Self-aligning bearing base part
Consisting of: Base plate, 3 tension pins
60, 130, 280 kg (132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb) D) 7MH4115-3DC11
0,5, 1; 2, 3.5, 5 t (0.49, 0.98; 1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn. L.) D) 7MH4132-4AG11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5BC11
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5DC11
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH4115-5GC11
Elastomer bearings
2)4)
60, 130, 280 kg (132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb) 7MH4130-3EE11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4130-4AE11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn.L.) D) 7MH4130-4KE11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH4130-4CE11
2)3)
60, 130, 280 kg (132.28, 286.60, 617.29 lb) D) 7MH4125-3DA11
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4132-4AC11
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn.L.) 7MH4132-4KC11
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) 7MH4125-5BA11
Guide element for combination mounting unit
2)
0.5, 1 t (0.49, 0.98 tn. L.) D) 7MH4132-4AQ12
2, 3.5, 5 t (1.97, 3.45, 4.92 tn.L.) D) 7MH4132-4KQ12
10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. L.) 7MH4134-5BQ12
Bending ring Order No.
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Compression load cells
3/62
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Design Compression cell
Possible applications Container, hopper and vehicle scales Container, hopper and vehicle scales
Series CC K
Pictures
Rated load E
max
10 60 t
(9.84 ... 59.05 tn. L.)
100 t
(98.42 tn. L.)
2.8 280 t
(2.76 ... 275.58 tn. L.)
Accuracy class C3 C1 0.2 %
(n
IC
)
3 000 1 000 -
(V
min
)
E
max/
12 500 E
max/
10 000 -
Supply voltage (U
sr
) 5 25 V 6 12 V
Rated characteristic value 2 mV/V 1.5 mV/V
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 IP65
Material Stainless steel Steel, painted
(optional)
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G EEx nA/nL IIC T6/T4 II 1D/2D/
3D T 70 II 2 G EEx ib IIC T6/T4 II 3 G EEx nA /nL IIC T6/T4,
II 1D / 2D / 3D T 70C (158 F)
-
Mounting units Combination mounting units
Self-aligning bearings Self-aligning bearings
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
Compression load cells
3/63
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
1)
2)
3)
Pressure pieces made of tool steel
4)
5)
Heat-resistant cable: -60 +180 C ( -76 +356 C)
Pressure force Order No.
CC series
1)
7MH4106-
1
10 t (9.84 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 5 A C
25 t (1.97 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 inch) 5 E C
40 t (39.37 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 inch) 5 H C
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 inch) 5 L C
100 t (98.42 tn. L.) 20 m (65.62 inch) 6 A A
Without 0
for load cells in the CC series
1)2)
Comprising a top plate, base plate and 3 pressure pieces
3)
10, 25 t (9.84, 24.61 tn. L.) 7MH4136-5EA11
40, 60 t (39.37, 59.05 tn. L.) 7MH4136-5LA11
100 t (98.42 tn. L.) 7MH4136-5AA11
for load cells in the CC series
1)2)
3)
10, 25 t (9.84, 24.61 tn. L.) D) 7MH4136-5EC11
40, 60 t (39.37, 59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH4136-5LC11
Pressure force Order No.
K series
Accuracy class 0.2 without explosion protection, connecting cable 5m
4)5)
7MH3105-
C 0
2.8 t (2.76 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 2 A
6 t (5.91 tn. L.) 5 m (16.40 inch) 3 A
13 t (12.80 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 1 B
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 2 B
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 3 B
130 t (127.95 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 1 C
280 t (275.58 tn. L.) 10 m (32.81 inch) 2 C
Pressure plate
for load cells in the K series
1)2)
To set up a self-aligning bearing, 2 pressure plates are required,
one each at the top and bottom respectively Scope of supply: 1 pressure plate
Material: Steel, painted
2.8. 6 t (2.76, 5.91 tn.L.) 7MH3115-3AA1
13 t (12.80 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-1BA1
28 t (27.56 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-2BA1
60 t (59.05 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-3BA1
130 t (127.95 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-1CA1
280 t (275.58 tn. L.) D) 7MH3115-2CA1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
SIWAREX R junction boxes
3/64
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Technical specifications SIWAREX R accessories
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum, stainless steel
Cable glands
Load cells 4 x M16
Signal cable 2 x M20
During operation -30 ... +85 C
(-22 +185 F)
medium accuracy weighing machines
-10 ... +40 C
(-14 +104 F)
During transportation and storage -40 ... +90 C
(-40 +194 F)
Vibration resistance of terminals to DIN
VDE 0611 11/77
12 Hz and 50 Hz,
amplitude 1 mm
(0.04 inch)
12

Cable glands
Load cell cable M16 x 1.5
Signal cable M20 x 1.5
During operation -30 +85 C
(-22 +185 F)
medium accuracy weighing machines
-10 +40 C
(-14 +104 F)
During transportation and storage -40 +90 C
(-40 +194 F)
Vibration resistance of terminals to DIN
VDE 0611 11/77
12 Hz and 50 Hz,
12
Grounding cable
Length 400 mm (15.75 inch)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
SIWAREX R
SIWAREX R accessories
3/65
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Selection and Ordering data SIWAREX R accessories
Order No.
aluminium housing
parallel, and for connecting several
junction boxes
7MH4710-1BA
parallel
7MH4710-1EA
SIWAREX EB extension box,
aluminum enclosure
for extending the connection cable
of the load cells
7MH4710-2AA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0,34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
FTA, FTC, M and CF to the junction
box (JB), extension box (EB) or Ex
interface (Ex-I) or between two
ambient temperature
-40 to +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AG
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
to connect the junction box (JB) or
extension box (EB) in a potentially
explosive atmosphere to the Ex
occasional bending permitted,
blue PVC insulating sheath, approx.
10.8 mm (0.43 inch) outer diameter,
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
7MH4702-8AF
Grounding cable made of copper
for discharging parasitic currents
400 mm long (15.75 inch)
7MH3701-1AA1
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Introduction
3/66
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
Overview
Number of load cells
The three-point bearing is statically determined and offers a
stable setup for any application.
If there are more than three bearing points, the load is likely to be
unevenly positioned and, in extreme cases, that two diagonally
positioned load cells would have to accommodate the entire
load. Three-point bearing should therefore be used wherever
possible.
To exclude the possibility of an uneven base, in the case of a
bearing with more than three load cells, the prevailing weight
distribution on the relevant load cells should be checked and a
height adjustment performed if necessary. This can be achieved
by using a suitable support to raise the load cells carrying less
weight.
Force bypass
Force bypasses are produced if a partial load is transferred past
the load cells into the base. There are various reasons for a force
bypass (e.g. third-party supports, frictional forces, stresses,
etc.).
Force bypasses must be avoided at all costs as they lead to
measuring errors.
Rated load of load cells
The rated load is selected under maximum load, taking into
account centers of gravity and load distribution on the individual
load cells. The rated load is generally selected according to the
most heavily loaded load cell. A check also needs to be
performed to check if any dynamic forces are superimposed on
the static load of the load cell. In this case, the rated load of the
load cell must be calculated from the sum of the static load and
the peak dynamic force.
The 4 load cells are each loaded with 0.75 t (0.74 tn. L.) in order
to ensure even load distribution. During configuration and
selection of load cells, approx. 20 % should be added to the
calculated rated load for safety reasons. This produces a
required load cell rated load of 0.75 t 1.2 = 0.9 t
(0.74 tn. L. x 1.2 = 0.89 tn. L.)
It therefore follows that it is necessary to select the next highest
rated load level, with 1 t (0.98 tn. L.).
Example (please also refer to configu-
ration example 1)
Even load distribution without dynamic
influences
Number of load cells
Empty weight of container
Maximum capacity
4
1.2 t (1.18 tn. L.)
1.8 t (1.77 tn. L.)
Total load: 3 t (2.95 tn. L.)
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
Configuration example 1
3/67
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
More information
Example 1: Container weighing
The total center of gravity S of the suspended container lies
above the level of the load cells.
It is supported on 4 brackets (container manufacturer specifi-
cation), has an empty weight (i.e. dead load) of 1.2 t (1.18 tn. L.)
and a maximum capacity of 1.8 t (1.77 tn. L.). The load is evenly
distributed across all 4 load cells.
Note
The three-point bearing of the container is statically determined
and represents a stable state (see comment in the introduction,
page 3/66).
Selection of load cells and mounting components
The determination of the rated load, as described in the intro-
duction, leads to a rated load of 1 t (0.98 tn. L.).
Container on SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells and compact
mounting units
For the above example, 4 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells
were used with a rated load of 1 t ((0.98 tn. L.) because the high-
quality precision RN load cells have an extremely low construc-
tional height.
Self-centering compact mounting units are used as mounting
components as, in addition to their oscillation function and oscil-
lation limitation, they are also fitted with a protection against
raising up. The protection against raising up can handle a
maximum vertical force of 10 kN. In the event of greater lifting
forces (e.g due to wind load), the container must be
safeguarded with additional catastrophe protection.
Configurator for container weighing (basic configuration)
FG
S
Z 3 : 1
Z
Item Description Order number Selection criterion Number in
example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA,
rated load 1 t (0.98 tn. L.), C3
7MH5113-4AD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cell
with low constructional height, ideal
for container weighing
4
2 Compact mounting unit for
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load
cell, rated load 1 t (0.98 tn. L.),
7MH4132-4AC11 Ensures not only the oscillation
function with oscillation limitation,
but also the protection against
raising up function
4
3 Grounding cable 7MH3701-1AA1 For discharging undesirable
currents
4
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/68
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
More information
Example 2: Container weighing
below the level of the load cells.
It is supported on 3 brackets, has an empty weight (i.e. dead
load) of 1.2 t and a maximum capacity of 1.8 t. The container has
a diameter of 1 m (3.3 ft). Weighing of the individual components
produces a chemical reaction that raises the temperature of the
container with contents from approx. 18C to approx. 55 C
(131 C).
We recommend using 3 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells
with a rated load of 2 t (1.97 tn. L.) (for determination of the rated
load: please refer to introduction, page 3/66). Due to its low
constructional height, the WL280 RN load cell was used.
Container weighing with SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell and self-
aligning bearing
Self-centering self-aligning bearings are used as mounting
components as the container is suspended and cannot lift up
from the self-aligning bearing.
The 37 K temperature rise will cause the diameter of the
container to increase by 0.4 mm (0.02 inch).
The self-aligning bearing permits a maximum oscillation path of
4 mm (0.16 inch) and is therefore able to accommodate the
temperature expansion of the container.
An oscillation limitation is not necessary because there is a small
gap of b = 3 mm (0.12 inch) between the container and the
platform. In this case, the platform acts as an oscillation
limitation.
If the width of the gap is larger in other applications, it may be
necessary to install compact mounting units (instead of the self-
aligning bearing) or alternatively, external oscillation limiters
(see configuration example 4).
Configurator for container weighing (basic configuration)
FG
S
Z
Z 3 : 1
b
example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA,
rated load 2 t (1.97 tn. L.), C3
7MH5113-4GD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cell
3
2 Self-aligning bearing base part for
cell, rated load 2 t (1.97 tn. L.)
7MH4132-4AG11 Supports accommodation of
temperature expansion, without
transferring interfering reaction
forces to the load cell
3
3 Self-aligning bearing top part for
7MH4132-4KK11 3
currents
3
Siemens AG 2011
Load cells
3/69
Siemens WT 10 2012
3
More information
Example 3: Mixer weighing
below the level of the load cells.
It is supported on 3 brackets, has an empty weight (i.e. dead
load) of 2.8 t (2.76 tn. L.) and a maximum capacity of 4.5 t
(4.43 tn. L.).
To improve mixing of the individual components, an agitator is
mounted on the container which also operates during the
weighing process.
We recommend using 3 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells
with a rated load of 3.5 t (3.45 tn. L.) because the high-quality
precision WL280 RN load cell has an extremely low construc-
tional height (for determination of rated load: please refer to
introduction, page Seite 66)
Container with agitator on SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell and
elastomer bearing
Self-centering elastomer bearings are used as the mounting
components to minimize the vibrations caused by the mixer.
The elastomer bearing permits a maximum oscillation path of
4 mm (0.16 inch).
An oscillation limitation is not necessary because there is a small
gap of b = 3 mm (0.12 inch) between the container and the
platform.
If the width of the gap is larger in other applications, limit stops
or external oscillation limiters must be provided.
Configurator for mixer weighing (basic configuration)
FG
S
Z
Z 3 : 1
b
example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, rated
load 3.5 t , C3, without EEx
7MH5113-4LD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cell
3
2 Self-aligning bearing base part for
7MH4132-4AG11 3
3 Elastomer bearing for
Material: Neoprene and stainless
steel
7MH4130-4KE11 For vibration damping to minimize
the effects on the load cell
3
currents
3
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics Belt Scales
4/2 Introduction
4/5 Milltronics MLC
4/9 Milltronics MBS
4/12 Milltronics MUS
4/16 Milltronics MCS
4/20 Milltronics MSI and MMI
4/29 Milltronics WD600
Speed Sensors
4/33 Milltronics TASS
4/35 Milltronics RBSS
4/38 SITRANS WS100
4/43 SITRANS WS300
4/48 Milltronics Bend Pulleys
Belt Scales Accessories
4/52 Milltronics MWL Weight Lifter
4/57 Milltronics Flat Bar Calibration Weights
4/58 Milltronics Test Chains
4/62 Milltronics Test Chain Storage Reels
4/65 Milltronics Belt Scale Peripherals
Belt Scales
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Introduction
4/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview
Belt scales help maximize the use of raw materials, control in-
ventories, and aid in the manufacturing of a consistent product.
Milltronics belt scales from Siemens are easy to install, and re-
quire little maintenance. They produce repeatable, accurate re-
sults. These belt scales show minimal hysteresis and superior
linearity, and ignore side loading. Load cell overload protection
is a feature of the belt scale design. With use of approved intrin-
sically safe barrier strips, all belt scales can be used in hazard-
ous locations.
Typical system
A typical belt scale system has a weigh bridge structure sup-
ported on load cells, an electronic integrator, and a belt speed
sensor. The load cells measure the material weight on the belt,
and send a signal to the integrator. The integrator also receives
input in the form of electrical pulses from a belt speed sensor
connected to a tail or bend pulley. Using these two sources of
data, the integrator calculates the rate of material transferred
along the belt using the equation weight x speed = rate.
Belt scale operation
Mode of operation
Siemens Milltronics belt scales only measure the vertical com-
ponent of the applied force. As material moves down the con-
veyor belt and travels over the belt scale, it exerts a force pro-
portional to the material load through the suspended idler
directly to the load cells. The resulting force applied in each load
cell is sensed by its strain gauges. When the strain gauges are
excited by voltage from the electronic integrator, they produce
an electrical signal proportional to belt loading, which is then ap-
plied to the integrator.
The vertical movement of the load cells is limited by the positive
overload stop incorporated into the design of the belt scale or
load cells. The stops protect the load cells from failure in the
event of extreme overload forces.

Installation tips
Position the scale
Locate the scale close to the tail section of the conveyor belt
where tension is minimal and more consistent. Mount the scale
on rigid mountings, away from equipment that may produce
measurement disturbing vibrations. Avoid variable tension
points, transition points, or slope change. The ideal location is a
horizontal, even belt section, but you can achieve good results
on slopes if the idlers are properly aligned. If the conveyor
curves, locate the scale a proper distance from the tangent
points of the curve. For concave curved conveyors, the recom-
mended minimum distance is 12 m (40 ft) from the tangent
points of the curve. With convex conveyors, the minimum dis-
tance is 6 m (20 ft) on the approach side, and 12 m (40 ft) on the
retreat side. Be sure to install the scale a sufficient distance from
the infeed section (at least one idler space) so the material has
time to settle properly on the belt.
Reduce variable belt tension
With temperature variations, load, and other circumstances, the
belt tension will change. To maintain proper tension, a gravity
take-up is recommended. This is a weight designed to take up
slack on the belt. A gravity take-up should move freely and place
consistent tension on the belt. The use of screw take-ups should
be limited to conveyors with pulley centers to 18.3 m (60 ft) or
less. The amount of weight should conform to the conveyor de-
sign specifications.
Align the idlers
Precise idler alignment is essential. At least two idlers on each
side of the scale should be aligned with the belt scale; use three
or more for high accuracy applications. To check alignment, use
wire, string, or fishing line across the top outer edges of the roll-
ers and tighten enough to eliminate sag. Adjust the height of the
rollers with shims until they are all even, or at least within
0.8 mm (1/32 inch). All of the scale-area idlers should be the
same type (size, diameter, style, trough angle, and manufacture)
and should be spaced at equal distances. Locate training idlers
a minimum of 9 m (30 ft) from the belt scale idler.
Install speed sensors
The speed sensor should be attached to the tail pulley or bend
pulley shaft so the connection does not slip. It is important that
the speed sensor be properly mounted as described in the Op-
erating Instructions and free of excessive vibration. Whenever
possible, mount the speed sensor on a solid face pulley. The use
of wing- or beater-type pulleys is not recommended.
Wheel driven speed sensors, that are applied to the return
strand of the belt, should be located close to a return idler to en-
sure a stable drive surface.
Wire the scale
Follow good instrumentation wiring practices to protect the load
cell and speed sensor signals from radio frequency interference
and induction. Use terminal blocks, shielded cable, and
grounded metal conduit for all wiring.
1
2
3
3
1
2
speed sensor
belt scale
weighing idler
material
load
belt travel
remote
total
output
analog
output
speed
load
total
rate
speed
load
integrator
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Introduction
4/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Mode of operation (continued)

Belt Scale Application Questionnaire
Remote totalizer
Integrator Requirements
Idler spacing:
Tail pulley diameter:
Belt width:
Trough angle:
Idler diameter:
Belt length:
Idler
Dia.
Trough
Angle
Belt speed:
Curved Variable Incline Degrees Degrees Incline / Decline Horizontal
Electrical classification at scale location:
No Yes Constant feed rate:
Accuracy required:
maximum
minimum t/hr or kg/hr or lb/hr or LTPH or STPH
Legal for trade Blending Control Load out
Moderate High
Corrosive state of material:
Date:
Notes on the Application:
Prepared By:
E-mail:
State/Province:
City: Country:
Address:
Company:
Contact:
Feed rate:
4 ... 20 mA AB Remote I/O
RS-232 / RS-485 Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS DP
Sketch attached (Supply sketch where possible)
Material
mm/in.
mm/in.
mm/in.
mm/in.
m/ft.
maximum m/sec. or ft/min.
minimum m/sec. or ft/min.
Degrees
mm/Inch/mesh Particle size:
Inventory
Material being measured:
Application:
Profile:
Zip/Postal Code:
Belt Scale Application Questionnaire
Phone: ( ) Fax: ( )
Not corrosive
Conveyor
t/hr or kg/hr or lb/hr or LTPH or STPH
Preferred Belt Scale Model:
Products suggested:
Relais (#): Load Cells (#):
Inputs required: Outputs required: Communications:
(indicate all that apply) Power available:
Galvanized mild steel 316 SS 304 SS Painted mild steel Preferred Construction:
4 ... 20 mA (specify)
mm/in.
mm/in.
mm/in.
www.siemens.com/processautomation Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc. Form# 2-406R14
WD600 MBS MSI MLC MMI MCS MUS
% +/-
PID
LVDT
PID
Y =
A =
W =
A
Y
W
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Introduction
4/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the belt scale systems totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the duration of the test.
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the belt or at least ten minutes running
time, whichever is greater.
Accuracy
1)
Criteria Typical
industries
Typical
applications
Maximum
capacity
Maximum belt
speed
Loading
range
Value Specified
range
Approvals
Milltronics
MLC
Animal feed,
fertilizers, food
processing,
tobacco
Secondary
industries
50 t/h
(55 STPH) at
max. belt
speed
2.0 m/s
(400 fpm)
Light 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, C-TICK
Milltronics
MBS
Aggregates,
mining, animal
feed
Aggregates,
medium-duty
1500 t/h
(1650 STPH) at
max. belt
speed
3.0 m/s
(600 fpm)
Moderate 1 % 33 ... 100 % CE, C-TICK
Milltronics
MUS
Aggregates,
agricultural,
mining,
cement
Aggregates,
medium- to
heavy-duty
5000 t/h
(5500 STPH) at
max. belt
speed
3.0 m/s
(600 fpm)
Light to heavy 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, C-TICK
Milltronics
MCS
Aggregates Mobile crush-
ers, aggre-
gates,
screening
plants, heavy-
duty
2400 t/h
(2640 STPH) at
max. belt
speed
3.0 m/s
(600 fpm)
Light to heavy 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, CSA/FM,
ATEX, IECEx,
C-TICK
Milltronics
MSI
Cement,
chemicals,
coal, food pro-
cessing, min-
eral
processing,
mining
Industrial
heavy-duty,
SABS approval
12000 t/h
(13200 STPH)
at max. belt
speed
5.0 m/s
(984 fpm)
Moderate to
heavy
0.5 % or
better
20 ... 100 % SABS, MID,
OIML, Mea-
surement
Canada,
CE,
CSA/FM,
ATEX, IECEx,
C-TICK
Milltronics
MMI
Cement,
chemicals,
coal, food pro-
cessing, min-
eral
processing,
mining
Industrial
heavy-duty,
NTEP, Mea-
surement Can-
ada approval
12000 t/h
(13200 STPH)
at max. belt
speed
5.0 m/s
(984 fpm)
Moderate to
heavy
MMI-2 (2 idler):
0.25 % or
better
MMI-3 (3 idler):
0.125 % or
better
20 ... 100 %
25 ... 10 %
NTEP, MID,
OIML, Mea-
surement
Canada,
CE,
CSA/FM,
ATEX, IECEx,
C-TICK
WD600 Food, pharma-
ceutical and
tobacco indus-
tries
Process and
load-out
control
Light- to
medium-duty
Up to 100 t/h 2.0 m/s
(400 fpm)maxi
mum
Light to
moderate
0.5 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, meets
FDA/USDA
requirements
for food pro-
cessors,
C-TICK
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MLC
4/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MLC is a low-capacity scale for light belt loading.
Benefits
Unique parallelogram style load cell design
Designed for light product loading
Compact and easy to install
System includes weighing idler
Stainless steel option
Low cost of ownership
Application
The MLC is suitable for monitoring such products as fertilizer, to-
bacco, animal feed pellets, or sugar.
The MLCs patented use of parallelogram style load cells results
in fast reaction to vertical forces, ensuring instant response to
product loading. This enables it to provide outstanding accuracy
and repeatability even with very light loading. The MLC may be
easily installed in existing flat belt conveyors or belt feeders.
Operating with Milltronics BW100, BW500, or SIWAREX FTC mi-
croprocessor-based integrators, the MLC provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load and belt speed of bulk solids ma-
terials on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor
belt speed for input to the integrator. When used in conjunction
with Milltronics BW500 integrator with PID controller, the MLC
may also be used in the food industry as part of a pre-feed con-
trol system for extruders, cookers and de-hydrators.

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the belt scale sys-
tems totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when com-
pared to a known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be
within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the
duration of the test. The minimum material test sample must be equivalent
to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the belt or
at least ten minutes running time, whichever is greater.
2)
Contact Siemens application engineering for consideration of higher belt
speeds.
Milltronics MLC
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cell measuring
load on flat belt conveyor idler
Typical application Monitor fertilizer, tobacco, animal
feed pellets, sugar, cereal
Performance
Accuracy
1)
0.5 1.0 % of totalization over
25 100 % operating range
Medium conditions
Max. material temperature 85 C (185 F)
Belt design
Belt width 450 1200 mm
18 48 inch
Belt speed 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) maximum
2)
Capacity Up to 50 t/h (55 STPH)
Conveyor incline 20 from horizontal,
fixed incline
Up to 30 with reduced
accuracy
Idlers
Conveyor idler Horizontal
Idler diameter 50 or 60 mm (1.90 or 2.30 inch)
Idler spacing 0.5 1.5 m (1.6 5.0 ft)
Load cell
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel
construction with 304 (1.4301)
stainless steel cover
Excitation 10 V DC nominal,
15 V DC maximum
Output 2 mV/V excitation at rated load
cell capacity
Non-linearity 0.03 % of rated output
Hysteresis 0.05 % of rated output
Non-repeatability 0.03 % of rated output
Capacity 10 or 20 lb
Overload 150 % of rated capacity, ultimate
300 % of rated capacity
Temperature -40 +85 C (-40 to +185 F)
operating range
-10 +60 C (14 140 F)
compensated
Mounting dimensions Identical for all capacities
Hazardous locations Consult the factory
Approvals CE, C-TICK, GOST
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MLC
4/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MLC Belt Scale
Low-capacity scale for light belt loading that comes
complete with a weighing idler.
C) 7MH7126-
7777
Belt width/Scale construction
Polyester painted mild steel
18 inch (457 mm) 1 A
24 inch (610 mm) 1 B
30 inch (762 mm) 1 C
36 inch (914 mm) 1 D
42 inch (1067 mm) 1 E
48 inch (1219 mm) 1 F
500 mm (20 inch) 1 G
650 mm (26 inch) 1 H
800 mm (32 inch) 1 J
1000 mm (39 inch) 1 K
1200 mm (47 inch) 1 L
450 mm (18 inch) 1 M
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
18 inch (457 mm) 2 A
24 inch (610 mm) 2 B
30 inch (762 mm) 2 C
36 inch (914 mm) 2 D
42 inch (1067 mm) 2 E
48 inch (1219 mm) 2 F
500 mm (20 inch) 2 G
650 mm (26 inch) 2 H
800 mm (32 inch) 2 J
1000 mm (39 inch) 2 K
1200 mm (47 inch) 2 L
450 mm (18 inch) 2 M
Load cell capacity
10 lb (4.55 kg) A
20 lb (9.09 kg) B
Not specified
1)
X
Weighing idler dImensions
50 mm (1.96 inch)
2)
1
60 mm (2.40 inch)
3)
2
1.90 inch (48.2 mm)
4)
5
Pls. add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s).
Stainless Steel tag [69 x 38 mm
(2.7 x 1.5 inch)],
Y15
Manufacturer's Test Certificate:
According to EN 10204-2.2
C11
Operating Instructions Order No.
English C) 7ML1998-5FF01
German C) 7ML1998-5FF31
Belt Scale Application Guidelines
English C) 7ML1998-5GA01
French C) 7ML1998-5GA11
German C) 7ML1998-5GA31
Spanish C) 7ML1998-5GA21
Milltronics MLC Belt Scale
Low-capacity scale for light belt loading that comes
complete with a weighing idler.
C) 7MH7126-
7777
Note: The Operating Instructions should be ordered
manual CD containing the complete Operating
Instructions library.
Spare parts
Load cell, 10 lb (4.55 kg), 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless
steel construction with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel
cover, includes hardware
C) 7MH7725-1AA
Load cell, 20 lb (9.09 kg), 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless
cover, includes hardware
C) 7MH7725-1AB
Conduit replacement kit 7MH7723-1NA
Milltronics MLC calibration weight
[Stainless Steel 304 (1.4301)]
For scales with belt width of 18 inch or 500 mm or
450 mm
1.05 lb (0.47 kg) 7MH7724-1AL
1.63 lb (0.73 kg) 7MH7724-1AM
2.35 lb (1.06 kg) 7MH7724-1AN
3.21 lb (1.45 kg) 7MH7724-1AP
For scales with belt width of 24 inch or 650 mm
1.38 lb (0.62 kg) 7MH7724-1AQ
2.15 lb (0.97 kg) 7MH7724-1AR
3.11 lb (1.41 kg) 7MH7724-1AS
4.24 lb (1.91 kg) 7MH7724-1AT
1.72 lb (0.77 kg) 7MH7724-1AU
2.67 lb (1.21 kg) 7MH7724-1AV
3.85 lb (1.73 kg) 7MH7724-1AW
5.26 lb (2.37 kg) 7MH7724-1AX
2.05 lb (0.92 kg) 7MH7724-1AY
3.19 lb (1.44 kg) 7MH7724-1BA
4.56 lb (2.07 kg) 7MH7724-1BB
6.29 lb (2.83 kg) 7MH7724-1BC
2.38 lb (1.07 kg) 7MH7724-1BD
3.71 lb (1.67 kg) 7MH7724-1BE
5.35 lb (2.41 kg) 7MH7724-1BF
7.31 lb (3.29 kg) 7MH7724-1BG
2.72 lb (1.22 kg) 7MH7724-1BH
4.23 lb (1.92 kg) 7MH7724-1BJ
6.06 lb (2.75 kg) 7MH7724-1BK
8.34 lb (3.75 kg) 7MH7724-1BL
1)
Only for quotation purposes, not a valid ordering option.
2)
Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1G to 1M and
2G to 2M only
3)
Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1G to 1M only
4)
Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1A to 1F and
2A to 2F only
C)

Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MLC
4/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MLC, dimensions in inch (mm) respectively in mm (inch)
For pan supported belts, the belt should be cut out to allow the MLC and at least two (preferably four) other idlers to be installed.
'E' dimension 'D' dimension 'C' dimension 'B' dimension 'A' roller width Scale size
Metric designs [dimensions in mm (inch)]
'E' dimension 'D' dimension 'C' dimension 'B' dimension 'A' roller width Scale size
Imperial designs [dimensions in inch (mm)]
Front View
Plan View
Installation
2
0
.
6

(
0
.
8
1
)
Idler diameter C
(location of removed idler)
MLC belt scale
1.90 (48.3)
1.90 (48.3)
1.90 (48.3)
1.90 (48.3)
1.90 (48.3)
1.90 (48.3)
1)
B
A
E
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 60 (2.36) 1250 (49.21) 1200 (47.24) 1200 (47.24)
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 60 (2.36) 1050 (41.34) 1000 (39.37) 1000 (39.37)
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 50 (1.97) 850 (33.46)
D
800 (31.50) 800 (31.50)
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 50 (1.97) 700 (27.56) 650 (25.59) 650 (25.59)
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 50 (1.97) 550 (21.65) 500 (19.69)
1)
500 (19.69)
96 (3.78) 158 (6.22) 50 (1.97) 500 (19.69) 450 (17.72) 450 (17.72)
49 (1245) 48 (1219) 48 (1219)
43 (1092)
64 (2.5)
42 (1067) 42 (1067)
37 (940) 36 (914) 36 (914)
31 (787) 30 (762) 30 (762)
25 (635) 24 (610) 24 (610)
19 (483) 18 (457) 18 (457)
4 x 11 (0.44)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
3.5 (89) 6.19 (157)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MLC
4/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Schematics

MLC connections
Customer junction box
To integrator
s
h
i
e
l
d

'
B
'
s
h
i
e
l
d

'
A
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
B
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
A
'
r
e
d

'
B
'
r
e
d

'
A
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
B
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
A
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
B
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
A
'
s
h
i
e
l
d
Load cell
'A'
Load cell
'B'
Note:
Conduit and cable arrangement may differ from example shown.
Conduit and box
connector
A 5 : 1
A
+

s
i
g

'
A
'
-

s
i
g

'
A
'
+

s
i
g

'
B
'
-

s
i
g

'
B
'
+

e
x
c
-

e
x
c
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MBS
4/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MBS is a basic, modular, medium-duty belt scale
providing dynamic weighing information for process indication.
Idler not included with belt scale.
Benefits
Unique modular design
Simple installation
Low cost
Easy retrofit
Application
Milltronics MBS is used with aggregates, sand, or minerals, ani-
mal feeds or grains, providing basic continuous in-line weighing
at a minimal cost. With no cross bridge, this versatile unit will fit
most conveyor widths and standard idlers, and product buildup
is reduced.
The construction and easy assembly of the MBS ensure quick
delivery to meet even the tightest of schedules. Where scales
are moved from conveyor to conveyor, the MBS also provides
unmatched flexibility.
croprocessor-based integrators, the MBS provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load, and speed of bulk solids mate-
rials on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt
speed for input to the integrator.

1)
2)
speeds.
3)
Review by Siemens application engineer required.
Milltronics MBS
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Heavy duty strain gauge load
cells measuring load on belt con-
veyor idlers
Typical applications Monitor feed rates of fractionat-
ed stone, sand, animal feeds,
grains
Track daily production totals
Performance
Accuracy
1)
1 % of totalization over
33 100 % operating range,
application dependent
Medium conditions
Belt design
Belt width Standard duty up to 1000 mm
(CEMA width up to 42 inch)
Refer to dimensional drawings
section
Belt speed Up to 3.0 m/s (600 fpm)
2)
Capacity Up to 1500 t/h (1650 STPH) at
maximum belt speed
Conveyor incline 20 from horizontal, fixed
incline
accuracy
3)
Idlers
Idler profile Flat to 35
To 45 with reduced accuracy
3)

50 150 mm (2 6 inch)
Idler diameter 50 150 mm (2 6 inch)
Load cell
Construction Aluminum
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC max.
Output 2 0.02 mV/V excitation at rated
load cell capacity
Hysteresis 0.02 % of rated output
Capacity 30, 50, 100 kg (66, 110, 220 lb)
Temperature -30 +70 C (-22 +158 F)
operating range
-10 +40 C (15 105 F)
compensated
Weight 12 kg (26 lb), 6 kg (13 lb) per
side
Interconnection wiring
(to integrator)
< 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG
(0.75 mm) 6 conductor shield-
ed cable
> 150 ... 300 m ( (500 ... 1000 ft)
18 22 AWG
(0.75 0.34 mm
2)
8 conductor
shielded cable
Approvals CE, C-TICK
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MBS
4/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MBS Belt Scale
A basic, modular, medium-duty belt scale
providing dynamic weighing information for
process indication.
C) 7MH7121-
7777 0
Scale construction
Standard [up to 1000 mm (42 inch) belt width] 1
Load cell capacity
30 kg (66 lb) AB
50 kg (110 lb) AC
100 kg (220 lb) A E
Not specified
1)
1)
C)

Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
X X
Fabrication
Polyester painted mild steel 1
Polyester painted mild steel, for use with flat bar
calibration
2
code(s).
Stainless Steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)],
Y15
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5JN01
French C) 7ML1998-5JN11
German C) 7ML1998-5JN31
Note: The Operating Instructions and application
guidelines manual should be ordered as separate
lines on the order.
Spare parts
Load cell, 30 kg (66 lb), aluminum C) 7MH7725-1BK
Load cell, 50 kg (110 lb), aluminum C) 7MH7725-1BL
Load cell, 100 kg (220 lb), aluminum C) 7MH7725-1BM
Calibration Weights
Flat bar/MWL retrofit kit C) 7MH7723-1HA
Calibration test arm assembly, c/w one 8.2 kg
(18 lb) calibration weight
7MH7723-1FR
Calibration test arm assembly, c/w two 8.2 kg
(18 lb) calibration weights
7MH7723-1FS
MBS/MCS calibration arm c/w idler clip
(holds up to two 8.2 kg (18 lb) weights
7MH7726-1AD
Calibration weight, 8.2 kg (18 lb) 7MH7724-1AA
6.0 lb (2.7 kg) 7MH7724-1AB
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights, see
page 4/57
Note: The calibration arm and weights should be
ordered as separate lines on the order.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MBS
4/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

MBS dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

MBS connections
Based on CEMA sizes
3)
Not recommended for declined conveyor applications
4)
2 approach and 2 retreat idlers should be aligned with the weigh
idler to within 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) to 0 mm (0 inch). Call your
Siemens representative for more information.
Notes:
1)
Test weights (customer supplied), may be hung on the M8 bolts. If
this method is chosen, equal mass should be applied to each
weigh beam, and the test weights should hang free of the fixed
structure.
2)
Optional flat bar
weight arm
4)
Apply optional flat
bar weight
Standard base (CEMA)
idler, or equivalent
(customer supplied)
Existing conveyor
stringers
Belt width + 230 (9)
3)

(or to suit)
Front View
Shipping brackets (must be
removed after MBS is installed)
M8 mounting bolt for
optional hanging test
weight
2)
14.5 (0.57)
mounting holes
(two per weigh beam)
M12 mounting bolts
Weigh idler
Side View
Direction of belt travel for all flat or inclined
conveyors
146.05
(5.75)
76
(3.0)
20
(0.79)
116
(4.57)
83
(3.28)
182 (7.17)
250 (9.84)
129 (5.06)
162 (6.38)
30 (1.18)
9
5

(
3
.
7
4
)
Load cells, complete with 3 m (10 ft) cable in
flexible conduit with M20 panel connector
Belt travel
s
h
i
e
l
d

'
A
'
s
h
i
e
l
d

'
B
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
A
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
B
'
r
e
d

'
A
'
r
e
d

'
B
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
A
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
B
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
A
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
B
'
s
h
i
e
l
d
Conduit and
box connector
+

s
i
g

'
A
'
-

s
i
g

'
A
'
+

s
i
g

'
B
'
-

s
i
g

'
B
'
+

e
x
c
-

e
x
c
'B' 'A'
Z 3 : 1
Z
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MUS
4/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MUS is a modular designed, medium- to heavy-duty
belt scale for process indication. Idler not included with belt
scale.
Benefits
Unique modular design
Simple installation
Low cost
Easy retrofit
Application
Milltronics MUS operates with products like aggregates, sand,
or minerals, providing continuous in-line weighing at a minimal
cost. With no cross bridge, this versatile unit will fit most con-
veyor widths and standard idlers, and product build-up is re-
duced.
The construction and easy assembly of the MUS ensures quick
delivery to meet even the tightest of schedules. Where scales
are moved from conveyor to conveyor, the MUS also provides
unmatched flexibility.
croprocessor-based integrators, the MUS provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load, and speed of bulk solids mate-
rials on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt
speed for input to the integrator.

1)
2)
speeds.
3)
Milltronics MUS
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Heavy duty strain gauge load
cells measuring load on belt con-
veyor idlers
Typical applications Monitor fractionated stone on
secondary surge belts and recir-
culating loads
Track daily production totals
Measurement accuracy
Accuracy
1)
0.5 1 % of totalization over
Medium conditions
Belt design
Belt width Standard duty up to 1000 mm
Heavy-duty up to 1524 mm
Refer to dimensional drawings
section
Belt speed Up to 3.0 m/s (600 fpm)
2)
Capacity Up to 5000 t/h at maximum belt
speed
incline
accuracy
3)
Idlers
3)
Load cell
Construction Nickel plated alloy steel
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC max.
cell capacity
Non-linearity and hysteresis 0.02 % of rated output
Capacity
Standard duty ranges 20, 30, 50, 75, 100 kg
(44, 66, 110, 165, 220 lb)
Heavy-duty ranges 50, 100, 150, 200, 500 kg
(110, 220, 330, 440, 1100 lb)
Temperature -40 +65 C
(-40 +150 F) operating
range
-10 +40 C (15 105 F)
compensated
Weight Standard duty up to 44 lb (20 kg),
22 lb (10 kg) per side
Heavy-duty up to 64 lb (30 kg),
32 lb (15 kg) per side
(to integrator)
< 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG
ed cable
> 150 m 300 m
(500 100 ft) 18 22 AWG
(0.75 0.34 mm)
8 conductor shielded cable
Approvals CE, C-TICK, GOST, CMC
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MUS
4/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MUS Belt Scale
Modular design, medium- to heavy-duty scale for
process indication.
Flat bar calibration weights are optional and should
be ordered as separate items.
C) 7MH7123-
77770
Scale construction
Standard for belt width up to 1000 mm (42 inch),
nickel plated steel load cells
1
Heavy-duty for belt width up to 1524 mm (60 inch),
nickel plated steel load cells
2
Load cell capacity
Standard Duty Scale Load Cell
20 kg (44.1 lb)
1)
AA
30 kg (66.1 lb)
1)
AB
50 kg (110.2 lb)
1)
AC
75 kg (165.3 lb)
1)
AD
100 kg (220.4 lb)
1)
A E
Not specified
2)
X X
Heavy-Duty Scale Load Cell
50 kg (110.2 lb)
3)
BA
100 kg (220.4 lb)
3)
BB
150 kg (330.7 lb)
3)
BC
200 kg (440.9 lb)
3)
BD
300 kg (661.4 lb)
3)
B E
500 kg (1102.3 lb)
3)
B F
Fabrication
code(s).
(max. 16 characters), specify in plain text.
Y15
C11
Milltronics MUS Belt Scale
Modular design, medium- to heavy-duty scale for
process indication.
Flat bar calibration weights are optional and should
be ordered as separate items.
C) 7MH7123-
77770
English C) 7ML1998-5CQ02
French C) 7ML1998-1CQ11
Spanish C) 7ML1998-1CQ21
German C) 7ML1998-5CQ31
Dutch C) 7ML1998-1CQ41
Additional Operating Instructionss
items on the order.
Spare parts
Standard Duty Scale Load Cell
20 kg (44.1 lb) 7MH7725-1CP
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7MH7725-1CQ
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1CR
75 kg (165.3) 7MH7725-1CS
100 kg (220.5 lb) 7MH7725-1CT
Heavy-Duty Scale Load Cell
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1CU
100 kg (220.5 lb) 7MH7725-1CV
150 kg (330.7 lb) 7MH7725-1CW
200 kg (440.9 lb) 7MH7725-1CX
300 kg (661.4 lb) 7MH7725-1CY
500 kg (1120.3 lb) 7MH7725-1DA
Rock Guard, MUS Standard Duty Scale, spare C) 7MH7723-1DM
Conduit replacement kit C) 7MH7723-1NA
Calibration Weights
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights,
see page 4/57
1)
For use with scale construction option 1 only
2)
3)
For use with scale construction option 2 only
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MUS
4/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

MUS dimensions in mm (inch)
Side view Side view
Standard duty
Front view Front view
Note:
(2) approach and (2) retreat idlers should be aligned with
the weigh idler to within 0.8 (+1/3) to 0 (0).
M12 (")
mounting bolts
Belt direction for all flat or inclined conveyors
Shipping
brackets
Calibration
bar support
(test weight)
Shipping brackets
standard base CEMA
idler or equivalent
(customer supplied)
Existing conveyor stringers
(or to suit)
Heavy duty
Note:
(2) approach and (2) retreat idlers should be aligned with
the weigh idler to within 0.8 (+1/3) to 0 (0).
Shipping brackets
Weigh idler
Calibration
bar support
(test weight)
Shipping
brackets
M12 (")
mounting bolts
Standard base CEMA
idler or equivalent
(customer supplied)
Existing conveyor stringers
(or to suit)
Weigh idler
Belt direction for all flat or inclined conveyors
122
(4.81)
76
(3.00)
19
(0.75)
203
(8.00)
159
(6.25)
616
(24.25)
143
(5.62)
89
(3.50)
184
(7.25)
186
(7.310
19
(0.75)
168
(6.63)
140
(5.50)
522
(20.56)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MUS
4/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Schematics

MUS connections
belt travel
load cells, complete with 3 m (10 ft) cable
in flexible conduit with M20 panel connector
customer junction box
'B' 'A'
'B' 'A'
r
e
d
'B'
r
e
d
'A'
b
l
k
'B'
b
l
k
'A'
w
h
t
'B'
g
r
n
'B'
w
h
t
'A'
g
r
n
'A'
s
h
i
e
l
d
'B'
s
h
i
e
l
d
'A'
s
h
i
e
l
d
+
s
i
g
'A'
-
s
i
g
'A'
+
s
i
g
'B'
-
s
i
g
'B'
-
e
x
c
+
e
x
c
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MCS
4/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MCS is a compact, rugged, modular, heavy-duty belt
scale for use in mobile crushers and aggregate screening
plants. Idler not included with belt scale.
Benefits
Rugged design
Low profile
Easy retrofit
Low cost
Stainless steel load cells
Application
Milltronics MCS provides continuous, in-line weighing at minimal
cost. The stainless steel load cells ensure long-term, consistent,
reliable measurement. The modular construction and easy as-
sembly of the MCS ensures quick delivery to meet even the tight-
est of schedules.
Operating with Milltronics BW100, BW500, or SIWAREX FTC
microprocessor-based integrators, the MCS provides indication
of flow rate, total weight, belt load, and belt speed of bulk solids
materials on a belt conveyor.
To complete the weighing system, include a speed sensor to
monitor conveyor belt speed for input to the integrator. On mo-
bile crushing equipment, the TASS speed sensor is a compact,
rugged speed sensor designed for use with the MCS.

1)
2)
speeds
3)
Milltronics MCS
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells measur-
ing load on belt conveyor idlers
Typical application Mobile crusher systems
Accuracy
1)
0.5 1 % of totalization over
2 % of totalization over
25 100 % operating range on
mobile crusher applications
Belt design
Belt width Up to 1600 mm (60 inch CEMA)
width
Refer to the dimensional draw-
ings section
Belt speed Up to 4 m/s (800 fpm)
2)
maximum belt speed
incline
accuracy
3)
Idlers
3)
Load cell
stainless steel cover
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V maximum
cell capacity
Capacity 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 lb stainless
steel
Temperature -40 +75 C (-40 +167 F)
operating range
-18 +65 C (0 150 F)
compensated
Weight Up to 20 kg (44 lb), 10 kg (22 lb)
per side
(to integrator)
< 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG
ed cable
> 150 m (500 ft) to 300 m
(1000 ft) 18 22 AWG
(0.75 0.34 mm), 8 conductor
shielded cable
Approvals CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E,F,G and Class III
ATEX II 2D,
Ex tD A21 IP65 T90 C
IECEx Ex tD A21 IP65 T90 C
CE, C-TICK, GOST
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MCS
4/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MCS Belt Scale
A compact, rugged, modular, heavy-duty belt scale
for use in mining and aggregate screening plants
C) 7MH7125-
77770
Scale construction
Standard duty 1
Hazardous Duty
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G and Class III,
ATEX II 2D, IECEx, CE, C-TICK
2
Load cell capacity
50 lb (22.7 kg) (use not recommended for mobile
crushers)
AA
crushers)
AB
250 lb (113.6 kg) AC
500 lb (226.8 kg) AD
crushers)
A E
Not specified
1)
BB
Fabrication
Polyester painted mild steel, for use with flat bar
calibration
2
code(s).
Y15
C11
Milltronics MCS Belt Scale
A compact, rugged, modular, heavy-duty belt scale
for use in mining and aggregate screening plants
C) 7MH7125-
77770
MCS Belt Scale, Multi-language C) 7ML1998-5HN63
Hazardous location certificates C) 7ML1998-5KH81
Note: The Operating Instructions should be
ordered as a separate item on the order.
Spare parts
Stainless steel load cell [17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless
cover]
25 lb (11.3 kg) C) 7MH7725-1DR
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1DH
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1DJ
250 lb (113.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1DK
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1DS
25 lb (11.3 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DQ
50 lb (22.7 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DL
100 lb (45.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DM
250 lb (113.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DN
500 lb (226.8 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DP
Calibration Weights
Flat bar/MWL retrofit kit C) 7MH7723-1HA
Calibration (Test) Arm Assembly, with one 18 lb
calibration weight
7MH7723-1FR
Calibration (Test) Arm Assembly, with two 18 lb
calibration weight
7MH7723-1FS
MBS/MCS Calibration Arm with idler clip
(holds up to 2 of 8.2 kg weights)
7MH7726-1AD
Calibration weight, 18 lb (8.2 kg) 7MH7724-1AA
Calibration weight, 6 lb (2.7 kg) 7MH7724-1AB
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights,
see page 4/57
Note: Calibration accessories should be ordered as
a separate item on the order.
1)
Note: Calibration weight and calibration weight bracket are not included in
MCS belt scale.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MCS
4/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

MCS dimensions in mm (inch)
belt direction
ViewA-A
ViewA-A
mounting flange
idler clamp
to suit
up to 1600 (60) belt width
shipping brackets
customer
supplied
stringer
standard base CEMA idler or
equivalent (customer supplied)
Plan View
Side View
Front View
1)
Not recommended for inclined conveyor
applications
Note:
A minimum of 2 approach and 2 retreat idlers
should be aligned with the weigh idler to within
0.75 (+1/32) to 0 (0).
apply optional
flat bar weight
optional flat bar
weigh arm
1)
75
(2.95)
150
(5.91)
A A
16
(0.63)
101
(3.98)
300
(11.81)
124
(4.9)
75
(2.95)
160
(6.30)
146.05
(5.75)
150
(5.91)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MCS
4/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Schematics

MCS connections
belt travel
load cell A load cell B
load cell B load cell A
see detail A
stringer mounted junction box
(by customer)
conduit and box
connector
Detail A
Note:
Conduit and connector not provided on
hazardous approved option
r
e
d
r
e
d
b
l
a
c
k
w
h
i
t
e
g
r
e
e
n
b
l
a
c
k
w
h
i
t
e
g
r
e
e
n
s
h
i
e
l
d
s
h
i
e
l
d
+

e
x
c
-

e
x
c
-

s
i
g

A
+

s
i
g

A
-

s
i
g

B
+

s
i
g

B
s
h
i
e
l
d
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MSI and MMI
4/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MSI is a heavy-duty, high accuracy full-frame single
idler belt scale used for process and load-out control. Idler not
included with belt scale.

Milltronics MMI is a heavy-duty, high accuracy multiple idler belt
scale used for critical process and load-out control. Idler not in-
cluded with belt scale.
Benefits
Milltronics MSI belt scale
Outstanding accuracy and repeatability
Fast reaction to product loading; capable of monitoring fast
moving belts
Rugged construction
SABS approval (South Africa), OIML, MID, and Measurement
Canada
Milltronics MMI belt scale
Exceptional accuracy and repeatability
Suitable for uneven or light product loading
Capable of monitoring fast moving belts
Low cost of ownership
NTEP, OIML, MID and Measurement Canada approved
Application
Milltronics MSI belt scale
Milltronics MSI belt scale provides continuous in-line weighing
on a variety of products in primary and secondary industries. It
is proven in a wide range of tough applications from extraction
(in mines, quarries and pits), to power generation, iron and steel,
food processing and chemicals. The MSI is suitable for monitor-
ing such diverse products as sand, flour, coal, or sugar.
The MSIs patented use of parallelogram-style load cells results
and repeatability even with uneven loading and fast belt speeds.
croprocessor-based integrators, the MSI provides indication of
flow rate, totalized weight, belt load, and belt speed of bulk solid
materials. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt speed for in-
put to the integrator.
The MSI is installed in a simple drop-in operation and may be se-
cured with just four bolts. An existing idler is then attached to the
MSI dynamic beam. With no moving parts, maintenance is kept
to a minimum, with just periodic calibration checks required.
Milltronics MMI belt scale
Milltronics MMI belt scale consists of two or more MSI single
idler belt scales installed in series. It provides high accuracy
continuous in-line weighing on a variety of products in primary
and secondary industries. The MMI system is proven in a wide
range of tough applications from extraction to power generation,
iron and steel, food processing and chemicals. The MMI is suit-
able for monitoring such diverse products as fertilizer, sand,
grain, flour, coal, or sugar.
The MMIs patented use of parallelogram-style load cells results
and repeatability even with uneven or light loading, short idler
spacing and fast belt speeds. Operating with Milltronics BW500
or SIWAREX FTC integrator (for custody transfer applications),
the MMI provides indication of flow rate, total weight, belt load
and belt speed of bulk solids materials on a belt conveyor. A
speed sensor monitors conveyor belt speed for input to the inte-
grator.
The MMI is installed in a simple drop-in operation and may be
secured with just eight bolts and existing idler sets, secured to
the dynamic beam. With no moving parts, maintenance is kept
to a minimum, with just periodic calibration checks required.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Design

MSI/MMI mounting

Mounting (two or more MSI units), dimensions in mm (inch)
Note:
Conduit and cable arrangement may differ from example shown
idler mounting bracket
test weigh bar
idler clip
force
idler frame
scale mounting
bracket
dynamic beam
static beam
weigh
bridge
}
Applications with 2 MSIs (MMI-2)
450 to 1525 mm (18 to 60) idler spacing
belt travel
450 to 1525 mm (18 to 60) idler spacing
belt travel
Applications with 3 MSIs (MMI-3)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

1)
2)
speeds.
3)
4)
MSI only
5)
MMI only
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells measur-
ing load on belt conveyor idler(s)
Typical application
MSI Control in fractionated stone
blending tunnels
MMI Custody transfer
Accuracy
1)
MSI 0.5 % or better of totalization
over 20 100 % operating range
MMI-2 (2 idler) 0.25 % or better of totalization
MMI-3 (3 idler)
Note: available with system
specification option D only
0.125 % or better of totalization
Medium conditions
Material temperature -40 +75 C (-40 +167 F)
Belt design
Belt width 18 96 inch in CEMA sizes
Equivalent to 500 2000 mm
in metric size
Refer to dimensions section
Belt speed Up to 5 m/s (1000 fpm)
2)
maximum belt speed. Please
contact a Siemens representative
for higher rates.
fixed incline
accuracy
3)
Idlers
accuracy
3)
Load cell
stainless steel cover.
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC maxi-
mum
Output 2 0.002 mV/V excitation (nomi-
nal) at rated load cell capacity
Capacity
Maximum ranges 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000,
1250, 1500 lb
Temperature -40 +75 C (-40 +167 F)
operating range
-18 +65 C (0 150 F)
compensated
Weight See dimensions drawings see
page 4/26
Interconnection wiring (to inte-
grator, per MSI)
< 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG
(0.75 mm) 6 conductor shielded
cable
> 150 m 300 m
(500 ft 1000 ft) 18 22 AWG
(0.75 0.34 mm), 8 conductor
shielded cable
Approvals CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E,F,G and Class III
ATEX II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T90
C
IECEx Ex tD A21 IP65
T90 C
CE, C-TICK, GOST, CMC
Metrology approvals Measurement Canada, MID,
OIML, SABS
4)
, NTEP
5)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/23
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics MSI Belt Scale
A heavy-duty, high-accuracy single idler belt scale
for process and load-out control.
For Milltronics MMI belt scale system, two or more
MSI belt scales are required. Calibration weights are
required and ordered as separate items.
C) 7MH7122-
77777 - 77
Scale construction
Standard duty 1
Hazardous Duty
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E,F,G and Class III,
ATEX II 2D, IECEx, CE, C-TICK
2
Belt width and 'A' dimension
18 inch, 'A' = 27 inch (686 mm) A A
19 inch, 'A' = 28 inch (711 mm) A B
20 inch, 'A' = 29 inch (737 mm) A C
21 inch, 'A' = 30 inch (762 mm) A D
22 inch, 'A' = 31 inch (787 mm) A E
23 inch, 'A' = 32 inch (813 mm) A F
24 inch, 'A' = 33 inch (838 mm) AG
25 inch, 'A' = 34 inch (864 mm) A H
26 inch, 'A' = 35 inch (889 mm) A J
27 inch, 'A' = 36 inch (914 mm) A K
28 inch, 'A' = 37 inch (940 mm) A L
29 inch, 'A' = 38 inch (965 mm) AM
30 inch, 'A' = 39 inch (991 mm) A N
31 inch, 'A' = 40 inch (1016 mm) A P
32 inch, 'A' = 41 inch (1041 mm) AQ
33 inch, 'A' = 42 inch (1067 mm) A R
34 inch, 'A' = 43 inch (1092 mm) A S
35 inch, 'A' = 44 inch (1118 mm) A T
36 inch, 'A' = 45 inch (1143 mm) A U
37 inch, 'A' = 46 inch (1168 mm) A V
38 inch, 'A' = 47 inch (1194 mm) AW
39 inch, 'A' = 48 inch (1219 mm) B A
40 inch, 'A' = 49 inch (1245 mm) B B
41 inch, 'A' = 50 inch (1270 mm) B C
42 inch, 'A' = 51 inch (1295 mm) B D
43 inch, 'A' = 52 inch (1321 mm) B E
44 inch, 'A' = 53 inch (1346 mm) B F
45 inch, 'A' = 54 inch (1372 mm) BG
46 inch, 'A' = 55 inch (1397 mm) B H
47 inch, 'A' = 56 inch (1422 mm) B J
48 inch, 'A' = 57 inch (1448 mm) B K
49 inch, 'A' = 58 inch (1473 mm) B L
50 inch, 'A' = 59 inch (1499 mm) BM
51 inch, 'A' = 60 inch (1524 mm) B N
52 inch, 'A' = 61 inch (1549 mm) B P
53 inch, 'A' = 62 inch (1575 mm) BQ
54 inch, 'A' = 63 inch (1600 mm) B R
55 inch, 'A' = 64 inch (1626 mm) B S
56 inch, 'A' = 65 inch (1651 mm) B T
57 inch, 'A' = 66 inch (1676 mm) B U
58 inch, 'A' = 67 inch (1702 mm) B V
59 inch, 'A' = 68 inch (1727 mm) BW
60 inch, 'A' = 69 inch (1753 mm) C A
61 inch, 'A' = 70 inch (1778 mm) C B
62 inch, 'A' = 71 inch (1803 mm) C C
63 inch, 'A' = 72 inch (1829 mm) C D
64 inch, 'A' = 73 inch (1854 mm) C E
65 inch, 'A' = 74 inch (1880 mm) C F
66 inch, 'A' = 75 inch (1905 mm) CG
67 inch, 'A' = 76 inch (1930 mm) C H
68 inch, 'A' = 77 inch (1956 mm) C J
69 inch, 'A' = 78 inch (1981 mm) C K
70 inch, 'A' = 79 inch (2007 mm) C L
71 inch, 'A' = 80 inch (2032 mm) CM
72 inch, 'A' = 81 inch (2057 mm) C N
73 inch, 'A' = 82 inch (2083 mm) C P
74 inch, 'A' = 83 inch (2108 mm) CQ
75 inch, 'A' = 84 inch (2134 mm) C R
76 inch, 'A' = 85 inch (2159 mm) C S
77 inch, 'A' = 86 inch (2184 mm) C T
78 inch, 'A' = 87 inch (2210 mm) C U
79 inch, 'A' = 88 inch (2235 mm) C V
80 inch, 'A' = 89 inch (2261 mm) CW
81 inch, 'A' = 90 inch (2286 mm) D A
82 inch, 'A' = 91 inch (2311 mm) D B
83 inch, 'A' = 92 inch (2337 mm) D C
84 inch, 'A' = 93 inch (2362 mm) D D
85 inch, 'A' = 94 inch (2388 mm) D E
86 inch, 'A' = 95 inch (2413 mm) D F
87 inch, 'A' = 96 inch (2438 mm) DG
88 inch, 'A' = 97 inch (2464 mm) D H
89 inch, 'A' = 98 inch (2489 mm) D J
90 inch, 'A' = 99 inch (2515 mm) D K
91 inch, 'A' = 100 inch (2540 mm) D L
92 inch, 'A' = 101 inch (2565 mm) DM
93 inch, 'A' = 102 inch (2591 mm) D N
94 inch, 'A' = 103 inch (2616 mm) D P
95 inch, 'A' = 104 inch (2642 mm) DQ
96 inch, 'A' = 105 inch (2667 mm) D R
Load cell capacity
Not specified
1)
0
50 lb (22.7 kg) 1
100 lb (45.4 kg) 2
250 lb (113.4 kg) 3
500 lb (226.8 kg) 4
750 lb (340.2 kg) 5
1000 lb (453.6 kg) 6
1250 lb (567 kg)
2)
7
1500 lb (680.4 kg) 8
C) 7MH7122-
77777 - 77
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/24
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Selection and Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No.
C) 7MH7122-
77777 - 77
Fabrication
Polyester painted mild steel 1 1
Electro-galvanized mild steel:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 to 736.6 mm) 1 2
30 ... 41 inch (762 to 1041.4 mm) 1 3
42 ... 53 inch (1066.8 to 1346.2 mm) 1 4
54 ... 65 inch (1371.6 to 1651 mm) 1 5
66 ... 77 inch (1676.4 to 1955.8 mm) 1 6
78 ... 89 inch (1981.2 to 2260.6 mm) 1 7
90 ... 96 inch (2786 to 2438.4 mm) 1 8
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301), for belt width scales:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 to 736.6 mm) 2 1
30 ... 41 inch (762 to 1041.4 mm) 2 2
42 ... 53 inch (1066.8 to 1346.2 mm) 2 3
54 ... 65 inch (1371.6 to 1651 mm) 2 4
66 ... 77 inch (1676.4 to 1955.8 mm) 2 5
78 ... 89 inch (1981.2 to 2260.6 mm) 2 6
90 ... 96 inch (2786 to 2438.4 mm) 2 7
Stainless steel 316 (1.4401), for belt width scales:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 to 736.6 mm) 3 1
30 ... 41 inch (762 to 1041.4 mm) 3 2
42 ... 53 inch (1066.8 to 1346.2 mm) 3 3
54 ... 65 inch (1371.6 to 1651 mm) 3 4
66 ... 77 inch (1676.4 to 1955.8 mm) 3 5
78 ... 89 inch (1981.2 to 2260.6 mm) 3 6
90 ... 96 inch (2786 to 2438.4 mm) 3 7
Polyester painted mild steel (compatible with MWL
or flat bar weight calibration system)
4 1
Galvanized, for belt width scales:
(compaitble with MWL or flat bar weight system)
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 to 736.6 mm) 4 2
30 ... 41 inch (762 to 1041.4 mm) 4 3
42 ... 53 inch (1066.8 to 1346.2 mm) 4 4
54 ... 65 inch (1371.6 to 1651 mm) 4 5
66 ... 77 inch (1676.4 to 1955.8 mm) 4 6
78 ... 89 inch (1981.2 to 2260.6 mm) 4 7
90 ... 96 inch (2786 to 2438.4 mm) 4 8
System specification
Standard MSI and MMI A
NTEP Certified MMI
3)4)5)
B
OIML/MID Certified
3)6)
C
MSI for MMI-3 0.125% accuracy
4)
D
code(s).
Y15
C11
MSI Manuals
English C) 7ML1998-5CY02
German C) 7ML1998-5CY32
French C) 7ML1998-1CY11
Spanish C) 7ML1998-1CY21
MMI Manuals
English C) 7ML1998-5DR03
German C) 7ML1998-5DR33
Hazardous location certificates C) 7ML1998-5KH81
items on the order.
Spare parts
Flat bar/MWL retrofit kit C) 7MH7723-1FW
Stainless steel load cell [17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless
cover]
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AF
750 lb (340.2 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AG
1000 lb (453.6 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AH
1250 lb (567 kg) C) 7MH7725-1EA
1500 lb (680.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1EB
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID C) 7MH7725-1DB
250 lb (113.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID C) 7MH7725-1DC
500 lb (226.8 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID C) 7MH7725-1DD
750 lb (340.2 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID C) 7MH7725-1DE
1000 lb (453.6 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID C) 7MH7725-1DF
50 lb (22.7 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DT
100 lb (45.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DU
250 lb (113.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DV
500 lb (226.8 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DW
750 lb (340.2 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DX
1000 lb (453.6 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1DY
1250 lb (567 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1EE
1500 lb (680.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx C) 7MH7725-1EF
C) 7MH7122-
77777 - 77
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/25
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Selection and Ordering data (continued) Order No.
1)
Only for quotation purposes, not a valid ordering option
2)
Available with Fabrication options 11 to 18 and 41 to 48 only, and with Sys-
tem specification option A only.
3)
Two MSI are required to make the NTEP approved MMI
4)
Approval available with load cell options 2 to 6 only and applicable BW500
5)
Complete specification data sheet on page 4/4 and submit with order
"legal for trade" version
6)
Includes metrological approved loadcells
C) 7MH7122-
77777 - 77
Idler Clip
5 inch (127 mm) for
27 ... 62 inch (686 ... 1 575 mm) 'A' dimensions
7MH7723-1BT
7 inch (178 mm) for
63 ... 74 inch (1 600 ... 1 880 mm) 'A' dimensions
7MH7723-1DF
Calibration Weights
6.0 lb / 2.7 kg 7MH7724-1AB
18 lb / 8.2 kg
7MH7724-1AA
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights, see page 4/57
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/26
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
MSI dimensions

Other widths available - check selection- and ordering data at page 4/23. Sizes are from 18 inch (457 mm) to 96 inch (2438 mm) in 1 inch (25.4 mm)
increments. All sizes are nominal.
Note: Dimension B must be approx. 3/8 inch or 10 mm less than Y dimension of the conveyor (see Questionnaire on page 4/3).
Conveyor belt
width
Mounting scale
width A
Minimum
drop-in
width B
C D E Weight (approx.)
18 inch
(457 mm)
27 inch
(686 mm)
23.25 inch
(591 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
82 lb
(37 kg)
20 inch
(508 mm)
29 inch
(737 mm)
25.25 inch
(641 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
85 lb
(39 kg)
24 inch
(610 mm)
33 inch
(838 mm)
29.25 inch
(743 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
90 lb
(41 kg)
30 inch
(762 mm)
39 inch
(991 mm)
35.25 inch
(895 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
99 lb
(45 kg)
36 inch
(914 mm)
45 inch
(1143 mm)
41.25 inch
(1048 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
107 lb
(49 kg)
42 inch
(1067 mm)
51 inch
(1295 mm)
47.25 inch
(1200 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
116 lb
(53 kg)
48 inch
(1219 mm)
57 inch
(1448 mm)
53.25 inch
(1353 mm)
9.5 inch
(241 mm)
5.5 inch
(140 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
125 lb
(57 kg)
54 inch
(1372 mm)
63 inch
(1600 mm)
59.25 inch
(1505 mm)
12 inch
(305 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
175 lb
(79 kg)
60 inch
(1524 mm)
69 inch
(1753 mm)
65.25 inch
(1657 mm)
12 inch
(305 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
7 inch
(178 mm)
193 lb
(88 kg)
66 inch
(1676 mm)
75 inch
(1905 mm)
71.25 inch
(1810 mm)
12 inch
(305 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
229 lb
(104 kg)
72 inch
(1829 mm)
81 inch
(2057 mm)
77.25 inch
(1962 mm)
12 inch
(305 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
8 inch
(203 mm)
247 lb
(112 kg)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/27
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Schematics

MSI/MMI connections
load cell A
load cell A
load cell B
load cell B
belt direction
conduit and box
connector
see detail A
Detail A
customer
junction box
Notes:
Conduit and cable arrangement may
differ from example shown.
To maintain NEMA or lP rating, use
only approved conduit and conduit
fittings or cable glands.
For hazardous area installations, use
only approved junction boxes, metal
conduit and conduit fittings or cable
glands.
to integrator
r
e
d

A
r
e
d

B
b
l
k

A
b
l
k

B
g
r
n

A
g
r
n

B
w
h
t

A
w
h
t

B
s
h
l
d

A
s
h
l
d

B
+

e
x
c
-

e
x
c
-

s
i
g

A
-

s
i
g

B
+

s
i
g

B
s
h
l
d
+

s
i
g

A
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/28
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
More information
NTEP/Measurement Canada/OIML & MID Specification Data

Please complete and submit the relevant
details listed below when ordering NTEP,
Measurement Canada, or OIML & MID
approval options
Value
NTEP
Maximum rated capacity (TPH)
Minimum rated capacity (TPH)
Belt speed (FPM)
Scale division (tons)
Maximum loading (lb/ft)
Measurement Canada
Rate
Speed (min/max m/s, FPM)
Test load (kg/m, lb/ft)
OIML & MID
Totalization scale interval (tonnes)
Belt speed max, min (m/s)
Maximum flow rate (MTPH)
Minimum flow rate (MTPH)
Minimum totalized load (tonnes)
Product to be weighed
Maximum capacity (tonnes)
Weight length (m)
Ratio between minimum net load and maximum capacity
Zero testing should have a duration of at least (____) revolutions
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics WD600
4/29
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics WD600 is a light- to medium-duty slider bed belt
scale used for process and load-out control in manufacturing,
including the food, pharmaceutical and tobacco industries.
Benefits
Simple installation
Long weigh span for more retention time on load cells
Application
WD600 works with an existing flat belt conveyor and the se-
lected Siemens integrator. As material is moving along the con-
veyor belt and travels over the belt scale, it exerts a force pro-
portional to the material load through the suspended
weighbridge to the load cells.
WD600 reacts only to the vertical component of the applied
force. The resulting movement in each load cell is sensed by its
strain gauges. When the strain gauges are excited by voltage
from the electronic integrator, they produce an electrical signal
proportional to weight, which is then applied to the integrator.
The vertical movement of the load cells is limited by the positive
overload stop incorporated into the design of the load cell mount.

1)
2)
speeds.
3)
Milltronics WD600
Accuracy
1)
0.5 1 % totalization over
Belt width 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 inch
(300, 450, 600, 750, 900, 1000,
1200 mm)
Belt speed 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) maximum
2)
Capacity Up to 100 t/h
fixed incline
accuracy
3)
Conveyor idler/slider profile Horizontal
Loading Minimum 1.0 kg/m (0.6 lb/ft)
Maximum 76 kg/m (51 lb/ft)
Load cell
or nickel plated alloy steel
Degree of protection Stainless steel: IP68
Nickel plated alloy steel: IP66
Excitation 10 V DC nominal,
15 V DC maximum
Output 2 mV/V
Capacity Stainless steel range: 6, 12, 30 kg
Nickel-plated range: 10, 15, 20,
30, 50 kg
Overload 150 % of rated capacity
Temperature -40 +65 C
(-40 +150 F) operating
range
-10 +40 C (15 105 F)
compensated
Scale construction Stainless steel construction
Acetal sliders
Approvals CE, meets FDA/USDA require-
ments for food processing,
C-TICK
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics WD600
4/30
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics WD600
A low- to medium- capacity scale for light to
medium belt loading.
304 stainless steel construction with Delrin sliders.
Load cells are available in nickle plated, or stain-
less steel. Two calibration weights are required and
are ordered as separate line item. Refer to Calibra-
tion weights.
C) 7MH7185-
77A0
Belt width
12 inch (300 mm) 1
18 inch (450 mm) 2
24 inch (600 mm) 3
30 inch (750 mm) 4
36 inch (900 mm) 5
42 inch (1000 mm) 6
48 inch (1200 mm) 7
Load cell capacity
Nickel plated
10 kg (22 lb) D
15 kg (33.1 lb) E
20 kg (44 lb) F
30 kg (66.2 lb) G
50 kg (110 lb) L
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) H
12 kg (26.4 lb) J
30 kg (66.2 lb) K
code(s).
Y15
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5KM01
German C) 7ML1998-5KM31
ordered as a separate line on the order.
Spare parts
Load cells
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EG
12 kg (26.4 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.2 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EJ
Nickel plated
10 kg (22 lb) 7MH7725-1EK
15 kg (33.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EN
50 kg (110 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EP
Slider bar middle UHMW PE (for old style WD600) 7MH7723-1KF
Slider bar side UHMW PE (for old style WD600) 7MH7723-1KE
Slider bar acetal 7MH7723-1KG
Calibration Hanger Weights
200 g (0.4 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AG
1000 g (2.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AH
2000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
3500 g (7.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BQ
5000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
7500 g (16.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BR
8500 g (18.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BS
10000 g (22 lb) 7MH7724-1BT
12000 g (26.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BU
15000 g (33.1 lb) 7MH7724-1BV
Milltronics WD600
A low- to medium- capacity scale for light to
medium belt loading.
304 stainless steel construction with Delrin sliders.
Load cells are available in nickle plated, or stain-
less steel. Two calibration weights are required and
are ordered as separate line item. Refer to Calibra-
tion weights.
C) 7MH7185-
77A0
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics WD600
4/31
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

WD600, dimensions in inch (mm)

Belt width
A
B
50.25 (1276) 48 (1200)
45 (1143) 44.25 (1124) 42 (1000)
39 (991) 38.25 (972) 36 (900)
33 (838) 32.25 (819) 30 (750)
27 (686) 26.25 (667) 24 (600)
21 (533) 20.25 (514) 18 (450)
15 (381) 14.25 (362) 12 (300)
A B (min)
51 (1295)
46.5 (1181)
40.5 (1029)
34.5 (876)
28.5 (724)
22.5 (572)
16.5 (419)
B (max)
52.5 (1334)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics WD600
4/32
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Schematics

WD600 connections
Belt travel
To integrator
S
h
i
e
l
d

'
B
'
S
h
i
e
l
d

'
A
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
B
'
g
r
e
e
n

'
A
'
r
e
d

'
B
'
r
e
d

'
A
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
B
'
w
h
i
t
e

'
A
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
B
'
b
l
a
c
k

'
A
'
S
h
i
e
l
d
Load cell
'A'
Load cell
'B'
Load cell 'A' Load cell 'B'
+

s
i
g

'
B
'
-

s
i
g

'
B
'
+

s
i
g

'
A
'
-

s
i
g

'
A
'
+

e
x
c
-

e
x
c
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics TASS
4/33
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics TASS is a compact low-profile, wheel-driven return
belt speed sensor, ideal for use on mobile crushers and in con-
stricted spaces.
Benefits
Rugged design
Easy, low cost installation
Compact, low-profile speed sensor
IP67 rated
Application
Milltronics TASS speed sensor operates in conjunction with a
conveyor belt scale, providing signals to an integrator
(Milltronics BW100, BW500, or SIWAREX FTC) which computes
the rate of material being conveyed. The trailing arm speed sen-
sor monitors conveyor belt speed, with the output signal trans-
mitted by cable connection to the integrator.
Easily installed close to the belt scale assembly, the TASS pro-
vides a signal generated as the wheel rotates on the return belt.
Pulses are generated by the internal proximity switch detecting
the rotation of the five spoked wheel. The TASS is mounted to the
static beam of the belt scale or to a structural cross member via
a pivoting bracket assembly.
The TASS is a compact, low-profile, rugged speed sensor, most
often used on mobile crusher applications where space is lim-
ited. The TASS output can be applied to any Milltronics belt scale
integrator.
Design

TASS Installation

Milltronics TASS
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Proximity sensor provides pulse
to integrator
Typical application Mobile crusher
Input Bi-directional wheel rotation
25 350 rpm
Output Inductive proximity sensor
Open collector, NPN, sinking
output, max. 200 mA
Pulses: 5 per revolution
9.947 pulses/m, 3.03 pulses/ft
Operating temperature -25 +70 C (-13 +158 F)
Design
Trailing arm assembly Painted mild steel
Wheel 160 mm (6.3 inch) diameter cast
aluminum with polyurethane tread
Power supply 10 35 V DC,
15 mA at 24 V DC maximum
Wiring
Brown + Excitation (10 35 V DC)
Black + Signal
Blue - Common
(to integrator)
2 m, 3 conductor shielded PVC
cable, 3 x 0.25 mm (23 AWG),
protected with 1000 mm of flexi-
ble conduit
300 m (1000 ft) maximum cable
run
Note:
The TASS can be mounted to the belt
scale static beam as shown, or to a
conveyor cross member or to a
non-weighing ilder frame.
Siemens Milltronics belt scale
TASS
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics TASS
4/34
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

TASS dimensions in mm (inch)
Milltronics TASS Speed Sensor
Compact, low-profile, wheel driven return belt
speed sensor for belt conveyors; ideal for use on
mobile crushers and in constricted spaces.
C) 7MH7131-
77770
Model
5 pulses per revolution 1
Fabrication
Standard, polyester painted mild steel A
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301) B
Note: Wheel is aluminum for all versions
Mounting options
Complete with standard mounting kit A
Approvals
CE, C-TICK 1
code(s).
Stainless Steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)]
Y15
C11
TASS Operating Instructions, Multi-language
C) 7ML1998-5HL61
Spare parts
TASS Wheel 7MH7723-1AN
TASS Proximity Switch 7MH7723-1AP
TASS Wheel, stainless steel sealed bearing 7MH7723-1GW
Milltronics TASS Speed Sensor
Compact, low-profile, wheel driven return belt
speed sensor for belt conveyors; ideal for use on
mobile crushers and in constricted spaces.
C) 7MH7131-
77770
Mounting Bracket
12 (0.48),
2 places
9 (0.35),
2 places
conduit
fitting
1/2" NPT
120 (4.72)
105 (4.13)
40 (1.57)
25 (0.89)
20 (0.79)
60 (2.36)
48 (1.89)
5
3

(
2
.
0
9
)
6
6

(
2
.
6
)
1
5
8

(
6
.
2
2
)
5
0
8

(
2
0
)
50 (1.97)
5
3
4

(
2
1
.
0
2
)
5
6
7

(
2
2
.
3
2
)
TASS
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
6 (0.24)
160 (6.3)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics RBSS
4/35
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics RBSS is a high resolution, wheel-driven return belt
speed sensor.
Benefits
Rugged design
IP67 rated
Easy, low cost installation
Accurate belt speed detection
Application
Milltronics RBSS monitors conveyor belt speed, with the output
signal transmitted by cable connection to the integrator
(Milltronics BW100, BW500, or SIWAREX FTC).
Easily installed close to the belt scale assembly, the RBSS pro-
vides a signal generated as the wheel on the sensor rotates on
the return belt. To secure this cost-effective unit in place, position
a cross bar between stringers - either just before or after a return
belt idler, or use the optional mounting bracket. The weight of the
RBSS ensures positive rotation of the wheel in the middle of the
return belt, and pulses from the magnetic sensor are generated
by the rotation of the 60 toothed speed sprocket driven by the
wheel.
The RBSS output can be applied to any Milltronics belt scale in-
tegrator.
Design

RBSS installation
Siemens Milltronics
belt scale
Pin clip
RBSS with Optional Mounting Bracket
RBSS Standard Mounting
Return belt
travel
24 (1) washers, 2 places
(customer-supplied)
24 (1) dia. cross bar
(customer-supplied)
Stringer
Wheel Belt
Cable Stringer
RBSS
RBSS
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics RBSS
4/36
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

1)
EMC performance available upon request.
2)
Approvals for RBSS IS are based on internally mounted NAMUR slotted
proximity switch (Pepperl+Fuchs #NJ0.8-5GM-N) and use of suitable IS
switch isolator (amplifier). Please see RBSS operating Instructions for more
information.
3)
Approval ratings for the proximity switch and IS switch isolator are the
property of Pepperl+Fuchs. Copies of these Approval Certificates may be
obtained at http://www.siemens.com/processautomation.
Milltronics RBSS
Mode of operation
to integrator
Typical application Aggregate belt conveyors
Input Wheel rotation 2 450 rpm,
bi-directional
Output 60 pulses per revolution,
2 450 Hz, 150.4 pulses/m
(4.58 pulses/ft)
RBSS: open collector sinking
output, max. 17 mA
RBSS IS: load current,
0 15 mA
Ambient temperature RBSS: -40 +105 C
(-40 +220 F)
RBSS IS: -25 +100 C
(-14 +212 F)
Design
Trailing arm Painted mild steel
Sensor wheel 127 mm (5 inch) diameter,
polyurethane tread
Power supply RBSS: 4.5 28 V DC, 16 mA
RBSS IS: 5 25 V DC from IS
switch isolator
(to integrator)
RBSS: 3 m, 3 conductor
22 AWG shielded cable
- 300 m (1000 ft)
maximum cable run
RBSS IS: 2 m, 2 conductor
26 AWG PVC covered cable
- 300 m (1000 ft) maximum
cable run to IS switch isolator
- 300 m (1000 ft) maximum
cable run from IS switch
isolator and integrator
Approvals
RBSS CE, C-TICK
1)
RBSS IS (with suitable IS switch
isolator or switch amplifier)
2)
ATEX II 1G Eex ia IIC T6
ATEX II 1D Ex iaD 20 T 108 C
CSA/FM
CE, C-TICK
2)
Proximity switch approval ratings
(Pepperl+Fuchs #NJ0.8-5GM-N)
ATEX II 1G EEx ia IIC T6
CE, CSA, FM
2)
Optional switch isolator
(required for RBSS IS)
3)
Pepperl+Fuchs #KFA5-SOT2-Ex2
or #KFA6-SOT2-Ex2
ATEX II (1) G [EEX ia] IIC
CSA/FM: Class 1, Div. 1,
Groups A, B, C, and D. Class II,
Div. 1, Groups E, F, and G,
Class III
CE
2)
Milltronics RBSS Speed Sensor
A high resolution wheel-driven return belt speed
sensor
C) 7MH7134-
77777
Model
60 pulses per revolution 2
Fabrication
Mounting options
With mounting kit B
Approvals
CE, C-TICK, ATEX II 1G, EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 1D
Ex iaD 20 T108 C, CSA/FM
2
CE, C-TICK 3
Switch isolator
Not required 0
115 V AC
1)
1)
Required with RBSS IS
1
230 V AC
1)
2
code(s).
Y15
C11
RBSS Operating Instructions, Multi-language
C) 7ML1998-5GX63
Spare parts
Wheel, 127 dia-polyurethane, sealed bearing C) 7MH7723-1FX
Proximity Switch C) 7MH7723-1GA
Switch, inductive, NJ0.8-5GM-N
(Approvals option 2)
1)
C) 7MH7723-1AS
P & F Switch Isolator, 115 V AC
1)
7MH7723-1EB
P & F Switch Isolator, 230 V AC
1)
7MH7723-1EC
Wheel and shaft, 152 mm dia.
2)
2)
For use with old style RBSS PBD-51033452
C) 7MH7723-1EN
60 tooth gear
2)
C) 7MH7723-1EQ
Bearing (two required)
2)
C) 7MH7723-1ER
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics RBSS
4/37
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

RBSS dimensions in mm (inch)
Cable for RBSS (IS, 5 to 25 V) and RBSS (CE, 10 to 30 V) is 2 m (6.5 ft).
Dimension equals 102 mm (4) if manufactured in Canada.
Dimension equals 51 mm (2) if manufactured in Canada.
1)
2)
3)
60 tooth gear
3 m (10 ft)
shielded cable
1)
sensor
11 (0.44), 2 places
25 (1)
through both sides
Mounting Bracket
114 (4.5) ref.
25 (1)
through both walls
through hole for cable
gland 22 (0.88)
RBSS
51 (2)
1
1
4

(
4
.
5
)
29
(1.13)
57 (2.25)
2
5

(
1
)
6
4
8

(
2
5
.
5
)

100
(3.94)
2)
50
(1.97)
3)
1
2
7
(
5
)
105 (4.13) 5
(0.19)
6
1
0

(
2
4
)

3
8

(
1
.
5
)

2
5

(
1
)
25
(1)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS100
4/38
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

SITRANS WS100 speed sensor is a compact, medium-resolu-
tion, pulley shaft-driven belt speed sensor with magnetic mount-
ing. It is ideal for aggregate and mineral processing industries.
Benefits
Small, light-weight
Good resolution for accurate measurement, suitable for
varying shaft speeds
Long bearing life
Application
SITRANS WS100 speed sensor operates in conjunction with a
conveyor belt scale, providing a signal to an integrator
(Milltronics BW100 or BW500, or SIWAREX FTC module) which
computes the rate of material being conveyed. It is lightweight at
1.22 kg (2.68 lb) and durable, for easy installation and pro-
longed bearing life.
The WS100 converts shaft rotation into a pulse train of 8 pulses
per revolution. These pulses are typically fed into a Milltronics
belt scale integrator. The integrator interprets the pulses and
uses them in the calculation of belt speed, flow rate, and material
totalization. In non-belt scale applications, the WS100 can be
used to monitor rotational speed when directly connected to a
PLC.
The WS100 IS (intrinsically safe) version contains an inductive
proximity switch which transmits the pulses via a switch isolator
for hazardous area locations.
Design
The input shaft on the SITRANS WS100 is coupled to the rotating
shaft on a belt-driven pulley with a tapped hole, and is externally
supported. The units flexible arresting strap stops it from rotat-
ing with the shaft, without causing bearing stress, and can be fit-
ted to any rigid member close to the sensor.
When mounting, ensure the unit and the pulley shaft are concen-
tric to avoid stresses on the units bearings.
For mounting using the magnetic connector, ensure the face of
the rotating shaft on the belt driven pulley is flat, and has no
burrs or damage that may prevent flush mounting of the mag-
netic connector. Attach the SITRANS WS100 speed sensor to
the shaft; the magnetic connector will center itself as the belt
driven pulley rotates.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS100
4/39
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Design (continued)

WS100 installation
Arrestor strap
Belt
Conveyor structure
for arrestor strap
Conveyor stringer
Restraining bracket
(mounted off bearing)
Arrestor strap (mounted
to restraining bracket)
Cable
Belt
Mounting to a Bend or Snub Pulley
Mounting to a Tail Pulley
SITRANS WS100
SITRANS WS100
Z
Z
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS100
4/40
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

1)
EMC performance available upon request.
2)
Switch Isolator (Amplifier). Please see RBSS Operating Instructions for
more information.
3)
property of Pepperl+Fuchs. Copies of these approval certificates may be
Milltronics WW100
Mode of operation
to integrator
Typical application Aggregate belt conveyors
Input Shaft rotation 15 1500 rpm,
bi-directional
Shaft rotation 15 300 rpm,
bi-directional with magnetic
connector
Output 8 pulses per revolution
0 200 Hz, 0 40 Hz with
magnetic connection
WS100 standard: open
collector sinking output, 25 mA
WS100 IS: load current,
0 15 mA
Integrator minimum usable
frequency 2 Hz
Standard -40 +110 C
(-40 +230 F)
Intrinsically Safe -25 +100 C
(-14 +212 F)
Degee of protection IP67
Enclosure Polypropylene base and target
enclosure with 304 (1.4301)
stainless steel access cover
304 (1.4301) stainless steel shaft,
bearings and hardware
Power
Standard 4.5 28 V DC, 16 mA
Intrinsically Safe 5 25 V DC from IS switch
isolator
Cable
Standard 3 m (10 ft),
3 conductor 22 AWG
(0.324 mm),
PVC shielded cable
run
Intrinsically Safe 2 m (6.5 ft), 2 conductor
26 AWG (0.129 mm),
PVC covered cable
run to IS switch isolator
run from IS switch isolator and
integrator
Approvals
WS100 CE, C-TICK
1)
WS100 IS (with suitable IS switch
2)
CSA/FM
CE, C-TICK
2)
Proximity Switch Approval Ratings
(Pepperl+Fuchs #NCN4- 12GM35-
N0)
CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, and D, Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, and G, Class III
(system approval)
CE, FM
2)
Optional Switch Isolator
(required for WS100 IS)
3)
Pepperl+Fuchs #KFA5-SOT2-Ex2
or #KFA6-SOT2-Ex2
Class III
CE
2)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS100
4/41
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
SITRANS WS100 Speed Sensor
A compact, medium-resolution, pulley shaft-driven
belt speed sensor with magnetic mounting; ideal
for aggregate and mineral processing industries.
C) 7MH7176-
77777
Model
8 PPR 1
Fabrication
Polycarbonate construction with 304 stainless steel
sensor cover
A
Mounting
M12X1.75 threaded shaft A
Magnetic connector B
Approvals
Standard CE, C-TICK 0
CE, C-TICK, ATEX II 1G, EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 1D
Ex iaD 20 T 108 C, and CSA/FM
1
Switch Isolator
Not required 0
115 V AC (required with IS option 1) 1
230 V AC (required with IS option 1) 2
code(s).
Y15
C11
SITRANS WS100, English C) 7ML1998-5LU02
SITRANS WS100, German
7ML1998-5LU31
Spare Parts
Switch, Standard Magnetic Pickup C) 7MH7723-1GA
Switch, inductive, NJO.8-5GM-N for Approvals
option 1
C) 7MH7723-1AS
WS100 Magnetic Connector C) 7MH7723-1GF
P & F Switch Isolator, 115 V AC, required for
Approvals option 1
7MH7723-1EB
P & F Switch Isolator, 230 V AC, required for
Approvals option 1
7MH7723-1EC
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS100
4/42
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

WS100 dimensions in mm (inch)
Dimensions
Magnetic shaft connector
option
Male shaft connector
option
M12 x 1.75
male shaft connector
Magnetic shaft
connector
Arrestor strap Cable
Stainless steel
sensor cover
Arrestor strap
M20 (" NPT) diameter hole
for conduit adaptor
(use flexible conduit)
Polypropylene sealed housing for
ferrous targets
5
3

(
2
.
1
0
)
3
1

(
1
.
2
4
)
44
(1.75)
51
(2.00)
203 (8.00) 222 (8.75)
8
9

(
3
.
5
0
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
3
6

(
1
.
4
3
)
1
5

(
0
.
6
0
)
2
2

(
0
.
8
5
)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS300
4/43
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

SITRANS WS300 is a low- to high-resolution shaft-driven speed
sensor.
Benefits
Compact and economical
Easy, low-cost installation
Accurate belt speed detection
Optional resolutions for measurement over a range of belt
speeds
Corrosion resistant
Application
SITRANS WS300 speed sensor operates in conjunction with a
conveyor belt scale, providing a signal to an integrator which
computes the rate of material being conveyed. At only 1.22 kg
(2.68 lb), it is one of the lightest and most durable units ever
developed for monitoring conveyor belt speed. With its rugged
cast aluminium housing, it is suitable for outdoor installation, and
its low weight prolongs bearing life.
It is directly coupled to a rotating tail or bend pulley shaft to en-
sure accurate belt-travel readout, eliminating problems caused
by belt slippage or material build-up. The WS300 converts shaft
rotation into a pulse train of 32, 256, 1000, or 2000 pulses per
revolution using a high precision rotary optical encoder. The dig-
ital signal is transmitted as speed input to any Siemens integra-
tor for calculation of belt speed, flow rate and totalized weight.
This low- to high-resolution speed sensor provides a frequency
signal proportional to the shaft speed, enabling a range of
speeds to be read accurately. The quadrature type shaft en-
coder prevents erroneous speed signals due to vibration or shaft
oscillation. The WS300 is easily mounted and is bi-directional for
either clockwise or counter-clockwise belt travel.
The IS version uses an inductive proximity switch detecting ro-
tating targets.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS300
4/44
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Design

WS300 mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
WS300 mounting using threaded shaft coupling, dimensions in mm (inch)
When mounting to a bend or a snub pulley only, a 10 mm (0.39") drilled hole is required for the arrestor rod.
Distance d is the take-up travel on the tail pulley.
When adjusting the belt take-up, ensure that there is play on the arrestor rod. If the arrestor rod is pushed against the end of its travel slot, premature
bearing wear may result.
Notes:
Notes:
Pulley
bearing
Bend or snub
pulley
10 (0.39)
drilled hole
Arrestor rod
(cut to suit)
Arrestor rod
(cut to suit)
Flexible conduit
Flexible conduit
Belt
belt
Tension spring (supplied)
Tension spring (supplied) Tension spring (supplied)
Tension spring (supplied)
Stringer
Mounting to a Bend or Snub Pulley
Mounting to a Tail Pulley
Angle bracket
slotted for arrestor
rod
Stringer
Angle bracket
slotted for
arrestor rod
WS300
WS300
8
9

(
3
.
5
)

1
0

(
0
.
3
9
)
d
8
9

(
3
.
5
)
1)
Use adhesive when installing threaded shaft coupling (e.g. Loctite).
0.254 (0.01)
M
1
2

x

1
.
7
5
M
1
2

x

1
.
7
5
1
)
Set screw
25 (1.0) 25 (1.0)
95 (3.75)
A
A
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS300
4/45
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

1)
Approvals for WS300 IS are based on internally mounted NAMUR proxim-
ity switch (Pepperl+Fuchs #NJ0.8-5GM-N) and use of suitable IS switch
isolator (amplifier). Please see WS300 operating instructions for more infor-
mation.
2)
switch isolator (amplifier). Please see RBSS operating instructions for more
information.
3)
property of Pepperl+Fuchs. Copies of these approval certificates may be
Milltronics WS300
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Standard: pulse from shaft rota-
tion using high precision rotary
optical encoder
IS: pulse from inductive proximity
switch
Typical application When a low- to high-resolution
speed sensor is required
Input Shaft rotation 0.5 2000 rpm,
bi-directional,
resolution dependent
Output Unidirectional open collector
sinking output
Standard: 10 30 V DC,
25 mA max.
IS: load current, 0 15 mA
32, 256, 1000, or 2000 pulses
per revolution (ppr)
32 ppr: 2000 max. rpm, 1066 Hz
256 ppr: 2000 max. rpm,
8530 Hz
1000 ppr: 900 max. rpm,
15000 Hz
2000 ppr: 450 max. rpm,
15000 Hz
Ambient temperature Standard:
-40 +55 C (-40 +131 F)
IS:
-25 +60 C (-13 +140 F)
Degree of protection NEMA 4X, Type 4X, IP65
Design
Enclosure Rated NEMA 4X, Type 4X, IP65
Painted aluminum
Stainless steel (optional)
Power supply Standard: +10 +30 V DC,
60 mA max.
IS: +5 +16 V DC, 25 mA max.
(from IS switch isolator)
Cable
Recommended Standard: 3-wire shielded,
0.82 mm (18 AWG)
IS: 2-wire shielded 0.324 mm
(22 AWG)
Max. run 305 m (1000 ft)
Approvals
WS300 Standard
General CE, C-TICK
Hazardous CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G; Class III
ATEX II 2D Ex tD A21 IP65 T70
C
IECEx Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C
WS300 IS (with suitable IS switch
1)
CSA/FM
CE, C-TICK
2)
Proximity switch approval ratings
(Pepperl+Fuchs #NJ0.8-5GM-N)
CSA Class I, Div. 1, Groups A,
B, C, and D, Class II, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, and G, Class III
(system approval)
CE, FM
2)
Optional switch isolator
(required for WS300 IS)
3)
Pepperl+Fuchs #KFA5-SOT2-Ex2 or
#KFA6-SOT2-Ex2
Class III
CE
2)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS300
4/46
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
A medium- to high-resolution shaft-driven speed
sensor used used with Milltronics belt scales.
C) 7MH7177-
777770
Resolution (pulses per revolution)
32 1
256 2
1000 3
2000
1)
4
Enclosure
Polyester painted aluminum, NEMA 4X A
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, NEMA 4X B
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G Class III
ATEX II 2D, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C,
CE, C-TICK, IECEx, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C
A
CSA/FM, ATEX II 1G, EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 1D Ex
iaD 20 T108 C, CE, C-TICK
2)

3)
B
CE, C-TICK D
Connections
Standard, up to 2 integrators 1
Multiple, up to 10 integrators 2
Switch Isolator
Not required 0
115 V AC
4)
1
230 V AC
4)
2
code(s).
Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag [13 x 45 mm
(0.5 x 1.75 inch)]: Measuring-point number/identifi-
cation (max. 16 characters), specify in plain text
Y17
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5ML01
German C) 7ML1998-5ML31
Spare parts
Circuit card 32 PPR, up to 2 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GK
Circuit card 32 PPR, up to 10 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GL
Circuit card 256 PPR, up to 2 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GM
Circuit card 256 PPR, up to 10 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GN
Circuit card 1000 PPR, up to 2 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GP
Circuit card 1000 PPR, up to 10 integrators C) 7MH7723-1GQ
Circuit card 2000 PPR, up to 2 integrators C) 7MH7723-1JL
Circuit card 2000 PPR, up to 10 integrators C) 7MH7723-1JM
Circuit card 32 PPR, IS C) 7MH7723-1HC
Rubber coupling C) 7MH7723-1CM
Coupling hub for 32, 256 PPR versions C) 7MH7723-1CN
Coupling hub for 1000, 2000 PPR versions 7MH7723-1GR
Enclosure cover 7MH7723-1CJ
Enclosure bearing assembly C) 7MH7723-1CK
Enclosure cover, stainless steel C) 7MH7723-1GS
Enclosure bearing assembly, stainless steel 7MH7723-1GT
Threaded shaft coupling 7MH7723-1GH
Arrestor rod 7MH7723-1FV
Arrester rod tension spring 7MH7723-1CP
Cable for speed sensor connection to termination
box 3 cond, 18G (order per meter)
C) 7MH7723-1JP
Cable for IS speed sensor connection to termina-
tion box 3 cond, 22G (order per meter)
C) 7MH7723-1JQ
Pepperl+Fuchs IS switch isolator, 115 V AC 7MH7723-1EB
Pepperl+Fuchs IS switch isolator, 230 V AC 7MH7723-1EC
1)
Available with Approval option D only
2)
The Approval Ratings for the Proximity Switch and the IS Switch Isolator are
the property of Pepperl+Fuchs. For current approvals, go to:
http://www.am.pepperl-fuchs.com.
3)
Approval option B requires use of Switch Isolator to interface with the belt
scale integrator, and is available with Resolution option 1, and Connections
option 1 only.
4)
For use with IS approval option B
3)
A medium- to high-resolution shaft-driven speed
sensor used used with Milltronics belt scales.
C) 7MH7177-
777770
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
SITRANS WS300
4/47
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

WS300 dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics (Standard)
Connections

Determine the pulley shaft rotation on the end of the pulley
shaft to which the WS300 is attached.
If the pulley shaft is rotating clockwise, connect the appropri-
ate wire to terminal 2. If the pulley shaft is rotating counter-
clockwise, connect the appropriate wire to terminal 3.
Do not connect terminals 2 and 3 at the same time.
Connection between the WS300 standard unit and the integra-
tor should be made with three-wire shielded,
0.82 mm
2
(18 AWG) cable.
Ground shield of cable at integrator only.
Connect shield to appropriate terminal at the integrator.
Terminal Connections to Siemens Milltronics Integrators

Terminal Connections to SIWAREX FTC Integrator

Schematics (IS)
Connections

Only terminals 1 and 2 are required; rotation in a clockwise or
counter-clockwise direction is not required.
To connect the switch isolator, use two-wire shielded
0.324 mm
2
(22 AWG) cable. Use the same cable to connect
the switch isolator to the integrator.
Ground shield of cable at integrator only.
Connect shield to appropriate terminal at the integrator.
Terminal Connections to Siemens Milltronics Integrators

Terminal Connections to SIWAREX FTC Integrator

Connect CI- to Common
" NPT conduit entrance
(optional M20 adapter available)
Rod
Shaft
1
5
.
9

(
0
.
6
3
)
8
9

(
3
.
5
)
6
0

(
2
.
3
8
)
8

(
0
.
3
1
)
305 (12)
131 (5.16)
102 (4.00)
50 (1.96)
1
0
2

(
4
.
0
0
)
1
1
1

(
4
.
3
6
)
1
5
9

(
6
.
2
5
)
Description Terminal
+10 to +30 V DC 1
speed out-CW 2
speed out-CCW 3
common 4
ground GND
WS300 1
+V
2
CW
3
CCW
4
Cmn
GND
Milltronics BW100 8 7 7 6 N/C
Milltronics BW500 19 16 16 17 N/C
WS300 1
+V
2
CW
3
CCW
4
Cmn
GND
SIWAREX FTC 24 V
(back-
plane
bus)
X1.9
(CI+)
X1.9
(CI+)
X1.10
(CI- and
Com-
mon)
N/C
Description Terminal
+5 to +16 V DC, 25 mA max.
(from IS Switch Isolator)
1
speed out 2
ground GND
W300 IS IS Switch Isolator
Terminal
Integrator
1 1
2 3
7 speed signal input
8 - excitation
W300 IS IS Switch Isolator
Terminal
Integrator
1 1
2 3
7 CI+
8 IL+
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics Bend Pulleys
4/48
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-driven speed
sensors. 4.5 inch size is self-cleaning.
Benefits
Heavy-duty design for high belt tension
Self cleaning 114 mm (4.5 inch) diameter option
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter option
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) with 6 mm ( inch) rubber lagged
option
Spherical self aligning pillow block bearings
Fast installation, easy maintenance
Application
Milltronics bend pullies provide constant belt contact for use with
Siemens speed sensors. Designed for use in rugged operating
environments common to mining, aggregates, cement, minerals,
and other process insdustries. They ensure concentric speed
sensor rotation to reduce pre-mature bearing failure. The use of
a bend pulley driven speed sensor ensures no modification is re-
quired on any existing conveyor shaft. Options include stainless
steel construction, epoxy painting, polymer bearings, self clean-
ing style, and lagged style.

Milltronics Bend Pulleys
Typical application Mining, aggregates, cement,
minerals, and other process
industries
Medium conditions
Operating temperature -40 +110 C
(-40 +230 F)
Shaft material Mild steel
316 (1.44) stainless steel, option
Pulleys
Self cleaning rubber disc style 114 mm (4.5 inch) diameter
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter with
6 mm ( inch) rubber lagged
option
Bearings Heavy-duty self aligning pillow
block bearings, standard
Polymer self aligning pillow
block bearings option
Belt speed
Self cleaning 1.79 m/s (350 fpm) max.
Drum 3 m/s (600 fpm)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
Milltronics Bend Pulley
4/49
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics Bend Pulley,
4.5 inch and 6 inch diameter
Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-
driven speed sensors. 4.5 inch size is self-cleaning.
C) 7MH7170-
77770
Size
4.5 inch diameter self cleaning
1)
1)
Available with belt width and A" dimension options A to H and N to V only
1
6 inch diameter 2
18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm),
20 inch, A=29 inch (737 mm)
A
24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm) B
30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm) C
36 inch, A=45 inch (1143 mm) E
42 inch, A=51 inch (1295 mm) G
48 inch, A=57 inch (1448 mm) H
54 inch, A=63 inch (1600 mm) K
60 inch, A=69 inch (1753 mm) L
66 inch, A=75 inch (1905 mm) M
500 mm, A=29 ... 31.5 inch (740 ... 800 mm) N
650 mm, A=35 ... 37.6 inch (890 ... 954 mm) P
800 mm, A=41 ... 43.5 inch (1040 ... 1104 mm) Q
800 mm, A=43 ... 45.4 inch (1090 ... 1154 mm) R
1000 mm, A=48.8 ... 51.3 inch (1240 ... 1304 mm) S
1200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1440 ... 1504 mm) T
1400 mm, A=64.6 ,... 67.1 inch (1640 ... 1704 mm) U
1450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1690 ... 1754 mm) V
1600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1840 ... 1904 mm) W
Finish
Standard, polyester painted mild steel
2)
2)
Not painted with 4.5" diameter model
A
316 (1.4401) stainless steel
3)
3)
316 (1.4401) stainless steel shaft on 4.5 inch diameter models only
B
4)
4)
With corrosion resistant bearings, 316 (1.4401) stainless steel shaft on
4.5 inch diameter models only
C
Epoxy painted
5)
5)
For 6 inch diameter models only
D
Epoxy painted, with corrosion resistant bearings
5)
E
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
English
C) 7ML1998-5DE02
Milltronics Bend Pulley,
6 inch diameter with 1/4 inch lagging
Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-
driven speed sensors
The lagging offers self-cleaning advantages and
ensures positive rotation.
C) 7MH7171-
77770
Size
6 inch diameter with 1/4 inch lagging 3
18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm),
20 inch, A=29 inch (737 mm)
A
24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm) B
30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm) C
36 inch, A=45 inch (1143 mm) E
42 inch, A=51 inch (1295 mm) G
48 inch, A=57 inch (1448 mm) H
54 inch, A=63 inch (1600 mm) K
60 inch, A=69 inch (1753 mm) L
66 inch, A=75 inch (1905 mm) M
500 mm, A=29 ... 31.5 inch (740 ... 800 mm) N
650 mm, A=35 i... 37.6 inch (890 ... 954 mm) P
800 mm, A=41 ... 43.5 inch (1040 ... 1104 mm) Q
800 mm, A=43 ... 45.4 inch (1090 ... 1154 mm) R
1000 mm, A=48.8 ... 51.3 inch (1240 ... 1304 mm) S
1200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1440 ... 1504 mm) T
1400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (11640 ... 704 mm) U
1450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1754 mm) V
1600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1840 ... 1904 mm) W
Finish
316 (1.4401) stainless steel B
316 (1.4401) stainless steel with corrosion resistant
bearings
C
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
English
C) 7ML1998-5DE02
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
4/50
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics Bend Pulley, 8 inch diameter
Belt driven pulley for WS Series speed sensors.
C) 7MH7187-
7777 0
Size
8 inch diameter 4
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1447.8 ...1511 mm) A
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1600.2 ... 1663 mm) B
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1752.6 ... 1816 mm) C
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1905 ... 1968 mm) E
72 inch, A=81 ... 83.5 inch (2057 ... 2121 mm) G
78 inch, A=87 ... 89.5 inch (2210 ... 2273 mm) H
84 inch, A=93 ... 95.5 inch (2362 ... 2426 mm) J
90 inch, A=99 ... 101.5 inch (2515 ... 2578 mm) K
96 inch, A=105 ... 107.5 inch (2667 ... 2731 mm) L
1200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1440 ... 1504 mm) M
1400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1640 ... 1704 mm)
N
1450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1690 ... 1754 mm) P
1600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1840 ... 1904 mm) Q
1800 mm, A=80.3 ... 82.8 inch (2040 ... 2104 mm) R
2000 mm, A=88.2 ... 90.7 inch (2240 ... 2304 mm) S
2200 mm, A=96.1 ... 98.6 inch (2440 ... 2504 mm) T
2400 mm, A=103.9 ... 106.4 inch (2640 ... 2704 mm) U
2500 mm, A=107.9 ... 110.4 inch (2740 ... 2804 mm) V
Finish
bearings
C
epoxy painted D
epoxy painted with corrosion resistant bearings E
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
English
C) 7ML1998-5DE02
Milltronics Bend Pulley, 8 inch diameter with
1/4 inch lagging
Belt driven pulley for WS Series speed sensors.
The lagging offers self-cleaning advantages and
ensures positive rotation.
C) 7MH7188-
7777 0
Size
8 inch diameter with 1/4 inch lagging 5
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1447.8 ...1511 mm) A
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1600.2 ... 1663 mm) B
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1752.6 ... 1816 mm) C
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1905 ... 1968 mm)
E
72 inch, A=81 ... 83.5 inch (2057 ... 2121 mm) G
78 inch, A=87 ... 89.5 inch (2210 ... 2273 mm) H
84 inch, A=93 ... 95.5 inch (2362 ... 2426 mm)
J
90 inch, A=99 ... 101.5 inch (2515 ... 2578 mm) K
96 inch, A=105 ... 107.5 inch (2667 ... 2731 mm) L
1200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1440 ... 1504 mm) M
1400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1640 ... 1704 mm) N
1450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1690 ... 1754 mm) P
1600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1840 ... 1904 mm) Q
1800 mm, A=80.3 ... 82.8 inch (2040 ... 2104 mm) R
2000 mm, A=88.2 ... 90.7 inch (2240 ... 2304 mm) S
2200 mm, A=96.1 ... 98.6 inch (2440 ... 2504 mm) T
2400 mm, A=103.9 ... 106.4 inch (2640 ... 2704 mm) U
2500 mm, A=107.9 ... 110.4 inch (2740 ... 2804 mm) V
Finish
bearings
C
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
English
C) 7ML1998-5DE02
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Speed Sensors
4/51
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

Bend pulley, dimensions in inch (mm) unless otherwise indicated

Belt size
Standard
Version
Lagged
16.0 (0,630)
16.1 (0,634)
M8 x 1.25
thru to hole
16.0 (0,630)
16.1 (0,634)
M8 x 1.25
thru to hole
152 (6.0) or 203 (8.0)
165 (6.5) or 216 (8.50)
E 6 (0.25)
A
L
114 (4.5)
F
L
A 114 (4.5)
B
1676 mm (66 inch) 2131 mm (83.9 inch) 1940 mm (76.4 inch) 1600 mm
1527 mm (60.1 inch) 1892 mm (74.5 inch) 1702 mm (67 inch) 1450 mm
1476 mm (58.1 inch) 1842 mm (72.5 inch) 1650 mm (65 inch) 1400 mm
1275 mm (50.2 inch) 1730 mm (68.1 inch) 1540 mm (60.6 inch) 1200 mm (47.2 inch) 1200 mm
1052 mm (41.4 inch) 1430 mm (56.3 inch) 1240 mm (48.8 inch) 1000 mm (39.4 inch) 1000 mm
851 mm (33.5 inch) 1283 mm (50.5 inch) 1090 mm (43 inch) 800 mm (31.5 inch) 800 mm
69 inch (1752 mm) 82.5 inch (2096 mm) 75 inch (1905 mm) 66 inch
51 inch (1296 mm) 64.5 inch (1638 mm) 57 inch (1448 mm) 48 inch (1220 mm) 48 inch
20 inch (508 mm) 34.5 inch (876 mm) 27 inch (686 mm),
29 inch (737 mm)
18 inch (460 mm) 18 inch, 20 inch
F L A E
B
101.4 inch (2575 mm) 115.4 inch (2930 mm) 107.9 inch (2740 mm) 2500 mm
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics MWL Weight Lifter
4/52
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Milltronics MWL weight lifter is a mechanical calibration weight
lifter for MBS, MCS, MSI, MMI, and MUS belt scales.
Benefits
Safe and easy application of belt scale reference weights with
the operator remaining external to the conveyor
Modular construction, easily adaptable to different conveyor
widths
Low profile allowing easy fit into belt conveyor
Easy to install and apply
Easy to store drive handle that can be applied to left or right
side of MWL
Security pin used to ensure safe storage of weight
Can be used with new and existing applications
Application
Milltronics MWL mechanically raises and lowers the static
weights and then stores the weights securely above the belt
scale calibration arms, and allows the operator to lower and ap-
ply them safely without having to lean into the conveyor. The
MWL is manually operated, and uses a high mechanical advan-
tage to enable weights up to 340 kg (750 lb) to be applied with
very limited effort. The crank handle uses twelve rotations for full
range of motion, and can be removed and stored for safety with
the locking ball-pin which secures the MWL when it is not in use.
Two lifting arms support a base-bar weight above the calibration
(test) weight brackets of the belt scale: either flat bar or round
bar style calibration weights are applicable. Locating notches in
the base-bar weight engage the calibration weights securely on
the lifting arms in the stored position, and the gear drive locks
the lifting arms in place.
Installation is easy, just four bolt holes to drill after locating the
MWL gear modules (LH and RH) on the conveyor with respect to
the belt scale. After running the MWL empty to ensure proper
alignment, and then tightening mounting bolts, you are ready for
the loading of the calibration weights. This is the last time that
they will have to be lifted by hand.
The motorized option allows for local or remote calibration of belt
scales. Proximity sensors mounted to the MWL provide indica-
tion of storage or application of the test weight(s). The optional
control panel features local control and indication of calibration
as well as interfaces for remote calibration through a control sys-
tem.

Milltronics MWL weight lifter
Mode of operation
Principle of operation Mechanical gear drive
Typical application Belt scale calibration
Medium conditions
Max. ambient temperature 75 C (167 F)
Belt design
Belt width MBS: up to 1000 mm (42 inch)
CEMA width
MCS: up to 1600 mm (60 inch)
CEMA width
MUS-STD standard duty: up to
1000 mm (42 inch) CEMA width
MUS-HD heavy-duty: up to
1600 mm (60 inch) CEMA width
MSI: 18 96 inch CEMA belt
width
Idlers 20 or more troughed idlers
Idler spacing Minimum of 610 mm (24 inch)
Calibration weight capacity Up to 340 kg (750 lb)
Crank arm
Mechanical advantage 20:1
Number of revolutions required for
raising or lowering
12
Motorized (option) Motor -0.75 hp (0.55 kw) IP55,
integral 24 V DC brake,
insulation class F, 220 ... 240/
380 ... 460 V AC 3 pH 50/60 Hz
or 575 V AC 3 pH 60 Hz
Controller panel (option) 208 ... 240, 380 ... 420,
380 ... 480, 575 ... 600 V AC,
Nema/Type 4, IP65
Mounting dimensions See reverse for standard and
heavy-duty MUS, MBS, MCS,
and MSI/MMI belt scales
Approvals The MWL is in compliance with
directive 98/37/EC, CE, C-TICK
Motorized option CE, C-TICK, CSA
C/US
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/53
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
A mechanical calibration weight lifter for MSI, MMI,
MBS, MCS, and MUS belt scale
1)
For use with MSI, ensure MSI fabrication option
4 1 is selected.
C) 7MH7218-
77777 - 7
Actuation
Manually 1
Motorized 220 ... 240/380 ... 460 V AC 3 pH
50/60 Hz
2)
2
Motorized 575 V AC 3 pH 60 Hz
2)
3
Belt Width and 'A' dimension
18 inch, 'A' =27 inch (686 mm) AA
19 inch, 'A' =28 inch (711 mm) AB
20 inch, 'A' =29 inch (737 mm) AC
21 inch, 'A' =30 inch (762 mm) AD
22 inch, 'A' =31 inch (787 mm) A E
23 inch, 'A' =32 inch (813 mm) A F
24 inch, 'A' =33 inch (838 mm) AG
25 inch, 'A' =34 inch (864 mm) AH
26 inch, 'A' =35 inch (889 mm) A J
27 inch, 'A' =36 inch (914 mm) AK
28 inch, 'A' =37 inch (940 mm) A L
29 inch, 'A' =38 inch (965 mm) AM
30 inch, 'A' =39 inch (991 mm) AN
31 inch, 'A' =40 inch (1016 mm) A P
32 inch, 'A' =41 inch (1041 mm) AQ
33 inch, 'A' =42 inch (1067 mm) AR
34 inch, 'A' =43 inch (1092 mm) A S
35 inch, 'A' =44 inch (1118 mm) A T
36 inch, 'A' =45 inch (1143 mm) AU
37 inch, 'A' =46 inch (1168 mm) A V
38 inch, 'A' =47 inch (1194 mm) AW
39 inch, 'A' =48 inch (1219 mm) BA
40 inch, 'A' =49 inch (1245 mm) BB
41 inch, 'A' =50 inch (1270 mm) BC
42 inch, 'A' =51 inch (1295 mm) BD
43 inch, 'A' =52 inch (1321 mm) B E
44 inch, 'A' =53 inch (1346 mm) B F
45 inch, 'A' =54 inch (1372 mm) BG
46 inch, 'A' =55 inch (1397 mm) BH
47 inch, 'A' =56 inch (1422 mm) B J
48 inch, 'A' =57 inch (1448 mm) BK
49 inch, 'A' =58 inch (1473 mm) B L
50 inch, 'A' =59 inch (1499 mm) BM
51 inch, 'A' =60 inch (1524 mm) BN
52 inch, 'A' =61 inch (1549 mm) B P
53 inch, 'A' =62 inch (1575 mm) BQ
54 inch, 'A' =63 inch (1600 mm) BR
55 inch, 'A' =64 inch (1626 mm) B S
56 inch, 'A' =65 inch (1651 mm) B T
57 inch, 'A' =66 inch (1676 mm) BU
58 inch, 'A' =67 inch (1702 mm) B V
59 inch, 'A' =68 inch (1727 mm) BW
60 inch, 'A' =69 inch (1753 mm) CA
61 inch, 'A' =70 inch (1778 mm) CB
62 inch, 'A' =71 inch (1803 mm) CC
63 inch, 'A' =72 inch (1829 mm) CD
64 inch, 'A' =73 inch (1854 mm) C E
65 inch, 'A' =74 inch (1880 mm) C F
66 inch, 'A' =75 inch (1905 mm) CG
67 inch, 'A' =76 inch (1930 mm) CH
68 inch, 'A' =77 inch (1956 mm) C J
69 inch, 'A' =78 inch (1981 mm) CK
70 inch, 'A' =79 inch (2007 mm) C L
71 inch, 'A' =80 inch (2032 mm) CM
72 inch, 'A' =81 inch (2057 mm) CN
73 inch, 'A' =82 inch (2083 mm) C P
74 inch, 'A' =83 inch (2108 mm) CQ
75 inch, 'A' =84 inch (2134 mm) CR
76 inch, 'A' =85 inch (2159 mm) C S
77 inch, 'A' =86 inch (2184 mm) C T
78 inch, 'A' =87 inch (2210 mm) CU
79 inch, 'A' =88 inch (2235 mm) C V
80 inch, 'A' =89 inch (2261 mm) CW
81 inch, 'A' =90 inch (2286 mm) DA
82 inch, 'A' =91 inch (2311 mm) DB
83 inch, 'A' =92 inch (2337 mm) DC
84 inch, 'A' =93 inch (2362 mm) DD
85 inch, 'A' =94 inch (2388 mm) D E
86 inch, 'A' =95 inch (2413 mm) D F
87 inch, 'A' =96 inch (2438 mm) DG
88 inch, 'A' =97 inch (2464 mm) DH
89 inch, 'A' =98 inch (2489 mm) D J
90 inch, 'A' =99 inch (2515 mm) DK
91 inch, 'A' =100 inch (2540 mm) D L
92 inch, 'A' =101 inch (2565 mm) DM
93 inch, 'A' =102 inch (2591 mm) DN
94 inch, 'A' =103 inch (2616 mm) D P
95 inch, 'A' =104 inch (2642 mm) DQ
96 inch, 'A' =105 inch (2667 mm) DR
No width parts
3)
X X
Weight type
None 0 0
For use with flat bar weights (weights not included) 1 1
Width's based on belt width
3 inch integrated round bar weight
(18 ... 29 inch, 15.9 ... 22.7 kg)
3 1
(30 ... 41 inch, 26.8 ... 33.6 kg)
3 2
(42 ... 53 inch, 37.7 ... 44.5 kg)
3 3
(54 ... 65 inch, 48.6 ... 58.6 kg)
3 4
(66 ... 77 inch, 59.5 ... 69.5 kg)
3 5
(78 ... 89 inch, 70.4 ... 80.4 kg)
3 6
(90 ... 96 inch, 81.3 ... 86.8 kg)
3 7
(18 ... 29 inch, 23.3 ... 34.3 kg)
4 1
A mechanical calibration weight lifter for MSI, MMI,
MBS, MCS, and MUS belt scale
1)
For use with MSI, ensure MSI fabrication option
4 1 is selected.
C) 7MH7218-
77777 - 7
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/54
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
1)
One MWL is required for each scale (MMI-2 requires 2 MWL)
2)
Select motor mounting, order code option M30 or M31
3)
Available with weight type option 00 only
A mechanical calibration weight lifter for MSI,
MMI, MBS, MCS, and MUS belt scales
1)
For use with MSI, ensure MSI fabrication
option 4 1 is selected.
C) 7MH7218-
77777 - 7
(30 ... 41 inch, 42.7 ... 53.7 kg)
4 2
(42 ... 53 inch, 62.1 ... 73.1 kg)
4 3
(54 ... 65 inch, 81.5 ... 99.3 kg)
4 4
(66 ... 77 inch, 100.9 ... 118.6 kg)
4 5
(78 ... 89 inch, 120.3 ... 138.0 kg)
4 6
(90 ... 96 inch, 139.6 ... 149.3 kg)
4 7
(18 ... 29 inch, 32.9 ... 49.3 kg)
5 1
(30 ... 41 inch, 63.2 ... 79.6 kg)
5 2
(42 ... 53 inch, 93.5 ... 109.9 kg)
5 3
(54 ... 65 inch, 123.7 ... 151.5 kg)
5 4
(66 ... 77 inch, 154.0 ... 181.8 kg)
5 5
(78 ... 89 inch, 184.3 ... 212.1 kg)
5 6
(90 ... 96 inch, 214.6 ... 229.7 kg)
5 7
(18 ... 29 inch, 44.5 ... 67.6 kg)
6 1
(30 ... 41 inch, 88.2 ... 111.2 kg)
6 2
(42 ... 53 inch, 131.8 ... 154.8 kg)
6 3
(54 ... 65 inch, 175.4 ... 215.3 kg)
6 4
(66 ... 77 inch, 219.0 ... 258.9 kg)
6 5
(78 ... 89 inch, 262.6 ... 302.5 kg)
6 6
(90 ... 96 inch, 306.2 ... 328.0 kg)
6 7
Fabrication
Other materials available upon request.
1
Electro galvanized mild steel 2
code(s).
Y15
C11
Right side mounted motor (facing the MWLs
weights back)
M30
Left side moutned motor (facing the MWLs
weights back)
M31
Motorized MWL control panel: local or remote
interface with up, down button/indicator,
NEMA/Type 4, IP65, 15.75 x 19.68 x 8.27 inch
(400 x 500 x 210 mm)
A10
English C) 7ML1998-5CR03
French C) 7ML1998-5CR12
Spanish C) 7ML1998-5CR22
German
Note: The Operating Instructions should be or-
dered as a separate line on the order.
C) 7ML1998-5CR32
Spare parts
MWL handle shaft extension, 3.75 inch (95 mm) 7MH7726-1AM
MWL module LH unit C) 7MH7723-1GU
MWL module RH unit C) 7MH7723-1GV
MWL handle C) 7MH7723-1GX
MWL retrofit kit (for for Milltronics MSI, MMI belt
scales)
7MH7723-1FW
MWL retrofit kit galvanized (for for Milltronics MSI,
MMI belt scales)
C) 7MH7723-1JT
MWL retrofit kit (for for Milltronics MBS, MCS belt
scales)
C) 7MH7723-1HA
MWL handle shaft extension galvanized
[3.75 inch (95 mm)]
7MH7223-1JS
MWL motorized control panel 7MH7223-1JV
MWL module LH unit galvanized C) 7MH7723-1HK
MWL module RH unit galvanized C) 7MH7723-1HL
MWL handle galvanized C) 7MH7723-1HM
Proximity switches for motorized MWL 7MH7723-1KH
Gearmotor 220 ... 240/380 ... 460 V AC 3 pH
50/60 Hz
7MH7723-1KJ
Gearmotor 575 V AC 3 pH 60 Hz 7MH7723-1KK
A mechanical calibration weight lifter for MSI,
MMI, MBS, MCS, and MUS belt scales
1)
For use with MSI, ensure MSI fabrication
option 4 1 is selected.
C) 7MH7218-
77777 - 7
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/55
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

MWL dimensions in mm (inch)
Base-bar weight centered
on lifting arm
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
Belt Belt
MWL with MUS - HD Heavy Duty Belt Scale
MWL with MBS Belt Scale
10 (0.38) minimum
clearance from vertical
arm to weights
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
14 (0.56)
dia. holes (typ.)
14 (0.56)
dia. holes (typ.)
MWL with MUS - STD Standard Duty Belt Scale
Belt
Base-bar weight centered on
lifting arm
10 (0.38) minimum
clearance from vertical arm
to weights
Belt
Base-bar weight centered on
lifting arm
10 (0.38) minimum clearance from
vertical arm to weights
Belt
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
B
e
l
t

w
i
d
t
h

+

2
2
9

(
9
)

o
r

t
o

s
u
i
t

(
A

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
)
14 (0.56)
dia. holes (typ.)
608 (23.92)
246
(9.67)
133
(5.22)
214
(8.43)
522 (20.55)
133
(5.22)
214
(8.43)
525 (20.67)
133
(5.22)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/56
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

MWL dimensions in mm (inch)
14 (0.56) dia.
holes (typ.)
base-bar weight centered on lifting arm
belt
belt
base-bar weight centered on lifting arm
12.5 (0.5) minimum clearance
from vertical arm to base bar
MWL with MCS belt scale MWL with MSI/MMI belt scale
14 (0.56) dia.
holes (typ.)
belt
belt
10 (0.38) minimum clearance
from vertical arm to weights
belt width + 229 (9)
or to suit
(A dimension)
belt width + 229 (9)
or to suit
(A dimension)
belt width
+ 229 (9)
or to suit
(A dimension)
belt width
+ 229 (9)
or to suit
(A dimension)
MWL electronic version
proximity sensor junction box
AC gearmotor
motor junction box
133
(5.22)
265
(10.42)
133
(5.22)
214
(8.43)
257
(10.12)
214.4
(8.44)
430.9
(16.96)
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics Flat Bar Calibration Weights
4/57
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights
Designed for use with Milltronics belt scales.
Length of bar weight is A dimension minus
3 inch (76 mm). Listed weight is an approximation.
7MH7127-
7777
Bar width, belt width and A dimension, weight
3 inch, 18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm), 4.63 kg 1 AA
3 inch, 24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm), 5.78 kg 1 AG
3 inch, 30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm), 6.94 kg 1 AN
3 inch, 36 inch, A=45 inch (1143 mm), 8.10 kg 1 AU
3 inch, 42 inch, A=51 inch (1295 mm), 9.25 kg 1 BD
3 inch, 48 inch, A=57 inch (1448 mm), 10.41 kg 1 BK
3 inch, 54 inch, A=63 inch (1600 mm), 11.57 kg 1 BR
3 inch, 60 inch, A=69 inch (1753 mm), 12.73 kg 1 CA
3 inch, 66 inch, A=75 inch (1905 mm), 13.89 kg 1 CG
3 inch, 72 inch, A=81 inch (2057 mm), 15.05 kg 1 CN
3 inch, 78 inch, A=87 inch (2210 mm), 16.21 kg 1 CU
3 inch, 84 inch, A=93 inch (2362 mm), 17.37 kg 1 DD
3 inch, 90 inch, A=99 inch (2515 mm), 18.53 kg 1 DK
3 inch, 96 inch, A=105 inch (2667 mm), 19.69 kg 1 DR
4 inch, 18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm), 6.17 kg 2 AA
4 inch, 24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm), 7.71 kg 2 AG
4 inch, 30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm), 9.26 kg 2 AN
4 inch, 36 inch, A=45 inch (1143 mm), 10.80 kg 2 AU
4 inch, 42 inch, A=51 inch (1295 mm), 12.34 kg 2 BD
4 inch, 48 inch, A=57 inch (1448 mm), 13.89 kg 2 BK
4 inch, 54 inch, A=63 inch (1600 mm), 15.42 kg 2 BR
4 inch, 60 inch, A=69 inch (1753 mm), 16.97 kg 2 CA
4 inch, 66 inch, A=75 inch (1905 mm), 18.52 kg 2 CG
4 inch, 72 inch, A=81 inch (2057 mm), 20.07 kg 2 CN
4 inch, 78 inch, A=87 inch (2210 mm), 21.62 kg 2 CU
4 inch, 84 inch, A=93 inch (2362 mm), 23.17 kg 2 DD
4 inch, 90 inch, A=99 inch (2515 mm), 24.72 kg 2 DK
4 inch, 96 inch, A=105 inch (2667 mm), 26.27 kg 2 DR
Fabrication
1
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics Test Chains
4/58
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration when mate-
rial tests are not practical. All test chains are bushed. Minimum
length is 4 ft (1.2 m).
Benefits
Heavy-duty design for rugged applications and long life
Precision machined components for accurate calibration
Bushed rollers to ensure rotation during calibration
Alternative to material tests when they are not possible
Application
Milltronics calibration test chains provide simulated material flow
on a conveyor belt for use with belt scale calibration. Designed
for use in environments where material tests cannot be per-
formed, test chains come in a variety of capacity options for use
in any application. They ensure constant and uniform belt load-
ing similar to material being conveyed, and can be stored on a
storage reel for quick and easy application. The use of a calibra-
tion test chain ensures that production totals are guaranteed.

Mode of operation
Principle of operation Rides on carrying side of belt to
simulate material loading
Medium conditions
Max. ambient temperature 65 C (150 F)
Design
Belt loading to meet any application 5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m) 100 lb/ft
(148.8 kg/m)
Length Made to suit conveyor design
Idler Flat to 45 troughed idlers
Mounting Connected to conveyor at start
and end of chain at both sides for
uniform loading.
Storage and application with test
chain storage reel.
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/59
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Milltronics test chains
Roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration
when material tests are not practical. All test chains
are bushed. Minimum length is 4 feet (1.2 m).
C) 7MH7161-
0 777 0
5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m), 6 inch pitch
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) AA 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) AA 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) AA 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) AA 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) AA 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) AA 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) AA 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) AA 8
7.5 lb/ft (11.2 kg/m), 6 inch pitch
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) BB 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) BB 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) BB 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) BB 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) BB 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) BB 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) BB 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) BB 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) CC 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) CC 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) CC 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) CC 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) CC 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) CC 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) CC 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) CC 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) DD 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) DD 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) DD 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) DD 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) DD 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) DD 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) DD 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) DD 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) E E 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) E E 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) E E 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) E E 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) E E 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) E E 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) E E 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) E E 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) F F 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) F F 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) F F 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) F F 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) F F 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) F F 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) F F 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) F F 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) GG 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) GG 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) GG 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) GG 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) GG 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) GG 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) GG 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) GG 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) HH 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) HH 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) HH 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) HH 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) HH 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) HH 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) HH 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) HH 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) J J 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) J J 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) J J 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) J J 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) J J 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) J J 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) J J 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) J J 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) KK 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) KK 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) KK 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) KK 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) KK 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) KK 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) KK 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) KK 8
C) 7MH7161-
0 777 0
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/60
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
C) 7MH7161-
0 777 0
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) L L 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) L L 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) L L 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) L L 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) L L 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) L L 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) L L 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) L L 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) NN 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) NN 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) NN 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) NN 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) NN 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) NN 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) NN 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) NN 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) P P 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) P P 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) P P 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) P P 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) P P 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) P P 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) P P 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) P P 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) QQ 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) QQ 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) QQ 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) QQ 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) QQ 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) QQ 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) QQ 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) QQ 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) RR 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) RR 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) RR 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) RR 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) RR 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) RR 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) RR 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) RR 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) S S 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) S S 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) S S 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) S S 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) S S 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) S S 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) S S 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) S S 8
Further models Order code
codes(s)
Total length
Enter the total length in plain text description:
Y01: Total length ... mm (must be equivalent to
whole feet, e.g. 1 foot = 304.8 mm)
Y01
English 7ML1998-5JD01
German C) 7ML1998-5JD31
C) 7MH7161-
0 777 0
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/61
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

Milltronics test chain
Chain length to center line of last roller
Chain length to center line of last roller
R
o
l
l
e
r

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
R
o
l
l
e
r

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
S
h
a
f
t

l
e
n
g
t
h
S
h
a
f
t

l
e
n
g
t
h
Roller pin ST. STL.
Washer
Roller shaft (removable)
Roller pin ST. STL. Roller shaft (removable)
Pitch
Pitch
Test chain link
Washer Test chain link
Brass plate
DWG. 10A4-119
Rivet spaenaur
RTV-2008
Test chain shackle
Test chain roller
Brass plate
DWG. 10A4-119
Rivet spaenaur
RTV-2008
Test chain shackle
Test chain roller
Single roller
Double roller
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics Test Chain Storage Reels
4/62
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Overview

Test chain storage reels are used to store roller test chains. All
test chain storage reels come with a geared brake motor.
Benefits
Mounts to existing conveyor structure above belt
Motorized application and retraction of test chains for calibra-
tion
Fast and easy calibration
Application
Milltronics calibration test chain storage reels provide motorized
application and retraction of test chains. Complete with an AC
motorized storage reel, test chain reels ensure safe and quick
use of calibration test chains. Designed for use in environments
where material tests cannot be performed, test chain storage
reels are available in any belt width to meet existing customer
conveyor geometry. For linearity tests dual compartment reels
are available for different chain weight calibration. Test chain
storage reels have a brake integral to the motor ensuring that
test chains do not un-reel during power outages or material
running.

Medium conditions
Operating temperature -10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Design Polyester painted structural
steel
10 mm (3/8 inch) galvanized
rope provided for chain spooling
Self aligning pillow block bear-
ings
Reel Up to 1524 mm (60 inch)
Chain application at 7 ... 10 RPM
Drive motor TEFC, AC, three phase motor with
shaft mounted helical bevel gear
reducer
Milltronics test chain storage reels
Test chain storage reels are used to store roller test
chains. All test chain storage reels come with a
geared brake motor.
C) 7MH7163-
77777 - 7
Compartment size
5 inches (127 mm) for chain sizes: 5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m),
10 lb/ft (14.9 kg/m)
0
6 inches (152 mm) for chain sizes: 7.5 lb/ft
(11.2 kg/m)
1
7 inches (178 mm) for chain sizes: 15 lb/ft
(22.3 kg/m), 20 lb/ft (29.8 kg/m), 25 lb/ft (37.2 kg/m)
2
8 inches (203 mm) for chain sizes: 30 lb/ft
(44.6 kg/m), 35 lb/ft (52.1 kg/m)
3
11 inches (279 mm) for chain sizes:
40 lb/ft (59.5 kg/m), 45 lb/ft (67.0 kg/m),
50 lb/ft (74.4 kg/m)
4
55 lb/ft (81.9 kg/m), 60 lb/ft (89.3 kg/m)
5
70 lb/ft (104.2 kg/m)
6
80 lb/ft (119.1 kg/m), 100 lb/ft (148.8 kg/m)
7
90 lb/ft (133.9 kg/m)
8
C dimension
25 inch (635 mm) AA
26 inch (660 mm) AB
27 inch (686 mm) AC
28 inch (711 mm) AD
29 inch (737 mm) A E
30 inch (762 mm) A F
31 inch (787 mm) AG
32 inch (813 mm) AH
33 inch (838 mm) A J
34 inch (864 mm) AK
35 inch (889 mm) A L
36 inch (914 mm) AM
37 inch (940 mm) AN
38 inch (965 mm) A P
39 inch (991 mm) AQ
40 inch (1016 mm) AR
41 inch (1041 mm) A S
42 inch (1067 mm) A T
43 inch (1092 mm) AU
44 inch (1118 mm) A V
45 inch (1143 mm) AW
46 inch (1168 mm) BA
47 inch (1194 mm) BB
48 inch (1219 mm) BC
49 inch (1245 mm) BD
50 inch (1270 mm) B E
51 inch (1295 mm) B F
52 inch (1321 mm) BG
53 inch (1346 mm) BH
54 inch (1372 mm) B J
55 inch (1397 mm) BK
56 inch (1422 mm) B L
57 inch (1448 mm) BM
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/63
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Test chain storage reels are used to store roller
test chains. All test chain storage reels come with
a geared brake motor.
7MH7163-
77777 - 77
58 inch (1473 mm) BN
59 inch (1499 mm) B P
60 inch (1524 mm) BQ
61 inch (1549 mm) BR
62 inch (1575 mm) B S
63 inch (1600 mm) B T
64 inch (1626 mm) BU
65 inch (1651 mm) B V
66 inch (1676 mm) BW
67 inch (1702 mm) CA
68 inch (1727 mm) CB
69 inch (1753 mm) CC
70 inch (1778 mm) CD
71 inch (1803 mm) C E
72 inch (1829 mm) C F
73 inch (1854 mm) CG
74 inch (1880 mm) CH
75 inch (1905 mm) C J
76 inch (1930 mm) CK
77 inch (1956 mm) C L
78 inch (1981 mm) CM
79 inch (2007 mm) CN
80 inch (2032 mm) C P
81 inch (2057 mm) CQ
82 inch (2083 mm) CR
83 inch (2108 mm) C S
84 inch (2134 mm) C T
85 inch (2159 mm) CU
86 inch (2184 mm) C V
87 inch (2210 mm) CW
88 inch (2235 mm) DA
89 inch (2261 mm) DB
90 inch (2286 mm) DC
91 inch (2311 mm) DD
92 inch (2337 mm) D E
93 inch (2362 mm) D F
94 inch (2388 mm) DG
95 inch (2413 mm) DH
96 inch (2438 mm) D J
97 inch (2464 mm) DK
98 inch (2489 mm) D L
99 inch (2515 mm) DM
100 inch (2540 mm) DN
101 inch (2565 mm) D P
102 inch (2591 mm) DQ
103 inch (2616 mm) DR
104 inch (2642 mm) D S
105 inch (2667 mm) D T
3 Phase motor voltage
230/460 V 60 Hz 1
200/400 V 50 Hz 2
575 V 60 Hz 3
190/380 V 50 Hz 4
190/380 V 60 Hz 5
220 V 60 Hz 6
415 V 50 Hz 7
Reel type
Single compartment for 1 calibration test chain 0
Double compartment for 2 calibration test chains 1
Reel diameter/motor mount location
36 inch (914 mm) / right hand access 0
36 inch (914 mm) / left hand access 4
Motor power
0.75 hp (0.56 kw) A
1 hp (0.75 kw) B
1.5 hp (1.12 kw) C
2 hp (1.5 kw) D
3 hp (2.24 kw) E
5 hp (3.73 kw)
F
7.5 hp (5.59 kw) G
10 hp (7.5 kw) H
15 hp (11.19 kw) J
20 hp (14.91 kw) K
English C) 7ML1998-5JD01
German C) 7ML1998-5JD31
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltron-
ics manual CD containing the complete Operat-
ing Instructions library.
Accessories
Controller: forward, reverse, e-stop, off/on
Note: Motor starter and voltage transformer
required for use with controller, 120 V AC required
for controller
C) 7MH7723-1JY
Test chain storage reels are used to store roller
test chains. All test chain storage reels come with
a geared brake motor.
7MH7163-
77777 - 77
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
4/64
Siemens WT 10 2012
4

Milltronics test chain storage reel dimension in mm (inch)
Reel B E
915 (36) 520 (20.5) 340 (13.25)
1070 (42) 600 (23.5) 340 (13.25)
1220 (48) 670 (26.5) 340 (13.25)
1520 (60) 830 (32.5) 450 (17.75)
3.175 (0.125)
By Siemens
Milltronics
By customer
Belt line
D dim
ension to
center line of belt
scale
Reel
Eyebolt for
chain restraint
Gusset (by
customer)
T
o

s
u
i
t
By Siem
ens
M
illtronics
By custom
er
Conveyor
Conveyor stringer
Connecting
bracket by
customer
Pillow block
bearings
Structural
angle frame
254 (10) x
320.4 kg/m (20 lb/ft)
101.5 (4)
shed 40 pipe
Z
Z
A
C
B
B
E
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics Belt Scale Peripherals
4/65
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Selection and Ordering data
Order No. Order No.

Totalizer
150 x 150 x 100D
Nema 4 /IP65 enclosure
C) 7MH7723-1GG
Panel mount totalizer C) 7MH7726-1AU
Ticket printers
Ticket printer, TM-U295,
100 240 V
7MH7726-1AK
Printer cables
Printer cables for TM-
U295
and TMU220B, RS 232,
DB25 open end
7MH7726-1AH
RS 485 RS 232 DB25
male converters for
TMU295 and TMU220B
printer
C) 7MH7726-1AJ
Roll printer
Roll printer, TMU220B,
100 240 V (required for
German and Spanish
printing)
C) 7MH7726-1AT
Chart recorder
Totalizer with Hi/Low
alarm lights,
584 x 483 x 203D Nema 4
/IP65 enclosure
C) 7MH7726-1AL
Terminal box load cell /
speed sensor,
150 x 200 x 100
NEMA 4/IP65 enclosure

Mild steel C) 7MH7723-1HS
Stainless steel C) 7MH7723-1HT
Mild steel, 4 load cells C) 7MH7723-1JW
Stainless steel,
4 load cells
Note: for MMI-3 standard
and 4 load cell, terminal
boxes are required.
C) 7MH7723-1JX
Belt scale connection
cable, 6 cond, 20 G
(order per meter)
Note: for use with 1 or
2 load cell belt scales,
for 4 or 6 load cell belt
scales use 2 cables.
This cable is intended
for less than 150 m
(500 ft)
C) 7MH7723-1JR
Belt scale installation kit
Note: comes with idler
shims, alignment wire,
and spacer blocks for
idler alignment
C) 7MH7723-1KC
Inclinometer

Celesco model IT9420 C) 7MH7726-1AP
Belt scale spare load
cells
For Milltronics Torque
shaft belt scale (MTS),
model CD or CFT, mount-
ing hardware included

50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BA
75 lb (34 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BB
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BC
150 lb (68 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BD
300 lb (136.1 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BE
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BF
750 lb (340.2 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BG
1000 lb (453.6 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BH
1500 lb (680.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1BJ
For MSI belt scale with
round static beam,low-
profile, mounting hard-
ware included,
model 60048-XXX-0137
or 60048-XXX-0129

25 lb (11.3 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AJ
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AK
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AL
200 lb (90.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AM
400 lb (181.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AN
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AP
1000 lb (453.6 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AQ
For retrofitting current and
older version of MSI with
Group 4, mounting hard-
ware included,
sensortronics 60048-xxx-
0138, or RTI. Model 6500

50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AF
750 lb (340.2 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AG
1000 lb (453.6 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AH
Siemens AG 2011
Belt Scales
Milltronics Belt Scale Peripherals
4/66
Siemens WT 10 2012
4
Order No. Order No.

For retrofitting older ver-
sion of MSI C462 (trans-
ducers incorporated),
mounting hardware
included

50 lb (22.7 kg)
C)
PBD-23900005
100 lb (45.4 kg)
C)
PBD-23900010
250 lb (113.4 kg)
C)
PBD-23900012
For retrofitting older
MMW & MCS belt scales
that do not have a con-
duit adaptor, belt scale
mounting hardware
included
50 lb C) 7MH7725-1BN
100 lb
C)
7MH7725-1BP
250 lb
C)
7MH7725-1BQ
For retrofitting older MIC
belt scale, mounting
hardware included

25 lb Replace with
50 lb
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) PBD-61009735
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) PBD-61009731
250 lb (113.4 kg)
C)
PBD-61009732
500 lb (226.8 kg)
C)
PBD-61009733
1000 lb (453.6 kg)
C)
PBD-61009734
2000 lb (907.2 kg)
C)
PBD-61009737
Kit, 2 idler cable suspen-
sion
PBD-61010081
sion, heavy duty
PBD-61010082
sion, heavy duty
C)
PBD-61010742
sion, magnum
PBD-61010743
sion, standard
C) PBD-61010741
Right pivot assembly PBD-20150020
Left pivot assembly PBD-20150015
Bearing assembly
C)
PBD-51010202
Shock washers PBD-54000161
Bearing flange 1 3/16 PBD-20250015
For MUS HD aluminum
model 7MH71202,
mounting hardware
included
50 kg (110.2 lb)
C)
7MH7725-1BW
100 kg (220.4 lb)
C)
7MH7725-1BX
150 kg (330.7 lb)
C)
7MH7725-1BY
200 kg (440.9 lb)
C)
7MH7725-1CA
300 kg (661.4 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CB
500 kg (1102.3 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CC
For WD600
model 7MH7185

25 lb (11.3 kg) C) PBD-23900224
50 lb (22.7 kg)
C)
PBD-23900225
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
5/2 Introduction
5/5 SITRANS WW100
5/12 SITRANS WW200
5/37 SITRANS WW300
5/40 SITRANS Weighfeeder Peripherals
Weighfeeders
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
Introduction
5/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Overview
SITRANS weighfeeders from Siemens can improve the accuracy
of processing, blend consistencies, accountability, and record
keeping. All weighfeeders come standard with a belt weigh
bridge and speed sensor. An integrator is required to complete
the system.
Mode of operation
The weighfeeder is used to deliver an accurate mass flow rate of
material. In the majority of applications, material is profiled by an
adjustable mechanical shear gate, which fixes the correct mate-
rial bed depth for a given particle size.
The feed rate is then maintained and adjusted by varying the
speed of the belt. However, in some cases the belt speed is con-
stant with rate control (if any) done by a pre-feeding device.
The system consists of three components: weight and speed
sensing, integration and control, and the mechanical conveying
system. Using the belt load and the belt speed signals, small in-
cremental totals of weight per time are measured by the integra-
tor and then the flow rate is calculated. The measured flowrate is
compared against the desired flowrate and the on-board PID
controller makes necessary corrections to the belt speed.

Weighfeeder operation
Design and Applications
SITRANS WW100
The platform weigh bridge mounts directly to a corrosion-resis-
tant platform load cell. The direct load design eliminates all inter-
mediate mechanical suspension and allows material weight to
be directly applied to the load cell.
This design minimizes zero drift normally caused by intermedi-
ary suspension components and allows for the use of a very sen-
sitive precision platform load cell. Load cell size and construc-
tion are chosen for each specific application.
SITRANS WW200
A stainless steel platform weighdeck with a Delrin plastic slider
bar assembly mounts directly to two corrosion-resistant, sealed
platform load cells. The direct load design eliminates all interme-
diate mechanical suspension and allows material weight to be
directly applied to the load cells. The frame of the WW200 is
sturdy and rigid, ensuring stable and repeatable results, maxi-
mizing resolution and weighing accuracy.
SITRANS WW300
SITRANS WW300 suspends a single weigh idler on platform
load cells. Its design eliminates all moving parts in the weighing
process and subsequent maintenance and replacement prob-
lems. There are no links or flexures. Two corrosion-resistant pre-
cision strain gauge load cells provide weight sensing signals to
an integrator. This design feature minimizes zero drift and maxi-
mizes resolution and weighing accuracy. WW300 weighfeeders
use a special version of Milltronics MSI single idler belt scale
with a patented design for instantaneous reading of changes in
belt loading, allowing for higher accuracy and control perfor-
mance.
M
display
motor speed
controller
(optional)
total
rate
load
speed
analog output
PID input
remote total output
PID output
tail
pulley
speed sensor
head pulley
shear gate
infeed
belt travel
speed
load
integrator
belt scale or
weighbridge
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
Introduction
5/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
5

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the weigh feeder systems totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the belt or at least ten minutes running
time, whichever is greater.
Criteria SITRANS WW100 SITRANS WW200 SITRANS WW300
Typical industries Bulk chemicals, tobacco, food,
water treatment
Bulk chemicals, tobacco, food,
recycling
Cement, mineral processing, coal,
mining, pulp and paper
Typical applications High-accuracy, low-capacity for
minor ingredient additives
Low- to medium-capacity for minor
ingredient additives
Medium- to high-capacity for macro
ingredient additives
Design rate range 45 kg/h ... 18 t/h
(100 lb/h ... 20 STPH)
0.45 ... 100 t/h
(1000 lb/h ... 1100 STPH)
4.5 ... 800 t/h
(5 ... 880 STPH)
Belt speed 0.005 ... 0.36 m/s
(1 ... 70 fpm)
0.005 ... 0.36 m/s
(1 ... 70 fpm)
0.005 ... 0.36 m/s
(1 ... 70 fpm)
Accuracy
1)
0.25 ... 0.5 % 0.5 % or better 0.5 % or better
Specified range 10 ... 100 % based on speed 10 ... 100 % based on speed 10 ... 100 % based on speed
Sensing element Long length platform weigh bridge
Single load cell
Platform weigh bridge
Dual load cells
Single idler scale
Dual load cells
Stainless steel options meet USDA
and FDA requirements for food pro-
cessing
and FDA requirements for food pro-
cessing
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
Introduction
5/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
5

Weighfeeder Application Questionnaire
Weighfeeder Application Questionnaire
Preferred Weighfeeder Model:
Options:
Open options: Enclosed
options:
316 SS WW100 WW200 WW300 304 SS Painted mild steel Preferred Construction:
Belt tracking switches
Discharge dust hood Bottom covers
Skirtboard covers Skirtboard covers
Dust tight seals
Dust extraction port
Plugged discharge chute switch
Drag chain clean out conveyor
Safety pull cord switches
Shear curtain Belt cleaning brush
Secondary speed sensor Start, stop, speed, controller
Gravity tensioned belt tracker (WW100/WW300)
Remote totalizer
Installation Power available for motor: volts Hz (indicate all that apply)
4 ... 20 mA AB Remote I/O
RS-232 / RS-485 Modbus DeviceNet
PROFIBUS DP SIMATIC S7 PLC Relays (#):
Inputs required: Outputs required: Communications:
4 ... 20 mA
PID
PID
Weighfeeder
Space limitations:
Construction:
Requested belt width:
Quantity required: Access side looking in direction of belt travel:
length: width:
Inlet dimensions: L W: mm/inch Centerline length: mm/inch
inlet to discharge
height: mm/inch mm/inch
left right enclosed open
Hopper size:
Feed rate:
Accuracy required: Hazardous classification at scale location:
Condition of operating environment:
Ratio controlled blending Batch Control
ft/m
t/hr, kg/hr, lb/hr, LTPH, or STPH
Duty cycle: Material free fall height onto belt: hours per day
min.
% +/-
max. nominal
Feed type:
Sketch attached (Supply sketch where possible)
Load, speed, rate, and total Application:
Pre-feed
Other Screw Bin, hopper, or silo Vibratory pan
Normal Wash down Corrosive Sanitary
Belt Rotary valve
sticky powder corrosive fluidizes highly abrasive
Kg/m or lb/cu. ft. or t/m
degrees
degrees
Bulk density:
Temperature:
Moisture content:
Angle of repose:
Material characteristics:
Surcharge angle:
Material
mm/inch/mesh Particle size: Material being measured:
%
C/F
Date:
Prepared By:
E-mail:
State/Province:
City: Country:
Address:
Company:
Contact:
Zip/Postal Code:
Phone: ( ) Fax: ( )
www.siemens.com/processautomation Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Form# 2-406R15
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Overview

SITRANS WW100 is a high-accuracy, low-capacity weighfeeder
used for minor ingredient additives.
Benefits
High accuracy
High turn down ratio 100 10 % of capacity
Corrosion resistant components
Fast and easy belt removal for replacement or cleaning
Simple installation, easy to clean and maintain
Pre-programmed drive for servo motor control
Application
SITRANS WW100 is one of the most accurate in-motion weigh-
ing systems on the market. It is specially designed for high ac-
curacy on light loading processes. The design eliminates mate-
rial buildup to ensure accurate, reliable measurement.
The unique long length platform weigh bridge mounts directly to
a corrosion-resistant platform load cell. An adjustable mechani-
cal shear gate profiles the material and fixes the correct material
bed depth for a given material particle size. The belt speed can
be automatically adjusted to attain the correct feed rate.
Standard components include the belt weigh bridge, speed sen-
sor, and test chains supported by Milltronics BW100, BW500, or
SIWAREX FTC microprocessor-based integrators for easy
blending, batching and feed rate control.
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
5

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the weigh feeder
systems totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when com-
SITRANS WW100
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cell and digital
speed sensor
Typical application Control and monitor feed rates and
blending in bulk chemicals,
tobacco, food, and water treat-
ment
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy
1)
0.25 0.5 %
Specified range 10 100 % based on load
Design rate range 45 kg/h 18 t/h
(100 lb/h 20 STPH)
Max volumetric flow 45 m
3
/h (1568 ft
3
/h)
Medium conditions
Operating temperature -10 +55 C (+10 +131 F)
Design
Material Mild steel or stainless steel
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)]
contact surfaces
Load cells One (1) single point, nickel
plated platform IP66 (standard)
17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel
construction for corrosive and
wash-down environments (op-
tional) IP68
Non-linearity 0.03 %
Non-repeatability 0.02 %
Speed sensor Optical encoder, driven pulley
mounted
Framework Precision machined, stainless
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)] or
mild steel
Cantilevered design for easy belt
replacement
Pulleys 115 mm (4.5 inch) diameter,
crowned and lagged
Belt speed 0.005 0.36 m/s (1 70 fpm)
Belt support Slider bed frame
Belting Polyester carcass with polyure-
thane top cover and endless fin-
ger splice for maximum weighing
consistency
Different belt styles for specific
applications (optional)
Belt tension Counter-weighted stainless steel
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)] ten-
sioning idler for consistent tension,
required for high accuracy weigh-
ing
Belt cleaning UHMW blade type with counter-
weight at the head pulley for
cleaning product side of belt
Return plow
Cleaning brush optional
Drive motor 0.24 kW (0.32 HP) servo drive
motor with direct coupled flange
mounted gear reducer 45.6 Nm
(404 lb), 2.1 service factor mini-
mum (standard)
0.09 kW (0.125 HP) AC drive mo-
tor with direct coupled flange
mounted gear reducer 81 Nm
(717 lb), 3.12 service factor mini-
mum (optional)
Variable frequency drive:
SINAMICS S110 servo motor con-
troller (included with supply of
WW100 based on ordering
options)
1 ph, 200-240 V OR 3 ph,
380 480 V
MMC with Factory loaded pro-
gram for fast installation and
commissioning
BOP for local control
External 24 V DC power supply
RS 232 connection port
4 DI, D0
PROFIBUS DP
Starter software & Connectin
drawings provided with docu-
mentation
Shipping weight 91 kg (200 lb) 181 kg (400 lb)
maximum
and FDA requirements for food
processing
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
SITRANS WW100
High accuracy solids weighfeeder for low capacity
applications. Compact unit improves processing,
increases efficiency and provides significant cost
savings.
L) 7MH7180-
77777 - 7777
Add order code Y71-Y73 for all models to specify
design data
Frame and Enclosure Construction
Painted mild steel open style 0 A
304 stainless steel open style 0 B
316 stainless steel open style 0 D
Painted mild steel enclosed style with painted mild
steel enclosure
1 A
304 stainless steel enclosed style with painted mild
steel enclosure
1 B
304 stainless steel enclosed style with 304
stainless steel enclosure
1 D
316 stainless steel enclosed style with painted mild
steel enclosure
1 G
1 J
1 M
Material Containment Construction
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in
inches XX.XXX inch" for options A-H
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel A
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel
with cover
B
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel,
#4 polished
C
#4 polished with cover
D
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316 stainless steel E
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316 stainless steel
with cover
F
#4 polished
G
H
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel
1)
J
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel, #4 polished
1)
K
Horseshoe inlet 316 stainless steel
1)
L
Horseshoe inlet 316 stainless steel, #4 polished
1)
M
Load cell
10 kg (22 lb) nickel plated steel 0
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel, hermetically sealed 4
SITRANS WW100
High accuracy solids weighfeeder for low capacity
applications. Compact unit improves processing,
savings.
L) 7MH7180-
77777 - 7777
Speed Sensor
500 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder 0
500 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder,
stainless steel
3
stainless steel
4
stainless steel
5
Drive configuration
Sinamics servo motor and drive
200 ... 240 V1 ph
2)
0 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph
2)
0 B
200 ... 240 V 1 ph, with 5 m (16.4 ft)
communication and power cables
1 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph, with 5 m (16.4 ft)
1 B
200 ... 240 V 1 ph, with 10 m (33 ft)
2 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph, with 10 m (33 ft)
2 B
200 ... 240 V 1 ph, with 25 m (82 ft)
3 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph, with 25 m (82 ft)
3 B
200 ... 240 V 1 ph, with 50 m (164 ft)
4 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph, with 50 m (164 ft)
4 B
200 ... 240 V 1 ph, with 100 m (328 ft)
5 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph, with 100 m (328 ft)
5 B
Add order code Y75 reduction ratio in plain text:
"X:1" for options 6A-7B, see "Reduction Ratio Selec-
tion Table" on page 5/6
Standard AC motor without drive (Drive required
for desired belt speed)
220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz AC
3)
6 A
575 V 3 ph 60 Hz AC
3)
6 B
Food grade AC motor without drive
(Drive required for desired belt speed)
220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz AC epoxy
coated gearmotor
3)
7 A
575 V 3 ph 60 Hz AC epoxy coated gearmotor
3)
7 B
Calibration Method
None A
1 calibration chain strand 2.41 kg/m (1.62 lb/ft) B
2 calibration chain strands 4.82 kg/m (3.24 lb/ft) C
3 calibration chain strands 7.23 kg/m (4.86 lb/ft) D
Design access side (from inlet to discharge)
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s).
Shear gate arc radius: Enter Shear gate arc
radius in inches (xxx.xx inch)
4)
Y74
Enter design units (TPH,MTPH, lb/h, kg/h) Y71
Enter design speed (ft/m, m/s) Y72
Enter design capacity/rate Y73
AC gearmotor reduction ratio: enter reduction
ratio in plain text (X:1) (see "Reduction Ratio
Selection Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Plastic shear curtain to control dust at the
infeed for floodable materials and dusty
applications
4)
G11
Pointek CLS100 Capacitance switch for
plugged discharge chute detection
G12
Siemens start/stop, auto/manual, speed
control, hand held operator
G13
Belt cleaner, stainless steel, nylon brush,
mounted under belt plow, cleaning dirty side
of belt
G14
Low weight belt for light loading, low rate
applications (recommended for under 1 t/h).
Thermo-plastic, 1 ply, anti-static, FDA, USDA
approved
G15
Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's
test certificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and
ISO 9000
C11
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm
(2.71 x 1.97 inch)]: Measuring-point num-
ber/identification (max. 16 characters) spec-
ify in plain text
Y15
Discharge dust hood, painted mild steel with
de-dust port
1)
H50
Discharge dust hood, 304 stainless steel with
de-dust port
1)
H51
de-dust port
1)
H52
English
C) 7ML1998-5MN01
French
C) 7ML1998-5MN11
German
Note: The operating instructions should be
C) 7ML1998-5MN31
This device is shipped with the Siemens
Milltronics manual CD containing the com-
plete operating instructions library.
Spare Parts
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel load cell C) 7MH7725-1EG
12 kg (26.4 lb) stainless steel load cell C) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.2 lb) stainless steel load cell C) 7MH7725-1EJ
10 kg (22 lb) nickel plated steel load cell 7MH7725-1EK
15 kg (33.1 lb) nickel plated steel load cell 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) nickel plated steel load cell 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) nickel plated steel load cell 7MH7725-1EN
500 PPR optical encoder
5)
6FX2001-2PA50
5)
6FX2001-2PB00
5)
6FX2001-2PC50
500 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-4QA50
1000 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-4QB00
2500 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-4QC50
Optical encoder connector 6FX2003-0SU12
Optical encoder connector with 20 ft (6 m)
of cable
6)

7MH7723-1KM
Optical encoder connector with 20 ft (6 m)
of cable
7)

7MH7723-1KD
500 PPR optical encoder, stainless steel
(connector included)
7MH7723-1HG
C) 7MH7723-1HH
C) 7MH7723-1HJ
1 calibration chain strand 2.41 kg/m
(1.62 lb/ft) with mount and spacers
(Corrosion resistant)
7MH7723-1HP
2 calibration chain strands 4.82 kg/m
7MH7723-1HQ
3 calibration chain strands 7.23 kg/m
7MH7723-1HR
S110 Control Unit M) 6SL3040-0JA00-0AA0
S110 Basic operator panel ( BOP) D) 6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0
S110 input choke 380-480 VAC C) 6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3
S110 power module 200-240 VAC 1 ph A) 6SL321-01SB12-3UA0
S110 power module 380-480 VAC 3 ph A) 6SL321-01SE11-3UA0
S110 memory card 200-240 VAC 1 ph L) 7MH7723-1JH
S110 memory card 380-480 VAC 3 ph L) 7MH7723-1JJ
S110 power cable to servo gearmotor,
5 m (16.4 ft)
6FX5002-5CG01-1AF0
S110 communications cable to
servo gearmotor, 5 m (16.4 ft)
6FX500-22DC10-1AF0
S110 power cable to servo gearmotor, 10 m
(32.8 ft)
6FX50-025CG01-1BA0
servo gearmotor, 10 m (32.8 ft)
6FX500-22DC10-1BA0
(82 ft)
6FX500-25CG01-1CF0
servo gearmotor, 25 m (82 ft)
6FX500-22DC10-1CF0
(164 ft)
6FX500-25CG01-1FA0
6FX500-22DC10-1FA0
S110 power cable to servo gearmotor,
100 m (328 ft)
6FX5002-5CG01-2AA0
6FX5002-2DC10-2AA0
Servo gearmotor C) 1FK7032-5AK71-1UU7-Z
E07 + G57 + H11 + Q90
Belt C) 7MH7723-1JG
Termination box mild steel C) 7MH7723-1HS
Termination box stainless steel C) 7MH7723-1HT
Bearing replacement kit mild steel (includes
1 tail bearing, 2 head bearings)
C) 7MH7723-1HU
Bearing replacement kit stainless steel
(includes 1 tail bearing, 2 head bearings)
7MH7723-1HV
Belt contact replacement kit (includes
1 belt scraper blade, 2 belt plow blades,
2 belt guide rollers, 1 belt tension roller, belt
skirtboard seal strips)
C) 7MH7723-1HW
Pulley replacement kit mild steel (includes
1 drive pulley, 1 driven pulley)
7MH7723-1HX
Pulley replacement kit 304 stainless steel
(includes 1 drive pulley, 1 driven pulley)
7MH7723-1HY
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
Available with Frame Construction options 0A to 0D only
2)
Communication and power cables required
3)
Available with open style construction options 0A to 0D
4)
Available with Material Containment options A to H only
5)
For use with 5 V DC supply from RS422 circuit card
6)
For use with PPR optical encoders: 6FX20012PA50, 6FX20012PB00,
6FX20012PC50
7)
For use with PPR optical encoders: 6FX20014QA50, 6FX20014QB00,
6FX20014QC50
A) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: EAR99H.
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
J) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: EAR99.
L) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: 3A991X.
M) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: EAR99APP.
Reduction ratio selection table

Accessories
Start, Stop, Hand/Off/Auto, speed pot
controller
C) 7MH7723-1JA
E-stop push button enclosed style 3SB3801-0DF3
24 V Power supply, 4 A 6EP1332-1SH52
Power transformer 600 to 480 V AC 3 ph 7MH7726-1AV
Discharge dust hood Mild steel for open style
units only
7MH7723-1JB
Discharge dust hood 304 stainless steel steel
for open style units only
7MH7723-1JC
Discharge dust hood 316 stainless steel for
open style units only
7MH7723-1JD
CLS100 plugged discharge chute retrofit kit
(inlcudes CLS100, material hood)
D) 7MH7723-1JE
Siemens, MM420, 0.5 HP/0.37 kW,
380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 HZ
J) 6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1
Siemens, MM440, 0.5 HP/0.37 kW,
380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 HZ
J) 6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1
Siemens, MM440, 1 HP/0.75 kW,
500 to 600 V 3 ph 60HZ
J) 6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1
Siemens, MM420/440, Bop keypad F) 6SE6400-0BP000AA0
Siemens, G120, 0.5 HP/0.37 kW,
380 ... 480 V 3 ph
6SL3224-0137UA0
Siemens Control unit G120, STD RS 485 6SL3244-0BA10-0BA0
VFC, Siemens, G120, Bop keypad J) 6SL3255-0AA00-4BA1
Reduction
(X:1)
Speed 60 Hz
fpm
60 Hz
m/s
50 Hz
fpm
50 Hz
m/s
372:1 max.
min.
5.54
0.55
0.028
0.003
4.59
0.45
0.023
0.002
303.36:1 max.
min.
6.80
0.68
0.035
0.003
5.63
0.56
0.029
0.003
248:1 max.
min.
8.31
0.83
0.042
0.004
6.89
0.69
0.035
0.003
202.24:1 max.
min.
10.19
1.02
0.052
0.005
8.45
0.84
0.043
0.004
155:1 max.
min.
13.30
1.33
0.068
0.007
11.02
1.10
0.056
0.006
126.4:1 max.
min.
16.31
1.63
0.083
0.008
13.51
1.35
0.069
0.007
93:1 max.
min.
22.17
2.22
0.113
0.011
18.37
1.84
0.093
0.009
75.84:1 max.
min.
27.18
2.72
0.138
0.014
22.52
2.25
0.114
0.011
62:1 max.
min.
33.25
3.33
0.169
0.017
27.55
2.76
0.140
0.014
50.56:1 max.
min.
40.78
4.08
0.207
0.021
33.79
3.38
0.172
0.017
46.5:1 max.
min.
44.34
4.43
0.225
0.023
36.74
3.67
0.187
0.019
37.92:1 max.
min.
55.44
4.37
0.276
0.028
45.05
4.50
0.229
0.023
31:1 max.
min.
66.51
6.65
0.338
0.034
55.10
5.51
0.280
0.028
25.28:1 max.
min.
81.55
8.16
0.414
0.041
67.57
6.76
0.343
0.034
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
5

SITRANS WW100 dimensions in mm (inch)
Open Horseshoe Inlet
Open Construction
Inlet
Discharge
Inlet
Discharge
368 (14.5)
216 (8.5) 172 (6.8) 406 (16)
4
5
0

(
1
7
.
7
)
838 (33)
368 (14.5)
216 (8.5) 172 (6.8) 406 (16)
838 (33)
4
1
6
.
6

(
1
6
)
317.5 (12.5)
917.5 (36.1)
1056.5 (41.6)
317.5 (12.5)
917.5 (36.1)
1056.5 (41.6)
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
5/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
5

Enclosed Construction
Open Dust Hood
Inlet
Discharge
416.6 (16.4)
406.4 (16)
86.5 (3.4)
108.8 (4.3)
1225.6 (48.3)
3
6
8
.
3

(
1
4
.
5
)
838 (33)
813 (32)
610 (24)
710 (28)
4
3
8

(
1
7
.
3
)
838 (33)
387 (15.25)
127 (5)
4
8
2

(
1
9
)
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Overview

SITRANS WW200 is a low- to medium-capacity weighfeeder
used for minor ingredient additives.
Benefits
High accuracy
Ideal for low- to medium-capacity loads
Fast installation, easy to clean and maintain
Flexible, rugged design allows configurations to suit many ap-
plications
Quick delivery on standard units
Application
SITRANS WW200 has been field tested and proven in hundreds
of applications.
The unit can be customized to meet exact application needs.
Stainless or mild steel units are available in open or enclosed
styles. Custom lengths, belt types, inlet configurations, drives,
and other options are available to meet your requirements.
The MS (mild steel) model is ideal for use with chemicals, pow-
ders, or any granular product in applications not requiring wash-
down. The SD (sanitary duty) model is designed for the food in-
dustry where high pressure wash-down is required. It meets all
USDA and FDA requirements.
Its cantilevered mechanical design provides for quick belt re-
moval and easy maintenance. It is designed to eliminate material
build-up, ensuring high accuracy and reliability. The unique
weigh system reduces dead load and applies live load directly
to two platform load cells. Load cells are externally mounted for
easy access and maintenance.
sor and test weights, supported by Milltronics BW100, BW500,
or SIWAREX FTC microprocessor-based integrators for easy

1)
SITRANS WW200
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells and digi-
tal speed sensor
Typical application Control and monitor feed rates
and blending of minerals or pow-
dered additives into a process
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy
1)
0.5 % or better
Specified range 10 100 % based on load
Design rate range 0.45 100 t/h
(1000 lb/h 110 STPH)
3
/h (7700 ft
3
/h)
Medium conditions
Operating temperature -10 +55 C (+14 +131 F)
Design
Material Mild steel or stainless steel
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)]
Load cells Two (2) single point, nickel
plated platform IP66 (standard)
17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel
construction for corrosive and
washdown environments (op-
tional) IP68
Speed sensor Optical encoder (driven pulley
mounted)
C-flange mounted magnetic
pulse generator, adapted be-
tween motor flange and reducer
input flange (optional)
Framework Precision machined, stainless
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)] or
mild steel
Cantilevered design for easy
belt replacement
Pulleys 152 mm (6 inch) diameter with
6 mm ( inch) neoprene lagging
Belt speed 0.005 0.36 m/s (1 70 fpm)
Belt support Edge of flat bar eliminates mate-
rial buildup
Belting Polyester carcass with polyure-
thane top cover and static con-
trol with vulcanized endless
finger splice for maximum
weighing consistency (stan-
dard)
Different belts for specific appli-
cations (optional)
Belt tension Screw type, telescoper module
with 150 mm (6 inch) travel - mild
or stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
Belt cleaning UHMW blade type with spring
tensioning at head pulley
Return plow
Cleaning brush optional
Drive motor TEFC/TENV, 208/230/380/460/
575 V AC, three phase with
flange mounted gear reducer
Shipping weight 280 kg (600 lb) minimum
Approvals Stainless steel options meet
USDA and FDA requirements for
food processing
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
SITRANS WW200
High accuracy solids weighfeeder for low to medium
capacity applications. Improves processing, increa-
ses efficiency and provides significant cost savings.
C) 7MH7300-
77777 - 7777
Add order code Y71 - Y73 for all models to specify
design data
Painted mild steel open style
12 inch belt width, 52 inch (1321 mm) C/L infeed to
C/L discharge (2 LEGS)
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
12 inch belt width, 100 inch (2540 mm) C/L infeed
to C/L discharge (3 LEGS)
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
18 inch belt width, 76 inch (1930 mm) C/L Infeed to
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7300-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7300-
77777 - 7777
Material containment construction
None A
inches XX.XXX inch" for options B-L
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards AR400 steel B
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards AR400 steel with
cover
C
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel D
with cover
E
#4 polished
F
G
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316 stainless steel H
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel M
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel, #4 polished N
Horseshoe inlet 316 stainless steel P
Horseshoe inlet 316 stainless steel, #4 polished Q
Load cell
Speed sensor
1 000 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder 1
stainless steel
3
1 000 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder,
stainless steel
4
2 500 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder,
stainless steel
5
60 PPR motor mounted magnetic p/u 6
Drive configuration
X:1 See table 1 for furthur info.
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade epoxy coated AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
Stainless steel AC motor
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
Polyurethane anti static 57 PIW, 2 ply FDA/USDA
approved
A
Polyurethane anti static 57 PIW, 2 ply with B-section
flange walls FDA/USDA approved
B
Polyurethane anti static 57 PIW, 2 ply with
2 inch (50 mm) corrugated side walls FDA/USDA
approved
C
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply FDA/USDA
approved HT 177 C (350 F)
D
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply with B-section flange
walls FDA/USDA approved HT 177 C (350 F)
E
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply with
2 inch (50 mm) corrugated side walls FDA/USDA
F
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply
G
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply with B-section flange walls H
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply with 2 inch (50 mm) corru-
gated side walls
J
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7300-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
Available with Material Containment options B to L only
SITRANS WW200
capacity applications. Improves processing,
savings.
C) 7MH7300-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
Shear gate arc radius: Enter Shear gate arc radius
in inches (xxx.xx inch)
1)
Y74
AC gearmotor reduction ratio: enter reduction ratio
in plain text (X:1) (see "Reduction Ratio Selection
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Custom length: select next longest option and
specify infeed CL to discharge CL in plain text
(indicated inches or millimeters)
Y01
Plastic shear curtain to control dust at the infeed for
floodable materials and dusty applications
1)
G11
Pointek CLS100 Capacitance switch for plugged
discharge chute detection
G12
G13
Belt cleaner, stainless steel, nylon brush, mounted
under belt plow, cleaning dirty side of belt
G14
Secondary speed detection for differential monitor-
ing: 60 PPR motor mounted magnetic p/u (Avail-
able with speed sensor options 0-5 only)
G16
C11
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]:
(max. 16 characters) specify in plain text
Y15
discharge dust hood, painted mild steel with de-
dust port
H50
discharge dust hood, 304 stainless steel with de-
dust port
H51
discharge dust hood, 316 stainless steel with de-
dust port
H52
English C) 7ML1998-5MS01
French C) 7ML1998-5MS11
German
Note: The operating instructions should be ordered
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
Milltronics manual CD containing the complete
operating instructions library.
SITRANS WW200
High accuracy solids weighfeeder for low to
medium capacity applications. Improves process-
ing, increases efficiency and provides significant
cost savings.
C) 7MH7301-
77777 - 7777
design data
304 stainless steel steel open style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
capacity applications. Improves processing, increases
efficiency and provides significant cost savings.
C) 7MH7301-
77777 - 7777
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
None A
inches XX.XXX"" for options D-L
with cover
E
#4 polished
F
G
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel M
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel, #4 polished N
Load cell
Speed Sensor
500 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder, stainless steel 3
1 000 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder, stainless
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7301-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
Available with Material Containment options D to L only
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7301-
77777 - 7777
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
Polyurethane anti static 57 PIW, 2 ply with 2" (50 mm)
corrugated side walls FDA/USDA approved
C
D
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply with B-section
flange walls FDA/USDA approved HT 177 C
(350 F)
E
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply with 2" (50 mm) cor-
rugated side walls FDA/USDA approved HT 177 C
(350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
code(s).
in inches (xxx.xx")
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
ing: 60 PPR motor mounted magnetic p/u
(Available with speed sensor options 0-5 only)
G16
C11
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97")]:
Y15
de-dust port
H50
de-dust port
H51
de-dust port
H52
English
C) 7ML1998-5MS01
French
C) 7ML1998-5MS11
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7301-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7302-
77777 - 7777
design data
316 stainless steel steel open style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7302-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7302-
77777 - 7777
None A
inches XX.XXX inch" for options H-L
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
Polyurethane anti static 57 PIW, 2 ply with 2 inch
(50 mm) corrugated side walls FDA/USDA approved
C
D
E
Silicone anti static 45 PIW, 2 ply with 2 inch (50 mm)
corrugated side walls FDA/USDA approved HT
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
C) 7MH7302-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No.
1)
Available with Material Containment options H to L only
code(s).
Shear gate arc radius: Enter Shear gate arc radius in
inches (xxx.xx inch)
1)
Y74
AC gearmotor reduction ratio: enter reduction ratio in
plain text (X:1) (see "Reduction Ratio Selection Table"
on page 5/6)
Y75
Custom length: select next longest option and spec-
ify infeed CL to discharge CL in plain text (indicated
inches or millimeters)
Y01
1)
G11
Pointek CLS100 Capacitance switch for plugged dis-
charge chute detection
G12
G13
G14
ing: 60 PPR motor mounted magnetic p/u (Available
with speed sensor options 0-5 only)
G16
Acceptance test certificate: Manufacturer's test cer-
tificate M to DIN 55350, Part 18 and ISO 9000
C11
Y15
de-dust port
H50
de-dust port
H51
de-dust port
H52
English
C) 7ML1998-5MS01
French
C) 7ML1998-5MS11
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
Milltronics manual CD containing the complete oper-
ating instructions library.
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7303-
77777 - 7777
design data
Painted mild steel frame with painted mild steel
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7303-
77777 - 7777
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7303-
77777 - 7777
Add order code Y74 and plain text: inchArc radius
in inches XX.XXX inch inch for options B-L
cover
C
with cover
E
#4 polished
F
G
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
Available with Material Containment options B to L only
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7303-
77777 - 7777
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply
G
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply with B-section flange walls H
Nitrile 135 PIW, 3 ply with 2 inch (50 mm) corrugated
side walls
J
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7303-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
C11
Y15
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/23
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7304-
77777 - 7777
design data
304 stainless steel frame with painted mild steel
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7304-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/24
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7304-
77777 - 7777
Add order code Y74 and plain text: inchArc radius
in inches XX.XXX inch" for options D-L
cover
C
with cover
E
#4 polished
F
G
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
X:1 See table 1 for furthur info
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz
0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7304-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/25
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
1)
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7304-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
ing: 60 PPR motor mounted magnetic p/u (Avail-
able with speed sensor options 0-5 only)
G16
C11
Y15
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7305-
77777 - 7777
design data
304 stainless steel frame with 304 stainless steel
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/26
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7305-
77777 - 7777
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7305-
77777 - 7777
inches XX.XXX inch" for options D-L
with cover
E
#4 polished
F
G
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/27
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7305-
77777 - 7777
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7ML7305-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
C11
Y15
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/28
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7306-
77777 - 7777
design data
316 stainless steel frame with painted mild steel
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
cost savings.
C) 7MH7306-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/29
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7306-
77777 - 7777
inches XX.XXX"" for options H-L
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7306-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/30
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7ML7306-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
C11
Y15
English
C) 7ML1998-5MS01
French
C) 7ML1998-5MS11
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7307-
77777 - 7777
design data
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/31
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7307-
77777 - 7777
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7307-
77777 - 7777
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/32
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
1)
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7307-
77777 - 7777
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
C11
Y15
German
Note: The operating instructions should be or-
dered as a separate item on the order.
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7307-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/33
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7308-
77777 - 7777
design data
enclosure style
0 A
0 B
0 C
0 D
0 E
0 F
0 G
0 H
0 J
1 A
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
1 G
1 H
1 J
2 A
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
2 G
2 H
2 J
3 A
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
3 G
3 H
3 J
4 A
4 B
4 C
4 D
4 E
4 F
4 G
4 H
4 J
5 A
5 B
5 C
5 D
5 E
5 F
5 G
5 H
5 J
6 A
6 B
6 C
6 D
6 E
6 F
6 G
6 H
6 J
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7308-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/34
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Order No. Order No.
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7308-
77777 - 7777
with cover
J
#4 polished
K
L
Load cell
Speed Sensor
steel
4
steel
5
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 E
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 A
0.25 HP (0.19 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
1 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 1 F
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 A
0.33 HP (0.25 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 240/380 480 V 3 ph
50/60 Hz
2 E
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 2 F
Belting
approved
A
B
C
D
E
177 C (350 F)
F
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7308-
77777 - 7777
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/35
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
1)
SITRANS WW200
savings.
C) 7MH7308-
77777 - 7777
code(s).
1)
Y74
Table" on page 5/6)
Y75
Y01
1)
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
C11
Y15
German
C) 7ML1998-5MS31
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
5/36
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Open Construction
305 (12)
457 (18)
610 (24)
762 (30)
914 (36)
1067 (42)
1219 (48)
Belt width A
696 (27.4)
848 (33.4)
1000 (39.4)
1153 (45.4)
1305 (51.4)
1458 (57.4)
1610 (63.4)
B
257 (10.13)
333 (13.13)
410 (16.13)
486 (19.13)
562 (22.13)
638 (25.13)
715 (28.13)
C
425 (16.75)
578 (22.75)
730 (28.75)
883 (34.75)
1035 (40.75)
1187 (46.75)
1340 (52.75)
Enclosed unit
305 (12)
457 (18)
610 (24)
762 (30)
914 (36)
1067 (42)
1219 (48)
Belt width A
846 (33.3)
999 (39.3)
1151 (45.3)
1304 (51.3)
1452 (57.3)
1608 (63.3)
1761 (69.3)
B
660 (26)
813 (32)
965 (38)
1118 (44)
1270 (50)
1422 (56)
1575 (62)
C
711 (28)
864 (34)
1016 (40)
1168 (46)
1321 (52)
1473 (58)
1626 (64)
Open Construction
A (nominal)
belt width
belt width
A (nominal)
discharge inlet
discharge inlet
9
5

(
3
.
7
5
)
1016 (40) 425 (16.75)
1
4
6

(
5
.
7
5
)
9
0
8

(
3
5
.
7
5
)
1321 (52)
1975 (77.75)
1321 (52)
698 (27.5) 229
(9)
7
2
4

(
2
8
.
5
)
C/2
C
C
B
B/2
B
425 (16.75)
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW300
5/37
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Overview

SITRANS WW300 is a medium- to high-capacity weighfeeder
used for macro ingredient additives.
Benefits
Rugged, durable design for heavy-duty applications
Handles medium- to high-capacity loads
Standard mild steel open or enclosed construction
Heavy-duty 102 mm (4 inch) diameter idlers
Large 203 mm (8 inch) minimum diameter head and
tail pulleys for maximum traction
Patented design
Easy to replace endless belt
Gravity tensioned belt cleaner
Fast installation, easy to clean and maintain
Application
SITRANS WW300 is designed for industrial applications such as
mining, cement, chemical processing, pulp and paper, and
other heavy-duty industries.
Field tested and proven in hundreds of applications, it enhances
profitability by ensuring accuracy, enhancing blend consistency,
reducing downtime, and improving accountability and record
keeping. The unique weigh system reduces dead load and ap-
plies live load directly to load cells for accurate measurement.
The dual load cells are externally mounted for easy access and
maintenance.
It is available in a variety of lengths from 1.6 m (63 inch), belt
widths from under 0.5 m (19 inch) to 1.8 m (70 inch), several dif-
ferent inlet configurations and materials of construction. It can
be configured to suit various applications.
sor and test weights, supported by Milltronics BW100, BW500,
or SIWAREX FTC microprocessor-based integrators for easy

1)
SITRANS WW300
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells and digi-
tal speed sensor
Typical application Industrial and process applica-
tions in feeding, blending or ratio-
ing in gypsum manufacturing
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy
1)
0.5 % or better
Specified range 10 ... 100 % based on load
Design rate range 4.5 ... 800 t/h (5 ... 880 STPH)
3
/h (44800 ft
3
/h)
Medium conditions
Operating temperature -10 ... +55 C (+14 ... +131 F)
Design
Material Mild steel with stainless steel
[304 (1.4301) or 316 (1.4401)] or
abrasion resistant contact parts
optional
Load cells Two corrosion-resistant platform
type with mechanical overload
protection [nickel plated alloy
steel or 17-4 PH (1.4568) stain-
less steel construction]
Speed sensor Industrial duty, digital optical
encoder, tail shaft mounted
Framework Painted structural steel
Cantilevered mild steel structur-
al frame for quick and easy belt
replacement
Pulleys 200 mm (8 inch) minimum,
508 mm (20 inch) maximum, pul-
ley diameter crowned with 6 mm
( inch) rubber lagging on drive
pulley for maximum traction
Idlers Heavy-duty 100 mm (4 inch)
CEMA C with precision ground
ball bearings and triple labyrinth
seals for longer life, CEMA D,E
IMPACT where required
Belt speed 0.005 ... 0.36 m/s (1 ... 70 fpm)
Belting Black rubber, 150 ... 440 PIW 2
ply vulcanized endless with B
section (standard)
Up to 127 mm (5 inch) corrugat-
ed sidewalls (optional)
Belt tension Screw type, telescoper module
with 150 mm (6 inch) minimum
travel
Gravity tensioned self-steering
belt tracker (optional)
Belt cleaning Gravity tensioned UHMW blade
at head pulley
Return plow at tail pulley
Drive motor 0.19 kW (0.25 HP), TEFC/TENV,
208/230/380/460/575 V AC,
three phase or 90/180 V DC per-
manent magnet - both with
flange mounted gear reducer
Larger/other motor sizes and
voltages available
Shipping weight 410 kg (900 lb) minimum
Approvals For use in hazardous rated areas,
consult factory
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW300
5/38
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
SITRANS WW300
Medium- to high-capacity weighfeeder used for
macro ingredient additives.
Contact factory
for ordering infor-
mation.
English C) 7ML1998-5MQ01
German
C) 7ML1998-5MQ31
manual CD containing the complete operating
instructions library.
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW300
5/39
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
SITRANS WW300, dimensions in mm (inch)
Belt width
Open Construction
1289 (50.75) 565 (22.25)
1600 (63)
2692 (106)
D
B
D
B
819 (32.25)
565 (22.25)
1289 (50.75) 565 (22.25)
1600 (63) 819 (32.25)
565 (22.25)
7
8
4

(
3
1
)
7
8
4

(
3
1
)
2743 (108)
B D
1683 (66.25) 1632 (64.25)
1524 (60) 1835 (72.25) 1784 (70.25)
1676 (66) 1988 (78.25) 1937 (76.25)
1829 (72) 2140 (84.25) 2089 (82.25)
1226 (48.25) 1175 (46.25)
1067 (42) 1378 (54.25) 1327 (52.25)
1219 (48) 1530 (60.25) 1480 (58.25)
1372 (54)
768 (30.25) 718 (28.25)
610 (24) 921 (36.25) 870 (34.25)
762 (30) 1073 (42.25) 1022 (40.25)
914 (36)
457 (18)
Siemens AG 2011
Weighfeeders
SITRANS Weighfedder Peripherals
5/40
Siemens WT 10 2012
5
Selection and Ordering data
Order No. Order No.

1)
For aluminum model, use nickel plated alloy steel
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99
Milltronics Weighfeeder 400, 600, and 800
SITRANS WW200, WW300
1)
spare load cells
For aluminum model, use nickel plated alloy steel
Nickel plated

10 kg (22 lb) 7MH7725-1EK
15 kg (33.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EN
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EG
12 kg (26.4 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.2 lb) C) 7MH7725-1EJ
25 lb (11.3 kg) C) PBD-23900224
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) PBD-23900225
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) PBD-23900242
Milltronics Weighfeeder 120
0/ SITRANS WW300 spare
load cells
Nickel plated

50 kg (110.2 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CU
100 kg (220.5 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CV
150 kg (330.7 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CW
200 kg (440.9 lb) C) 7MH7725-1CX
Stainless steel

Stainless steel load cell
[17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless
steel construction with 304
(1.4301) stainless steel cover
50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AF
Calibration hanger weights
200 g (0.4 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AG
1000 g (2.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AH
2000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
3500 g (7.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BQ
5000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
7500 g (16.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BR
8500 g (18.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BS
10000 g (22 lb) 7MH7724-1BT
12000 g (26.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BU
15000 g (33.1 lb) 7MH7724-1BV
Other accessories
Siemens push button e-stop,
enclosed model
3SB3801-0DF3
Siemens pull cord steel cable
[10 m (32.81 inch)]
3SE7910-3AA
Siemens pull cord steel cable
clamp
3SE7941-1AC
SIGUARD pull cord switch
with metal enclosure
3SE71202D-D01
Siemens position switch, belt
tracking, limit wobble
3SE2120-1R
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
6/2 Introduction
LVDT Flowmeters
6/6 SITRANS WF100
6/11 SITRANS WF200 series
6/16 SITRANS WF300 series
Sensing heads
6/23 SITRANS WFS300 series
sensing heads
Sensing plates
6/29 SITRANS Flowmeter sensing plates
Solids Flowmeters
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Introduction
6/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview
SITRANS WF solids flowmeters monitor the rate of bulk material
flow in a process. They continuously measure the impact force
of the material under gravity feed conditions, and convert this
signal into a flow rate used to control the rate into a process or
blending operation. Solids flowmeters can function in stand-
alone measuring operations, or they can interface to a facilitys
process control system using industry standard protocols.
Applications
SITRANS WF flowmeters measure any dry material from pow-
ders to granulates. Material densities range from puffed wheat to
iron ore, while fluidity covers the spectrum from fluidized powder,
such as fly-ash, to sluggish flowing material such as lathe turn-
ings. Typical materials monitored include cement, gravel, coke,
coal, minerals, wood chips, cereals, seeds, grains, soybean and
rice hulls, unshelled peanuts, starch, sugar, potato flakes, grain
tailings and screenings, and plastic pellets.

Solids flowmeter with sensing plate detail
Mode of operation
Flowmeters are installed in a gravity fed process. Entering the
flowmeter through the flowguide, the material flow produces a
mechanical deflection as it strikes the flowmeters sensing plate.
The SITRANS WF flowmeter converts the deflection into an elec-
trical signal that feeds into an accompanying integrator, which
instantaneously provides the flow rate and totalizes the weight.
SITRANS WF flowmeters measure only the horizontal force com-
ponent of material flow striking the sensing plate. The horizontal
force is dependent on particle mass and velocity, angle of parti-
cle impact against the plate, and the energy absorbing charac-
teristics of the particle. The flowmeters respond to the mass or
weight of the material striking the plate.
Because SITRANS WF flowmeter measures only the horizontal
force, they are unaffected by vertical force changes caused by
material buildup on the non-impact area of the sensing plate.
Consequently, there is no zero drift, which in turn eliminates the
need for frequent recalibration.
Siemens SITRANS WF product portfolio includes two basic
types of impact flowmeters: the linear variable differential trans-
former (LVDT), and the strain gauge load cell. Each uses a dif-
ferent sensor to convert the horizontal force on the sensing plate
to flow rate.
The totally enclosed design of SITRANS WF heavy-duty solids
flowmeters eliminates product waste or contamination, and re-
duces plant maintenance. The dust-tight design creates a
healthier work environment, especially when monitoring hazard-
ous substances.

Mode of operation
material flow
flowguide
sensing plate
impact force
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Introduction
6/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Mode of operation (continued)

Solids Flowmeter Application Questionnaire
Solids Flowmeter Application Questionnaire
Products suggested:
Form# 2-772R4
Material being measured:
Feed rate:
Accuracy required:
Pre-feed type:
Bulk density:
Material temperature:
Material flow characteristics: Smooth
Rotary
valve
maximum
minimum
kg/m or lb/ft %
C/ F
3
Particle size:
Moisture content:
mm / inch / mesh
mm / inches
Sluggish
Belt
Sticky/Clumping
Screw
Vibratory
pan
Aerated gravity
conveyor
+ / - %
Flow rate: Constant Variable Pulsing
Sensing plate subjected to air flow:
Estimated distance from pre-feed discharge to flowmeter:
None Some
Material Information
Application Information (Supply sketch where possible showing pre-feed and out-feed device dimensions) Sketch attached
Power available: Integrator Requirements (indicate all that apply)
Communications:
PROFIBUS DP
DeviceNet
RS-232/RS-485 Modbus
AB Remote I/O
Outputs required:
4 to 20 mA
Remote totalizer
PID
Relays (#):
Inputs required:
4 to 20 mA
LVDT
Load Cells (#):
PID
Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Inc. www.siemens.com/processautomation
t/hr or kg/hr or lb/hr or LTPH or STPH normal
No Is material aerated? degrees Angle of repose: Yes
Material properties: Hygroscopic Corrosive Easily aerated Abrasive Other
Other
Material test can be performed: Yes No
Flowmeter will discharge into:
Headroom available: ft / m Temperature at flowmeter: C/ F max. min.
(specify)
3
Bucket
elevator
Other
(specify)
Preferred Construction
: (flowguide and sensing plate enclosure)
Painted mild steel 304 SS 316 SS Other (specify)
Electrical classification in flowmeter environment:
Contact:
Company:
Address:
Phone:
( )
Country: City:
Prepared By:
Date:
( )
Fax:
State/Province: Zip/Postal Code:
E-mail:
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Introduction
6/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Solids flowmeter selection guide

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the flowmeter systems totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for at least ten minutes running time.
Criteria SITRANS WF100 SITRANS WF200 SITRANS WF250 SITRANS WF330 SITRANS WF340 SITRANS WF350
Typical industries Food, grain, milling,
animal feed,
plastics, glass
Aggregates,
grain, cement
Cement, mineral
processing
Food, grain, milling,
animal feed, chemi-
cals, plastics,
glass, cement,
mineral processing
Food, grain, milling,
animal feed, chemi-
cals, plastics,
glass, cement,
mineral processing
Cement, mineral
processing, mining
Typical
applications
Monitoring of
food ingredients,
pet food blending,
plastic pellet pro-
duction, silica sand
in glass making
Grinding mill
rejects in cement,
load-out of grains
and seeds
Cement in aerated
gravity conveyor
Fly-ash, lime dos-
ing, cement flow
and control in min-
ing, flour stream
monitoring
Fly-ash load-out,
lime dosing, gyp-
sum flow
Powders and gran-
ulates conveyed by
aerated gravity
conveyors, fly-ash
load-out, precipita-
tor dust
Typical capacity 3 200 t/h
(4 220 STPH)
200 900 t/h
(220 990 STPH)
200 900 t/h
(220 990 STPH)
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Volumetric
capacity
444 m
3
/h
(15680 ft
3
/h)
2000 m
3
/h
(70629 ft
3
/h)
2000 m
3
/h
(70629 ft
3
/h)
40 t/h: 90 m
3
/h
(3178 ft
3
/h)
300 t/h: 290 m
3
/h
(10241 ft
3
/h)
40 t/h: 96 m
3
/h
(3390 ft
3
/h)
300 t/h: 230 m
3
/h
(8122 ft
3
/h)
40 t/h: 73 m
3
/h
(2578 ft
3
/h)
300 t/h: 283 m
3
/h
(10000 ft
3
/h)
Maximum particle
size
13 mm (0.5 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Maximum pro-
cess temperature
+65 C (+150 F) +100 C (+212 F) +100 C (+212 F) +232 C (+450 F)
Inlet sizes 100 250 mm
(4 10 inch) in
universal ANSI/DIN
flanges
305 x 533 mm
(12 x 21 inch)
305 x 635 mm
(12 x 26 inch)
406 x 635 mm
(16 x 25 inch)
508 x 940 mm
(20 x 37 inch)
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Sensing element
dependent,
see chart
"Sensing element".
Accuracy
1)
1 %
(33 100 % of rate)
- - - - -
Repeatability 0.2 % - - - - -
Options 304 or 316 stainless
steel construction
(meets FDA
and USDA require-
ments for food pro-
cessing)
304 or 316 stainless
steel construction
(meets FDA
and USDA require-
ments for food pro-
cessing)
304 or 316 stainless
steel construction
(meets FDA
and USDA require-
ments for food pro-
cessing)
304 or 316 stain-
less steel con-
struction (meets
FDA and USDA
requirements for
food processing)
Food grade epoxy
coating on Sens-
ing head
304 or 316 stain-
less steel con-
struction (meets
FDA and USDA
requirements for
food processing)
Food grade epoxy
coating on Sens-
ing head
304 or 316 stain-
less steel con-
struction (meets
FDA and USDA
requirements for
food processing)
Food grade epoxy
coating on Sens-
ing head
Sensing
element
One triple beam
parallogram
style, stainless
steel, strain
gauge load cell
Two triple beam
parallogram
style, stainless
steel, strain
gauge load cells
Two triple beam
parallogram
style, stainless
steel, strain
gauge load cells
Deflection mea-
surement using
LVDT (linear vari-
able differential
transformer)
Sensing plate 304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
304 stainless steel
option: 316 stain-
less steel
Liners Liner options
PTFE
Polyurethane
Liner options
Polyurethane
Alumina ceramic
Liner options
Polyurethane
Alumina ceramic
Plasma A/R
PTFE
Polyurethane
Alumina ceramic
Plasma A/R
PTFE
Polyurethane
Alumina ceramic
Plasma A/R
PTFE
Polyurethane
Alumina ceramic
Approvals CE , C-TICK, CSA,
FM, ATEX, IEC Ex
CE , C-TICK, CSA,
FM, ATEX, IEC Ex
CE , C-TICK, CSA,
FM, ATEX, IEC Ex
CE , C-TICK CE , C-TICK CE , C-TICK,
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Introduction
6/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Sensing element

Common flowmeter infeed types
A solids flowmeters performance will be as repeatable and con-
sistent as the flow of material it is measuring. The following ar-
rangements are typical of pre-feed chute configurations used to
ensure consistent flow patterns. Arrangements will vary depend-
ing on the upstream equipment or chute work. Applications
should be reviewed by a Siemens solids flowmeter specialist to
achieve best results. During initial setup, use pre-weighing or
post-weighing of material samples to calibrate the flowmeter and
verify accuracy using the material sample weights.
Dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS WF330 SITRANS WF340 SITRANS WF350
Capacity range
SITRANS WFS300 0.2 40 t/h (0.2 44 STPH) 0.2 40 t/h (0.2 44 STPH) 0.2 40 t/h (0.2 44 STPH)
SITRANS WFS320 20 300 t/h (22 330 STPH) 20 300 t/h (22 330 STPH) 20 300 t/h (22 330 STPH)
Particle size (max.)
SITRANS WFS300 12 mm ( 0.5 inch) 12 mm ( 0.5 inch) 3 mm (0.13 inch)
SITRANS WFS320 25 mm (1 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) 3 mm (0.13 inch)
Inlet sizes
SITRANS WFS300 50 250 mm (2 10 inch)
(ASME or DIN flanges)
76 x 152 mm (3 x 6 inch)
102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inch)
127 x 305 mm (5 x 12 inch)
203 x 203 mm (8 x 8 inch)
203 x 305 mm (8 x 12 inch)
SITRANS WFS320 150 400 mm (6 16 inch)
(ASME or DIN flanges)
127 x 406 mm (5 x 16 inch)
152 x 508 mm (6 x 20 inch)
305 x 254 mm (12 x 10 inch)
305 x 356 mm (12 x 14 inch)
305 x 508 mm (12 x 20 inch)
Bucket
Elevator
m
a
x
.

1
0
0
0

(
3
9
)
baffle plate
material
discharge
baffle
Feeder / Flowguide
Transition
Dogleg Short Fall
Chute
Dead
Box
Conveyor
Belts
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
6/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview

SITRANS WF100 flowmeter is a low to medium capacity flowme-
ter for various product sizes, densities, and fluidities in restricted
spaces.
Benefits
Flowrates from 1 to 200 t/h (1 to 220 STPH)
Continuous monitoring of the material flow without interrupting
the process
Dust-tight construction: suitable for use in hazardous areas
and in washdown applications that require frequent cleaning
Minimal maintenance or recalibration after the initial installa-
tion and material tests
Application
WF100 is unaffected by corrosive, abrasive, or hot materials.
Handling various product sizes, densities, and fluidities includ-
ing fine powders such as sugar, the WF100 helps to improve fi-
nal product, increase operating efficiency, and realize significant
cost savings.
Dry bulk solids enter the flow guide producing a mechanical de-
flection as they strike the flowmeter sensing plate before con-
tinuing through the process un-hindered. The WF100 converts
the deflection into an electrical signal that feeds into an accom-
panying integrator, which instantaneously displays the flow rate
and totalizes the weight.
Key applications
Cement, wood chips
Cereals
Seeds
Grains
Soybean and rice hulls
Unshelled peanuts
Starch
Sugar, potato flakes
Grain tailings and screenings
Plastic pellets
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
6/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
SITRANS WF100
Impact solids flowmeter for low to medium capacity
applications. Low cost compact unit improves pro-
cessing, increases efficiency and provides signifi-
cant cost savings.
C) 7MH7186-
77777 - 7A
Flowguide size (Universal flat-faced flange fits
ASME/DIN flanges)
4 inch (100 mm)
1)
1
6 inch (150 mm)
2)
2
8 inch (200 mm)
3)
3
10 inch (250 mm)
4)
4
Fabrication
Mild steel, painted 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide A
AISI 304 stainless steel 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide B
AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed
4 inch (100 mm) flowguide
C
AISI 316 stainless steel 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide D
E
Mild steel, painted 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide F
AISI 304 stainless steel 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide G
H
AISI 316 stainless steel 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide J
K
Mild steel, painted 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide L
AISI 304 stainless steel 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide M
N
AISI 316 stainless steel 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide P
Q
Mild steel, painted 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide R
AISI 304 stainless steel 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide S
T
AISI 316 stainless steel 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide U
V
Load cell, stainless steel [17-4 PH (1.4568) con-
struction with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover]
2 Ib (0.9 kg) A
5 Ib (2.3 kg) B
10 Ib (4.5 kg) C
20 Ib (9.1 kg) D
Not specified (Only for quotation purposes, not a
valid ordering option)
X
Sensing plate fabrication
4 inch (100 mm) AISI 304 Stainless steel 1 0
4 inch (100 mm) AISI 304 Stainless steel with
PTFE coating
1 1
polyurethane coating
1 2
PTFE coating
1 4
1 5
PTFE coating
2 4
2 5
PTFE coating
2 4
2 5
PTFE coating
3 1
3 2
PTFE coating
3 4
3 5
PTFE coating
4 1
4 2
PTFE coating
4 4
4 5
Approvals
Standard: CE, C-TICK 0
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III
ATEX II 2D, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C, CE, C-TICK,
IECEx, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C
1
code(s).
Y15
C11
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
SITRANS WF100
cant cost savings.
C) 7MH7186-
77777 - 7A
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
6/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
1)
Available with fabrication options A to E and sensing plate options 10 to 15
only
2)
Available with fabrication options F to K and sensing plate options 20 to 25
only
3)
Available with fabrication options L to Q and sensing plate options 30 to 35
only
4)
Available with fabrication options R to V and sensing plate options 40 to 45
only
SITRANS WF100
cant cost savings.
C) 7MH7186-
77777 - 7A
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5NB01
German
C) 7ML1998-5NB31
Solids Flowmeter Application Guide, English C) 7ML1998-5GK01
Solids Flowmeter Application Guide, German C) 7ML1998-5GK31
manual library.
Spare parts
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate
304 standard
7MH7723-1KN
304 standard
7MH7723-1KP
304 standard
7MH7723-1KQ
304 standard
7MH7723-1KR
316 standard
7MH7723-1KS
316 standard
7MH7723-1KT
316 standard
7MH7723-1KU
316 standard
7MH7723-1KV
304 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1KW
304 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1KX
304 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1KY
304 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1LA
316 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1LB
316 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1LC
316 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1LD
316 PTFE lined
7MH7723-1LE
304 polyurethane lined
7MH7723-1LF
7MH7723-1LG
7MH7723-1LH
7MH7723-1LJ
7MH7723-1LK
7MH7723-1LL
7MH7723-1LM
7MH7723-1LN
WF100 load cell spare 2 lb 7MH7723-1LP
WF100 load cell spare 5 lb 7MH7723-1LQ
WF100 load cell spare 10 lb 7MH7723-1LR
WF100 load cell spare 20 lb 7MH7723-1LS
WF100 load cell spare 2 lb CSA, FM, ATEX, IEC Ex 7MH7725-1EU
WF100 load cell spare 5 lb CSA, FM, ATEX, IEC Ex 7MH7725-1EV
WF100 load cell spare 10 lb CSA, FM, ATEX,
IEC Ex
7MH7725-1EW
WF100 load cell spare 20 lb CSA, FM, ATEX,
IEC Ex
7MH7725-1EX
WF calibration pulley with hardware and cable spare 7MH7723-1LT
SITRANS WF100
cant cost savings.
C) 7MH7186-
77777 - 7A
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
6/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

WF100 dimensions

60
A
B
C
D
E
E
F
A B C D (flange) E F (8 places)
4 inch (100 mm) 8 inch
(203.2 mm)
23.5 inch
(596.9 mm)
21.87 inch
(555.5 mm)
ASME 4 inch
DIN 100 mm
11.25 inch
(285.8 mm)
0.43 inch
(11 mm)
(254 mm)
33 inch
(838.2 mm)
31.12 inch
(790.4 mm)
ASME 6 inch
DIN 150 mm
13.35 inch
(339.1 mm)
0.43 inch
(11 mm)
(355.6 mm)
46 inch
(1168.4 mm)
42.62 inch
(1082.5 mm)
ASME 8 inch
DIN 200 mm
16.5 inch
(419.1 mm)
0.43 inch
(11 mm)
(406.4 mm)
52 inch
(1320.8 mm)
48.74 inch
(1238.1 mm)
ASME 10 inch
DIN 250 mm
19 inch
(482.6 mm)
0.43 inch
(11 mm)
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
6/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Schematics

WF100 connections
load cell
customer
junction
box
to integrator
conduit and box
connector
Note: conduit and cable arrangement
may differ from example shown.
Conduit and connector not
provided on hazardous option
r
e
d
+
e
x
c
-
e
x
c
-
s
i
g
+
s
i
g
b
l
k
g
r
n
w
h
t
s
h
l
d
s
h
l
d
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview

SITRANS WF200 and WF250 flowmeters are medium to high ca-
pacity flowmeters for various product sizes, densities, and fluid-
ities.
Benefits
For specialized pre-feed applications
Sensing element mounted outside process
Flowrates from 200 to 900 t/h (220 to 990 STPH)
Continuously monitoring of the material flow without interrupt-
ing the process
Application
Operating with a microprocessor based integrator package, the
WF200 series flowmeters display flow rate, totalized flow, and
rate alarms. Outputs are 0/4 to 20 mA proportional to rate and
contact closure for remote totalization. Dry bulk solids enter the
flowmeter before continuing through the process unhindered.
The load cells convert the horizontal force of the deflection into
an electrical signal. The integrator processes this into flowrate
and integrated total weight. The sensing process is immune to
the effect of product build-up as only the horizontal force is mea-
sured.
With load cells located externally to the process, the WF200 se-
ries flowmeters measure high capacities with a maximum rate of
900 t/h (990 STPH). For high capacity aerated gravity conveyor
pre-feed, the WF250 has a maximum rate of 900 t/h (990 STPH).
Key applications
Aggregates
Grain
Cement
Mineral processing
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF200
6/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
SITRANS WF200 series flowmeters
SITRANS WF200 and WF250 flowmeters are medium
to high capacity flowmeters for various product
sizes, densities, and fluidities. WF250 features aer-
ated style designed for air slide gravity conveyors.
C) 7MH7115-
77777 - 0
Model
SITRANS WF200
500 t/h maximum design capacity 1
SITRANS WF250, aerated style
Construction
Painted mild steel A
304 stainless steel for model option 1 B
304 stainless steel for model option 2 C
304 stainless steel for model option 3
D
304 stainless steel for model option 4 E
316 stainless steel for model option 1 F
316 stainless steel for model option 2 G
316 stainless steel for model option 3 H
316 stainless steel for model option 4 J
Sensing plate liner
None (standard 304 stainless steel, 316 for construc-
tion options F to J)
A
Polyurethane
For model options 1 and 3 B
For model options 2 and 4 C
Alumina ceramic tiles
For model options 1 and 3 D
For model options 2 and 4 E
Load cell
50 lb 1
100 lb 2
Not specified (for quotation purposes only, not a
valid ordering option)
0
Approvals
CE, C-TICK 1
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III
ATEX II 2D, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C, CE, C-TICK,
IEC Ex, Ex tD A21 IP65 T70 C
2
code(s).
Y15
C11
Instruction manual Order No.
English C) 7ML1998-5NC01
German
Note: The instruction manual should be ordered as a
separate item on the order.
C) 7ML1998-5NC31
manual CD containing the complete instruction man-
ual library.
Spare parts
Load cell, 50 lb, stainless steel C) 7MH7725-1AC
Load cell, 100 lb, stainless steel C) 7MH7725-1AD
Load cell, 50 lb, stainless steel, CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX C) 7MH7725-1DT
Load cell, 100 lb, stainless steel, CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EXC) 7MH7725-1DU
WF calibration pulley with hardware and cable spare 7MH7723-1LT
WF200 series bearing with plate mount shaft,
standard, spare
7MH7723-1LU
WF200 series bearing with plate mount shaft,
stainless steel, spare
7MH7723-1LV
WF200 series sensing plate support cables, spare 7MH7723-1LW
WF250 series sensing plate support cables, spare 7MH7723-1LX
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1LY
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MA
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MB
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MC
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MD
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1ME
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MF
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MG
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MH
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MJ
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MK
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1ML
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, standard 7MH7723-1MM
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, standard 7MH7723-1MN
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, standard 7MH7723-1MP
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, standard 7MH7723-1MQ
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MR
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MS
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MT
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MU
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MV
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MW
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 316, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MX
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 316, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MY
SITRANS WF200 series flowmeters
SITRANS WF200 and WF250 flowmeters are medium
to high capacity flowmeters for various product
sizes, densities, and fluidities. WF250 features aer-
ated style designed for air slide gravity conveyors.
C) 7MH7115-
77777 - 0
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF200
6/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

WF200, dimensions in inch (mm)
25.0 (635.0)
4
4
.
6
8

(
1
1
3
4
.
9
)
1
.
0
0
(
2
5
.
4
)
41.5 (1054.1)
0.88 (22.2)
23.0 (584.2)
1
6
.
5
0
(
4
1
9
.
1
)
1
2
.
0
(
3
0
4
.
8
)
0.47 (11.9)
0.56 (14.2)
1.0 (25.4)
2.0 (50.8)
1
.
2
5

(
3
1
.
8
)
2
.
2
5

(
2
7
.
1
5
)
0
.
8
8

(
2
2
.
2
)
2
.
1
8

(
5
5
.
3
7
)
2.18 (55.37)
37.50 (952.5)
33.14 (841.8)
7.13 (181.0)
21.0 (533.4)
5.75 (146.1),
4
12.0 (304.8) 12.0 (304.8)
64.0 (1625.6)
11.97 (304.1) 14.86 (377.4)
59.0 (1498.6)
35.13 (892.2) 29.13 (739.8)
40.68 (1033.3) 46.68 (1185.7)
6.63 (168.3),
6
6.75 (171.5),
5
31.14 (791.0) 37.14 (943.4)
41.5 (1054.1) 35.5 (901.7)
30.0 (762.0)
26.0 (660.4)
7.0 (177.8),
4
16.5 (419.1) 16.5 (419.1)
500 t/h 900 t/h
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
J
K
L
H
G
A
B
C
C
D E
I
J
K L
H
F
G
60
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF200
6/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

WF250, dimensions in inch (mm)
1
.
0
(
2
5
,
4
)
45
3
9
.
7
5

(
1
0
0
9
.
6
5
)
4
.
0

(
1
0
1
.
6
)
42.5 (1079.5)
23.0 (584.2)
1.0 (25.4)
2.14 (54.36)
14.5
(368.3)
0.56 (14.2)
0.56 (14.22)
2.19 (55.63)
4
0
.
0

(
1
0
1
6
.
0
)
0
.
8
8

(
2
2
.
2
)
0.88 (22.2)
2
.
1
9

(
5
5
.
6
3
)
3
5
.
6
3

(
9
0
4
.
9
)
6
.
3
1

(
1
6
0
.
3
)
29.37 (746.0) 41.27 (1048.2)
25.10 (637.5) 37.0 (939.8)
4.56 (115.9),
6
6.56 (166.62) ,
6
0.74 (18.8) 0.94 (23.8)
3.13 (79.5) 3.19 (81.03)
22.38 (568.3) 26.38 (669.9)
16.13 (409.8) 20.0 (508.0)
5.13 (130.2),
4
6.13 (155.6),
4
0.75 (19.1),
8
0.88 (22.2),
8
4.07 (103.4) 6.07 (154.1)
9.0 (228.6) 11.0 (279.4)
40.0 (1016.0) 52.0 (1320.8)
35.63 (904.9) 47.63 (1209.7)
6.31 (160.3),
6
7.13 (181.0),
7
45.18 (1147.6) 57.18 (1452.4)
33.0 (838.2) 45.0 (1143.0)
81.88 (2079.75) 91.0 (2311.4)
A
A
l
l
J
J
K
K
B
B
C
C
H
H
D
D
G
G
E
E
F
F
L
L
M
M
N
N
P
P
Q
Q
R
R
900 t/h 900 t/h 500 t/h 500 t/h
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
SITRANS WF200
6/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Schematics

WF200 and WF250 connections
load cell
A
load cell
B
junction
box
to integrator
conduit and box
connector
Note: conduit and cable arrangement
may differ from example shown.
Conduit and connector not
provided on hazardous option
r
e
d
r
e
d
+
e
x
c
-
e
x
c
-
s
i
g
-
s
i
g
+
s
i
g
+
s
i
g
b
l
k
b
l
k
g
r
n
g
r
n
w
h
t
w
h
t
A A
A A A A A
B B
B B B B B
s
h
l
d
s
h
l
d
s
h
l
d
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview

SITRANS WF300 series are low to medium capacity flowmeters
for various product sizes, densities, and fluidities.
Benefits
For specialized pre-feed applications
Sensing element mounted outside process
Flowrates from 0.2 to 300 t/h (0.2 to 330 STPH)
Continuously monitoring of the material flow without interrupt-
ing the process
Application
With weighing mechanics located externally, the WF300 series
solids flowmeters are unaffected by corrosive, abrasive, or hot
materials. Handling a wide range of product sizes, densities,
and fluidities including fine powders such as cement, they oper-
ate at process temperatures to +230 C (+450 F). The flowme-
ters help to improve final product, increase operating efficiency,
and realize significant cost savings.
Operating with the appropriate SITRANS WFS sensing head and
a micro-processor-based integrator package, the WF300 series
flowmeters provide a display of the flow rate, totalized flow, and
alarms. Outputs are 0/4 to 20 mA proportional to rate, and open
collector output for remote totalization.
Dry bulk solids enter the flow guide producing a mechanical de-
flection as they strike the flowmeter sensing plate before con-
tinuing through the process unhindered. The LVDT in the sens-
ing head converts the deflection of the horizontal force into an
electrical signal. The integrator processes this signal into a dis-
play of flowrate and integrated total weight. The weighing pro-
cess is immune to the effect of product build-up as only the hor-
izontal force is measured.
SITRANS WF330 flowmeters are totally enclosed, with external
weighing mechanics, operating with corrosive, abrasive or hot
materials. SITRANS WF350 series operates with aerated gravity
conveyors, and includes integral vents and baffles for air sepa-
ration. For applications with little available headroom, the
SITRANS WF340 series flowmeters provide the answer.
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
1)
For version 1 and 2 only.
2)
For version 1, 2 or 3.
3)
For version 3 only.
SITRANS WF330
Low to medium capacity solids flowmeters for vari-
ous product sizes, densities, and fluidities, particu-
larly fine powders. A sensing plate, sensing head
and integrator are required to complete the system.
C) 7MH7102-
7777 0
Version
Base mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design
capacity
1
Side mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design
capacity
2
Base mount, 300 t/h (330 STPH) maximum design
capacity
3
Flowguide size
No flowguide A
2 inch ASME flange pattern
1)
B
1)
C
2)
D
2)
E
2)
F
3)
G
3)
H
3)
J
DN 50 flange pattern
1)
K
1)
L
2)
M
2)
N
2)
P
3)
Q
3)
R
3)
S
Flowguide construction
No flowguide A
Mild steel, polyester painted B
Mild steel, epoxy painted with zinc primer
1)
C
3)
D
1)
E
3)
F
1)
G
3)
H
Cabinet construction
Mild steel, polyester painted 1
1)
2
3)
3
1)
4
3)
5
1)
6
3)
7
code(s).
Measuring-point number/identification (max. 16
characters), specify in plain text.
Y15
C11
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5CT01
German C) 7ML1998-5CT31
French
C) 7ML1998-5CT11
manual library.
SITRANS WF340
Compact vertical flow, low to medium-capacity solid
flowmeters for various product sizes, densities, and
fluidities, particularly fine powders. A sensing plate,
sensing head and integrator are required to com-
plete the system.
C) 7MH7104-
7777 0
Version
Base mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) max. design capacity 1
Side mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) max. design capacity 2
Base mount, 300 t/h (330 STPH) max. design capacity 3
Flowguide size
No flowguide (5 x 16 inch model) A
3 x 6 inch (76 x 152 mm)
1)
B
4 x 10 inch (102 x 254 mm)
1)
C
5 x 12 inch (127 x 305 mm)
1)
D
5 x 16 inch (127 x 406 mm)
2)
E
6 x 20 inch (152 x 508 mm)
2)
F
No flowguide (WF340-300 6 x 20 inch model) G
No flowguide A
1)
C
2)
D
1)
E
2)
F
Mild steel, polyester painted with PTFE liner G
Mild steel, polyester painted with abrasion resistant
liner
H
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, with PTFE liner
1)
J
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, with PTFE liner
2)
K
Mild steel, epoxy paint with zinc primer
1)
L
2)
Other flowguide materials available upon request
M
SITRANS WF330
Low to medium capacity solids flowmeters for vari-
ous product sizes, densities, and fluidities, particu-
larly fine powders. A sensing plate, sensing head
and integrator are required to complete the system.
C) 7MH7102-
7777 0
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
1)
For versions 1 and 2 only.
2)
For version 3 only.
SITRANS WF340
Compact vertical flow, low to medium-capacity
solid flowmeters for various product sizes, densi-
ties, and fluidities, particularly fine powders.
A sensing plate, sensing head and integrator are
required to complete the system.
C) 7MH7104-
7777 0
Mild steel, painted 1
1)
2
2)
3
1)
4
2)
5
1)
6
2)
7
code(s).
Y15
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5CU01
German
a separate line on the order.
C) 7ML1998-5CU31
Solids Flowmeter Application Guidelines, English C) 7ML1998-5GK01
Solids Flowmeter Application Guidelines, German C) 7ML1998-5GK31
manual library.
SITRANS WF350
Low to medium capacity flowmeters for powders
conveyed by aerated gravity conveyors. A sensing
plate, sensing head and integrator are required to
complete the system.
C) 7MH7106-
77777
Version
40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design capacity 1
300 t/h (330 STPH) maximum design capacity 2
Flowguide size
8 inch (203 mm), 40 t/h (0.2 to 44 STPH) version B
10 inch (254 mm), 300 t/h C
12 inch (305 mm), 40 t/h (0.2 to 44 STPH) version D
14 inch (356 mm), 300 t/h E
20 inch (508 mm), 300 t/h F
304 (1.4301) stainless steel D
316 (1.4401) stainless steel E
Mild steel, polyester painted 1
304 (1.4301) stainless steel 3
316 (1.4401) stainless steel 4
Venting flange
ASME flange pattern 1
DIN flange pattern 2
code(s).
Y15
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5CV01
German
C) 7ML1998-5CV31
manual library.
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

SITRANS WF330 series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Model
40 t/h version inlet sizes
300 t/h version inlet sizes
discharge
sensing
head
infeed flange
flowguide
housing
removable access door
sensing head
min. allowance for
sensing plate
min. allowance for sensing
head installation
F
G
H
J
E D
C
B
A
40 t/h
(44 STPH)
A B C D E F G H J
686 (27) 457 (18) 914 (36) 25 (1) 279 (11) 610 (24) 457 (18) 254 (10) 356 (14)
254 (10) 51 (2) 203 (8) 152 (6) 102 (4)
300 t/h
(330 STPH)
1042 (41) 610 (24) 1270 (50) 38 (1.5) 330 (13) 610 (24) 610 (24) 305 (12) 457 (18)
356 (14) 152 (6) 305 (12) 254 (10) 203 (8) 406 (16)
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

Size
discharge
sensing head
flowguide
housing
sensing head
min. allowance for
sensing plate
access and bolt holes to
suit sensing head
access door
SQ.
E
C
D
G
H
J
K
F
A
B
25 (1)
40 t/h
(44 STPH)
40 t/h
(44 STPH)
40 t/h
(44 STPH)
A B C D E F G H J
152 (6) 508 (20) 203 (8) 76 (3) 457 (18) 508 (20) 254 (10) 304 (12) 686 (27)
254 (10) 508 (20)
K
254 (10)
254 (10) 203 (8) 102 (4) 457 (18) 508 (20) 254 (10) 304 (12) 686 (27)
305 (12) 508 (20) 254 (10) 203 (8) 127 (5) 457 (18) 508 (20) 254 (10) 304 (12) 686 (27)
300 t/h
(330 STPH)
300 t/h
(330 STPH)
406 (16) 610 (24) 330 (13) 254 (10) 127 (5) 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) 343 (13.5) 1041 (41)
508 (20) 610 (24) 381 (15) 254 (10) 152 (6) 762 (30) 711 (28) 356 (14) 343 (13.5) 1041 (41)
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

Size
Size
sensing head
flowguide
housing
sensing head
min. allowance for
sensing plate
installation
removeable
access door
min. allowance for
sensing plate
installation
K
A
J
F G
H
L
M
N
P
R Q
D E C
B
40 t/h (44 STPH)
40 t/h (44 STPH)
A B C D E F G H
203 (8) 102 (4) 203 (8) 127 (5) 711 (28) 254 (10) 305 (12) 686 (27)
305 (12) 102 (4) 203 (8) 127 (5) 711 (28) 254 (10) 305 (12) 686 (27)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 152 (6) 229 (9) 191 (7.5) 889 (35) 356 (14) 406 (16) 1041 (41)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 356 (14) 152 (6) 229 (9) 191 (7.5) 889 (35) 356 (14) 406 (16) 1041 (41)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 508 (20) 152 (6) 229 (9) 191 (7.5) 889 (35) 356 (14) 406 (16) 1041 (41)
40 t/h (44 STPH)
40 t/h (44 STPH)
J K L M N P Q R
229 (9) 330 (13) 229 (9) 229 (9) 305 (12) 914 (36) 76 (3) 203 (8)
229 (9) 330 (13) 229 (9) 229 (9) 305 (12) 914 (36) 102 (4) 203 (8)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 406 (16) 356 (14) 330 (13) 419 (16.5) 1168 (46) 127 (5) 305 (12)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 406 (16) 356 (14) 330 (13) 419 (16.5) 1168 (46) 152 (6) 305 (12)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 406 (16) 356 (14) 330 (13) 419 (16.5) 1168 (46) 178 (7) 305 (12)
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
LVDT Flowmeters
6/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Characteristic curves

SITRANS WF330 series flowguide capacity chart

SITRANS WF340 series flowguide capacity chart
Flowrate in STPH or t/h (use highest applicable flowrate for size selection)
Example: 25 t/h of material at 1.4 t/m
3
, the selection is a 150 mm flowguide.
Dimensions are provided as examples only.
Flowrate in STPH or t/h
B
u
l
k

D
e
n
s
i
t
y
B
u
l
k

D
e
n
s
i
t
y
WF330 Series Flowguide Capacity Chart WF330 Series Flowguide Capacity Chart
2.24
1.92
1.60
1.28
0.96
0.64
0.32
2.56
l
b
/
f
t
3
t
/
m
3
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
160
1 10 100 400
0
4
0
0

(
1
6
)
3
0
5

(
1
4
)
3
0
0

(
1
2
)
2
5
0

(
1
0
)
2
0
0

(
8
)
150 (6) 50 (2) 100 (4)
Should the material bulk density and flowrate be near a flowguide upper limit, choose the next larger flowguide.
Flowrate in Tons Per Hour
B
u
l
k

D
e
n
s
i
t
y
B
u
l
k

D
e
n
s
i
t
y
WF340 Series Flowguide Capacity Chart
2.24
1.92
1.60
1.28
0.96
0.64
0.32
2.56
l
b
/
f
t
3
t
/
m
3
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
160
1 10 100 400
0
3x6
6
x
2
0
5
x
1
2
4x10
5
x
1
6
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
SITRANS WFS300 series sensing heads
6/23
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview

SITRANS WFS300 and WFS320 sensing heads are out-of-
theprocess sensing elements for SITRANS WF300 series solids
flowmeters.
Benefits
Easy installation with modular assembly
1 % accuracy (or better) with high repeatability
Totally enclosed, dust-tight, flow metering of bulk solids
Sensing mechanism is outside the process, protected from
contamination
No zero drift, due to unique sensing mechanism
Low maintenance; only the sensing plate is in the process
No restriction of product flow
Application
SITRANS WFS300 and WFS320 sensing heads are used in ap-
plications such as product rationing, batch load-out, and pro-
cess feed rate control, the WFS series of sensing heads has
been field-proven in thousands of applications with some units
providing over a quarter century of reliable performance.
The WFS sensing heads use only the horizontal force created by
impact of product upon the sensing plate and then apply the
horizontal deflection to a highly reliable linear variable differential
transformer (LVDT).
Friction-less pivots exclude the vertical force from the sensing
process and the LVDT travel range is controlled by a coil spring
selected for the specified full-scale flow rate. A viscous fluid
damper provides mechanical damping in the event of pulsating
flows.
The LVDT converts the horizontal movement, proportional to the
impact forces into an electrical signal, which is converted by the
integrator to time-based flow rate indication and totalling. This
method of sensing material flow has been proven best in thou-
sands of applications all over the world.thousands of applica-
tions all over the world.

1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the flowmeter systems totalilzed weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for at least ten minutes running time.
WFS300 WFS320
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Deflection measurement using LVDT (linear variable differential transformer)
Typical application For use in all WF300 series flowmeters
Flow input
Maximum particle size 13 mm (0.5 inch) 25 mm (1 inch)
Minimum flow rate 0 0.2 t/h (0 0.2 STPH) 0 20 t/h (0 22 STPH)
Maximum flow rate 0 40 t/h (0 44 STPH) 0 300 t/h (0 330 STPH)
Performance
Accuracy
1)
1 % or better of full scale, higher accuracy with linearizing features offered by integrators
Repeatability 0.2 % 0.2 %
Specified range 33 100 % 33 100 %
Medium conditions
Ambient temperature
Without internally mounted LVDT card -40 +60 C (-40 +140 F) -40 +60 C (-40 +140 F)
With optional internally mounted LVDT card -40 +50 C (-40 +122 F) -40 +50 C (-40 +122 F)
Maximum product temperature +232 C (+450 F) +232 C (+450 F)
Design Aluminum body, fiberglass cover, 304 (1.4306) stainless steel sensing plate
Options Epoxy paint coating of external aluminum casting surfaces
Internally mounted LVDT conditioner card for use with SF500 integrator
Externally mounted LVDT conditioner card in NEMA 4 (IP65) enclosure for use with Milltronics SF500
or SIWAREX FTC integrator when sensing head is mounted in hazardous areas or with high ambient
temperatures
Approvals CE, C-TICK, CSA, FM CE, C-TICK, CSA, FM
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
6/24
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
SITRANS WFS300 Sensing Head C) 7MH7110-
Out-of-the-process sensing element for 40 t/h
(44 STPH) solids flowmeters. A flowguide, sensing
plate and integrator are required to complete the
system. Order flowguide, sensing plate and integra-
tor separately.
77777
Mounting
Base 0
Side 1
Base, CSA/FM Class I, Div 1 Groups C and D;
Class II, Div 1 Groups E, F and G
3
Side, CSA/FM Class I, Div 1 Groups C and D;
Class II, Div 1 Groups E, F and G
4
Note: Externally mounted LVDT Conditioner in NEMA
4 enclosure required for use with SF500 or
SIWAREX FTC and mounting option 3 and 4. See
optional equipment.
Range (Range spring size/leaf spring thickness/
viscosity of damping fluid)
C2/A2/1000 A
C3/A2/1000 B
C4/A2/1000 C
C5/A2/1000 D
C6/A2/1000 E
C7/A2/1000 F
C8/A2/3000 G
C9/A2/3000 H
C10/A2/3000 J
C11/A3/5000 K
C12/A3/5000 L
C13/A3/5000 M
C14/A3/5000 N
C0/A2/500 P
C0/A3/500 Q
C10/A3/3000 R
Gasketing
Silicone A
Silicone, light duty B
PTFE E
Coating (process side only)
None, standard aluminum 0
Epoxy - white/aluminum, external castings only 1
Sensing head mounted LVDT conditioner
Not required
1)
0
Required for use with SF500 or SIWAREX FTC
integrator
2)
1
code(s).
Y15
C11
English C) 7ML1998-5CW01
German C) 7ML1998-1CW31
French C) 7ML1998-5CW11
Solids flowmeter Application Guidelines, English C) 7ML1998-5GK01
Solids flowmeter Application Guidelines, German
C) 7ML1998-5GK31
manual library.
20 g (0.04 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AD
100 g (0.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AG
1000 g (2.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AH
2000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
tor separately.
77777
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
6/25
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
1)
For use with Compu Series integrators or when externally mounted LVDT
conditioner required. See Note under Mounting on page 6/24.
2)
Applicable for mounting options 0 and 1 only.
tor separately.
77777
Spare Parts
LDVT conditioner in NEMA 4 enclosure (to
interface SF500 or Siwarex FTC and LVDT sensor)
C) 7MH7723-1AJ
Silicone inner diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1DN
Silicone outer diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1DP
PTFE inner diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1AL
PTFE outer diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1AM
LVDT transformer and core, standard spare 7MH7723-1DS
Encapsulated LVDT replacement kit C) 7MH7723-1DE
Damping fluid, 1000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EU
Damping fluid, 3000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EV
Damping fluid, 5000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EW
Range spring assembly, C2 7MH7723-1EX
Range spring assembly, C3 7MH7723-1EY
Range spring assembly, C4 7MH7723-1FA
Range spring assembly, C5 7MH7723-1FB
Range spring assembly, C6 7MH7723-1FC
Range spring assembly, C7 7MH7723-1FD
Range spring assembly, C8 7MH7723-1FE
Range spring assembly, C9 7MH7723-1FF
Range spring assembly, C10 7MH7723-1FG
Range spring assembly, C11 7MH7723-1FH
Range spring assembly, C12 7MH7723-1FJ
Range spring assembly, C13 7MH7723-1FK
Range spring assembly, C14 7MH7723-1FL
Leaf spring, A2, kit 7MH7723-1BN
Leaf spring, A3, kit 7MH7723-1BP
Circuit card, LVDT, internal mount C) 7MH7723-1ET
WFS300 replacement o-ring kit F) 7MH7723-1DC
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
6/26
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
1)
For use with Compu series integrators or when externally mounted LVDT
conditioner required. See Note under Classification.
2)
Available with classification option 1 only
Out-of-the-process sensing element for use with
300 t/h (330 STPH) flowmeters. A flowguide, sensing
tor separately.
77777
Classification
Non-hazardous 1
Hazardous, CSA/FM Class I, Div 1 Groups C and D;
Class II, Div 1 Groups E, F and G,
2
Note: Externally mounted LVDT conditioner in
NEMA 4 enclosure required for use with SF500 or
Siwarex FTC and classification option 2.
See calibration hanger weights.
Range
(range spring size/viscosity of damping fluid)
D1/1000 Position 1 A
D1/1000 Position 2 B
D1/1000 Position 3 C
D2/1000 Position 1 D
D2/1000 Position 2 E
D2/1000 Position 3 F
D3/3000 Position 1 G
D3/3000 Position 2 H
D3/3000 Position 3 J
D4/5000 Position 1 K
D4/5000 Position 2 L
D4/5000 Position 3 M
D5/5000 Position 1 N
D5/5000 Position 2 P
D5/5000 Position 3 Q
Gasketing
Silicone A
PTFE
Other gasketing available upon request
D
Coating (process side only)
None, standard aluminum 0
Epoxy - white/aluminum, external castings only
Other coatings available upon request.
1
Sensing head mounted LVDT conditioner
Not required
1)
0
Required for use with SF500 or Siwarex FTC
integrator
2)
1
code(s).
Y15
C11
Instruction manual
English C) 7ML1998-5CX01
German
Note: Instruction Manual should be ordered as a
C) 7ML1998-1CX31
manual library.
20 g (0.04 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AD
100 g (0.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AG
1000 g (2.2 lb) C) 7MH7724-1AH
2000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
Spare Parts
LVDT conditioner in NEMA 4 enclosure
to interface SF500 and LVDT sensor)
C) 7MH7723-1AJ
Silicone inner diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1DQ
Silicone outer diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1DR
PTFE inner diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1BA
PTFE outer diaphragm F) 7MH7723-1BB
Encapsulated LVDT replacement kit C) 7MH7723-1DE
Damping fluid, 1000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EU
Damping fluid, 3000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EV
Damping fluid, 5000 CS, 1 lb bottle C) 7MH7723-1EW
Range spring assembly, D1 7MH7723-1FM
Range spring assembly, D2 7MH7723-1FN
Range spring assembly, D3 7MH7723-1FP
Range spring assembly, D4 7MH7723-1FQ
Range spring assembly, D5 C) 7MH7723-1GJ
Leaf spring kit, 4 required C) 7MH7723-1BQ
Circuit card, LVDT, internal mount C) 7MH7723-1ET
WFS320 replacement o-ring kit F) 7MH7723-1DD
WFS320 Taper Pin, spare 7MH7723-1GD
Out-of-the-process sensing element for use with
300 t/h (330 STPH) flowmeters. A flowguide, sensing
tor separately.
77777
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
6/27
Siemens WT 10 2012
6

WFS300 series sensing head dimensions in mm (inch)
Ensure outer gasket seals dust tight to flowmeter housing wall.
Sensing head support plate should be rigid and independent of flowmeter housing.
Refer to flowmeter drawing for sensing head mounting hole to flowguide centerline dimension.
Notes:
1)
2)
3)
as required
outer gasket
fiberglass cover
16 (0.63) dia.
(4 levelling rods)
10 (0.38) dia.
(4 levelling rods)
support plate (by customer)
support plate (by customer)
as required
see note
outer gasket
conduit entry
1/2" NPT (internal)
WFS320 Sensing Head
8 (0.31) dia.,
18 bolts on 360 (14.17) B.C.D
sensing plate
sensing plate
fiberglass cover
WFS300 Sensing Head
1)
see note
conduit entry
1/2" NPT (internal)
8 (0.31) dia.,
18 bolts on
460 (18.11) B.C.D
1)
4
9
0

(
1
9
.
2
9
)
3
4
0

(
1
3
.
3
4
)
380 (14.96)
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
560 (22.05)
500 (19.64) 70 (2.76)
420 (16.54)
300 (11.81) 6
0

(
2
.
3
6
)
3
1
8

(
1
2
.
5
2
)
180 (7.09)
2
6
0

(
1
0
.
2
5
)
3
8
5

(
1
5
.
1
2
)
5
6
0

(
2
2
.
0
5
)
70
(2.76)
30 (1.18)
90
(3.54)
290 (11.5)
2
8
0

(
1
1
)
2
5
6

(
1
0
.
0
6
)
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing heads
6/28
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Schematics

SITRANS WFS300 series connections
To the LVDT conditioner card (internally or externally mounted) and
Milltronics SF500/Siwarex FTC integrator
Consult Siemens representative for hazardous rated versions.
To LVDT
Flowmeter
terminal
Collar
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing plates
SITRANS Flowmeter sensing plates
6/29
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Overview

The sensing plate transfers the impact force to the sensing head
of the flowmeter.
1)
See 7MH7102, page 6/17.
2)
See 7MH7106, page 6/18.
3)
See 7MH7104, page 6/18.
4)
Available as spare part only.
5)
Available with flowmeter version 1 ... 4 and 8 only.
6)
Available with flowmeter version 5 ... 7 only.
7)
Available with flowmeter version 1 ... 4 only.
8)
Available with flowmeter version 1, 2 and 3 only.
SITRANS Flowmeter Sensing Plates
The sensing plate transfers the impact force to the
sensing head of the flowmeter.
C) 7MH7114-
7777 0
Version
WF330, 40 t/h, base mount or sid emount 1
WF340, 40 t/h, base mount or side mount 3
WF350, 40 t/h, base mount or side mount 4
WF330, 300 t/h 5
WF340, 300 t/h 6
WF350, 300 t/h 7
C-40 8
Plate size
18 x 10 inch (457.2 x 254 mm), for version option 1
with 2, 4 or 6 inch (50.8, 101.6 or 152.4 mm)
flowguide
1)
A
20 x 12 inch (508 x 304.8 mm), for version option 1
with 8 inch (203.2 mm) flowguide
1)
B
with 10 inch(254 mm) flowguide
1)
C
22 x 12 inch (558.8 x 304.8 mm), for version option 5
with 6 or 8 inch (152.4 or 203.2 mm) flowguide
1)
D
with 10 or 12 inch (254 or 304.8 mm) flowguide
1)
E
with 14 or 16 inch (355.6 or 406.4 mm) flowguide
1)
F
2)
G
2)
H
with 10 inch (254 mm) flowguide
2)
J
2)
K
with 20 inch (508 mm) flowguide
2)
L
with 3 x 6 inch (76.2 x 152.4 mm) flowguide
3)
M
with 4 x 10 inch (101.6 x 254 mm) flowguide
3)
N
with 5 x 12 inch (127 x 304.8 mm) flowguide
3)
P
with 5 x 16 inch (127 x 406.4 mm) flowguide
3)
Q
with 6 x 20 inch (152.4 x 508 mm) flowguide
3)
R
12 x 12 inch (304.8 x 304.8 mm), for C-40 with 6 inch
(152.4 mm) flowguide
4)
S
12 x 14 inch (304.8 x 355.6 mm), for C-40 with
4)
T
Plate material
5)
A
6)
B
7)
C
6)
D
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, heavy-duty
7)
E
6)
F
316 (1.4401) stainless steel, light-duty
8)
G
7)
H
6)
J
Plate liner
No liner 1
Polyurethane
7)
2
Polyurethane
6)
3
PTFE
7)
4
PTFE
6)
5
7)
6
6)
7
Plasma A/R
7)
8
Plasma A/R
6)
0
code(s).
Solids Flowmeter Application Guidelines, English C) 7ML1998-5GK01
Solids Flowmeter Application Guidelines, German C) 7ML1998-5GK31
Note: Instruction Manual should be ordered as a
manual library.
SITRANS Flowmeter Sensing Plates
The sensing plate transfers the impact force to the
sensing head of the flowmeter.
C) 7MH7114-
7777 0
Siemens AG 2011
Solids Flowmeters
Sensing plates
SITRANS Flowmeter sensing plates
6/30
Siemens WT 10 2012
6
Order No. Order No.

Flowmeter spare load cells
Millflo flowmeters stain-
less steel, with hardware
1 lb (0.5 kg) Replace with 2 lb

2 lb (0.9 kg) C) PBD-23900176
5 lb (2.3 kg) C) PBD-23900177
10 lb (4.6 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AA
20 lb (9.2 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AB
Millflo L, M, and MA
series flowmeters stain-
less steel, with hardware

50 lb (22.7 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) C) 7MH7725-1AD
Millflo 304 stainless steel
sensing plates

100 mm (4 inch) PBD-25570-1AA0
150 mm (6 inch) PBD-25570-2AA0
200 mm (8 inch) PBD-25570-3AA0
250 mm (10 inch) PBD-25570-4AA0
250 mm (10 inch) light
duty
PBD-25570-5AA0
300 mm (12 inch) PBD-25570-6AA0
Millflo 304 stainless steel,
PTFE coated sensing
plates
100 mm (4 inch) PBD-25570-1BA0
150 mm (6 inch) PBD-25570-2BA0
200 mm (8 inch) PBD-25570-3BA0
250 mm (10 inch) PBD-25570-4BA0
duty
PBD-25570-5BA0
300 mm (12 inch) PBD-25570-6BA0
Millflo 304 stainless steel,
polyurethane lined sens-
ing plates
100 mm (4 inch) PBD-51027413
150 mm (6 inch) PBD-51027371
200 mm (8 inch) PBD-51027463
250 mm (10 inch) PBD-51027486
300 mm (12 inch) PBD-51027369
Millflo 316L stainless
steel sensing plates
100 mm (4 inch) PBD-25570-1AB0
150 mm (6 inch) PBD-25570-2AB0
200 mm (8 inch) PBD-25570-3AB0
250 mm (10 inch) PBD-25570-4AB0
duty
PBD-25570-5AB0
300 mm (12 inch) PBD-25570-6AB0
Millflo 316L stainless
steel, PTFE coated sens-
ing plates
100 mm (4 inch) PBD-25570-1BB0
150 mm (6 inch) PBD-25570-2BB0
200 mm (8 inch) PBD-25570-3BB0
250 mm (10 inch) PBD-25570-4BB0
duty
PBD-25570-5BB0
300 mm (12 inch) PBD-25570-6BB0
Siemens AG 2011
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
7/2 Training
7/3 Partner at Industry Automation and
Drive Technologies
7/4 Online Services
7/4 Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on DVD
7/5 Service & Support
7/5 The unmatched complete service for
the entire life cycle
7/8 Software Licenses
7/9 Subject Index
7/10 Order No. Index
7/12 Notes
7/22 Conditions of sale and delivery
Appendix
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Training
7/2
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Faster and more applicable know-how:
Hands-on training from the manufacturer
SITRAIN the Siemens Training for Industry provides you with
comprehensive support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation and plant enginee-
ring enables you to make independent decisions with confi-
dence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of pro-
ducts and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies
in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right
from the beginning.
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup
times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and re-
duced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (911) 895-7575
Fax: +49 (911) 895-7576
E-Mail: info@sitrain.com
SITRAIN highlights
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product develop-
ment, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately im-
plement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-
of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equip-
ment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as interac-
tion of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
"Blended learning" means a combination of various training me-
dia and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in
a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-
yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
7/3
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
At Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies, more
than 85 000 people are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-
term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed
to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new
standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries
worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
7/4
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-
tems and services.
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry
Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Auto-
mation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of prod-
ucts presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and at-
tractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
7/5
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
For machine constructors, solution providers and plant opera-
tors: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and
process industry
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated
and structured services that provide valuable support in every
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning
and implementation through commissioning as far as mainte-
nance and modernization.
Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all mat-
ters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We pro-
vide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to pro-
vide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
areas.
Online Support
The comprehensive online infor-
mation platform supports you in
all aspects of our Service & Sup-
port at any time and from any lo-
cation in the world.
www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
Technical Support
Expert advice on technical
questions with a wide range of
demand-optimized services for
all our products and systems.
www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request
SIWAREX components:
+ 49 (721) 595 2811
Belt scales, weighfeeders,
Solid flowmeters:
+ 49 (721) 595 4607
Technical Consulting
Support in planning and design-
ing your project: From detailed
actual-state analysis, definition
of the goal and consulting on
product and system questions
right through to the creation of
the automation solution.
Training
Extend your competitive edge -
through practical know-how
directly from the manufacturer.
www.siemens.com/sitrain
S
p
a
r
e

P
a
r
t
s
S
p
a
r
e

P
a
r
t
s
T
e
c
h
n
ic
a
l
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
Technical
Consulting
Technical
Consulting
T
e
c
h
n
ic
a
l
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
Service
Programs
Service
Programs
Engineering
Support
Engineering
Support
Training Training
Modernization
Services
Modernization
Services
O
n
lin
e
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
O
n
lin
e
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
F
i
e
l
d

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
F
i
e
l
d

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
Optimization
Services
Optimization
Services
Contact information is available in the Internet at:
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
7/6
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Engineering Support
Support during project engi-
neering and development with
services fine-tuned to your re-
quirements, from configuration
through to implementation of an
automation project.
Field Service
Our Field Service offers you ser-
vices for commissioning and
maintenance - to ensure that
your machines and plants are
always available.
Spare parts
In every sector worldwide,
plants and systems are required
to operate with constantly in-
creasing reliability. We will pro-
vide you with the support you
need to prevent a standstill from
occurring in the first place: with
a worldwide network and opti-
mum logistics chains.
Repairs
Downtimes cause problems in
the plant as well as unnecessary
costs. We can help you to re-
duce both to a minimum - with
our worldwide repair facilities.
Optimization
During the service life of ma-
chines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this poten-
tial, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.
Modernization
You can also rely on our support
when it comes to modernization
- with comprehensive services
from the planning phase all the
way to commissioning.
Service programs
Our service programs are se-
lected service packages for an
automation and drives system or
product group. The individual
services are coordinated with
each over to ensure smooth
coverage of the entire life cycle
and support optimum use of
your products and systems.
The services of a Service Pro-
gram can be flexibly adapted at
any time and used separately.
Examples of service programs:
7 Service contracts
7 Plant IT Security Services
7 Life Cycle Services for Drive Engineering
7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
7 SINUMERIK Manufacturing Excellence
7 SIMATIC Remote Support Servicess
Advantages at a glance:
7 Reduced downtimes for increased productivity
7 Optimized maintenance costs due to a tailored scope of ser-
vices
7 Costs that can be calculated and therefore planned
7 Service reliability due to guaranteed response times and
spare part delivery times
7 Customer service personnel will be supported and relieved of
additional tasks
7 Comprehensive service from a single source, fewer interfaces
and greater expertise
Contact information is available in the Internet at:
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Service & Support
7/7
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Knowledge Base on DVD
For locations without online con-
nections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
DVD (Service & Support Knowl-
edge Base). This DVD contains
all the latest product information
at the time of production (FAQs,
Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Up-
dates) as well as general infor-
mation on Service & Support.
The DVD also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The DVD will be up-
dated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on DVD comes complete in 5 lan-
guages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base DVD
from your Siemens contact.
Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
Automation Value Card
Small card - great support
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Drive Automa-
tion and Drive Technologies will accompany you in each phase
of your automation project.
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase something on our Online
portal, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No
invoicing, transparent and safe. With your personal card number
and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and
all transactions at any time.
Services on card. This is how it's done.
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field,
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Order your Automation and Value Card easily and comfortably
like a product with your sales contact.
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Service & Support la Card: Examples
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1 000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10 000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Technical Support
Priority Priority processing for urgent cases
24 h Availability round the clock
Extended Technical consulting for complex questions
Mature
Products
Consulting service for products that are not available
any more
Support Tools in the Support Shop
Tools that can be used directly for configuration, anal-
ysis and testing
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Software Licenses
7
7/8
Siemens WT 10 2012
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Engineering software
Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-
parties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-
sions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari-
ous types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Factory license
With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
http://www.siemens.com/industrymall
(Industry Mall Online-Help System)
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Subject Index
7/9
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
A
Accessories for SIWAREX WL200 load cells ....................................... 3/48
Accessories Belt Scales ......................................................................... 4/52
Accessories PLC-based weighing modules ........................................ 2/60
Accessories Stand-alone ........................................................................... 2/15
Integrators ................................................................................................. 3/24
Adapter plate
B
Base plates .............................................................. 3/3, 3/16, 3/17, 3/18, 3/21,
....................................................................... 3/25, 3/29, 3/43, 3/47, 3/56, 3/57,
.........................................................................................3/58, 3/59, 3/61, 3/63
Belt scale accessories ...............................................................................4/52
C
Combination mounting units ..................................... 3/56, 3/57, 3/58 , 3/59
Compact mounting unit ............ 3/3, 3/4, 3/16, 3/17, 3/45, 3/56 - 3/61, 3/69
Compression load cell .................................................. 3/22, 3/26, 3/30, 3/31
Configuration examples ................................................................. 3/66 ...3/69
D
Dolphin Plus ..............................................................................................2/15
E
Elastomer bearing .................... 3/3, 3/4, 3/16, 3/17, 3/45, 3/56 - 3/61, 3/69
Ex-Interface
Typ IS.................................................................................................... 2/62
Typ Pi .................................................................................................... 2/60
Extension boxes, SIWAREX EB ............................................................. 3/52
F
Flowguides ................................................ 6/2, 6/7, 6/17, 6/18, 6/22, 6/29
Force Measurements ............................................................................. 2/56
Force transfer ......................................................................................... 3/45
G
Getting Started ...................................................... 2/36, 2/39, 2/40, 2/41, 2/43,
....................................................................... 2/46, 2/48, 2/53, 2/54, 2/56, 2/58
Grounding cable ............................................................................. 3/54, 3/65
Guide element for combination mounting unit ................................. 3/58, 3/61
I
IP65............ 3/3, 3/62, 4/16, 4/33, 4/45, 4/52, 4/65, 6/7, 6/12, 6/23, 6/24, 6/26
IP66 ............................................................................... 3/3, 3/4, 3/7, 3/9, 3/31,
.............................................................................. 3/35, 3/36, 3/48, 3/50, 3/52,
........................................................................ 3/56, 3/58, 3/60, 3/62, 3/64, 4/9,
....................................................................................................4/12, 4/29, 5/5
IP67....................................... 3/4, 3/10, 3/12, 4/5, 4/16, 4/22, 4/33, 4/35, 4/40
IP68.......................................................................... 3/4, 3/14, 3/19, 3/22, 3/26,
.................................................... 3/30, 3/35, 3/36, 3/56, 3/58, 3/60, 3/62, 4/29
J
Junction boxes, SIWAREX JB
aluminum enclosure .......................................................................... 3/48
stainless steel enclosure .................................................................. 3/50
L
Load cells ........................................................... 3/2 - 3/34, 3/55 ... 3/65
LVDT Flowmeters ..................................................................................... 6/6
M
Milltronics
Belt Scales ............................................................................... 4/2 ... 4/66
BW100 ................................................................................................... 2/3
BW500 and BW500/L ............................................................................ 2/7
MBS ....................................................................................................... 4/9
MCS ..................................................................................................... 4/16
MLC ....................................................................................................... 4/5
MSI and MMI ....................................................................................... 4/20
MWL MWL Weight Lifter .................................................................... 4/52
RBSS ................................................................................................... 4/33
SF500 .................................................................................................. 2/11
TASS .................................................................................................... 4/33
Test Chains ......................................................................................... 4/58
WD600 ................................................................................................. 4/29
ModBus RTU ................................................................. 2/18, 2/19, 2/22, 2/25
O
Overload protection .............................................. 2/33, 3/3, 3/6, 3/16, 3/17,
....................................................................... 3/18, 3/34, 3/35, 3/56, 3/57,
.................................................................................3/58, 3/59, 5/12, 5/37
P
Platform load cell .............................................................. 3/7, 3/9, 3/10, 5/2
PLC-based weighing modules .................................................. 2/29 ... 2/63
Pressure piece set ....................................................................................3/24
S
Self-aligning bearing .......................................... 3/4, 3/25, 3/28, 3/33, 3/43,
....................................................... 3/44, 3/45, 3/61, 3/62, 3/63, 3/68, 3/69
Sensing heads ..........................................................................................6/23
Sensing plates ......................................................................................... 6/29
SITRANS
RD100 ................................................................................................... 2/16
RD200 ................................................................................................... 2/18
RD500 ................................................................................................... 2/22
Weighfeeders ............................................................................. 5/2 ... 5/40
Weighfeeders Peripherals .................................................................. 5/40
WF100 ..................................................................................................... 6/6
WF200 ................................................................................................... 6/11
WF300 ................................................................................................... 6/16
WFS300 series ...................................................................................... 6/23
WS100 ................................................................................................... 4/38
WS300 ................................................................................................... 4/43
WW100 .................................................................................................... 5/5
WW200 .................................................................................................. 5/12
WW300 .................................................................................................. 5/37
SIWAREX
CF .......................................................................................................... 2/56
CS .......................................................................................................... 2/38
EB, extension box ................................................................................ 3/52
FTA ........................................................................................................ 2/44
FTC ............................................................................................... 2/50, 2/59
JB, junction box
- aluminum enclosure ......................................................................... 3/48
- stainless steel enclosure ................................................................. 3/50
MS ......................................................................................................... 2/41
R, all series .................................................................................3/55 ... 3/65
U ............................................................................................................ 2/34
WL230
- BB-S SA .............................................................................................. 3/14
- SB-S SA .............................................................................................. 3/19
WL250 ST-S SA ..................................................................................... 3/12
WL260
- SP-S AA ................................................................................................ 3/7
- SP-S AB ................................................................................................ 3/9
- SP-S SA .............................................................................................. 3/10
WL270
- CP-S SA .............................................................................................. 3/22
- CP-S SB .............................................................................................. 3/26
- CP-S SC ............................................................................................. 3/30
- K-S SA ................................................................................................ 3/31
WL280 RN-S SA .................................................................................... 3/34
SmartLinx Software .................................................................................... 2/28
Speed Sensors ........................................................................................ 4/33
Stand-alone Integrators ............................................................................. 2/2
T
Top plate ................................ 3/18, 3/21, 3/29, 3/33, 3/43, 3/47, 3/61, 3/63
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order No. Index
7/10
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
6ES5
6ES5728-8MA11 .......................................... 2/43
6ES7
6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0 ........................ 2/40, 2/58
6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0 ........................ 2/40, 2/58
6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0 ........................ 2/40, 2/58
6ES7307-1BA00-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/49, 2/55
6ES7307-1EA00-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/49, 2/55
6ES7307-1KA00-0AA0................ 2/36, 2/49, 2/55
6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0 ............... 2/36, 2/48, 2/55
6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0 ................................. 2/36
6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0 ........................ 2/48, 2/54
6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0 ........................ 2/48, 2/54
6ES7392-2XX00-0AA0 ................................. 2/36
6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0 ................................. 2/55
6FX2
6FX2001-2PA50 .............................................. 5/8
6FX2001-2PB00 ............................................. 5/8
6FX2001-2PC50 ............................................. 5/8
6FX2001-4QA50 ............................................. 5/8
6FX2001-4QB00 ............................................. 5/8
6FX2001-4QC50 ............................................. 5/8
6FX2003-0SU12 ............................................. 5/8
6FX5
6FX500-22DC10- ............................................ 5/8
6FX5002-5CG01-1AF0 ................................... 5/8
6FX500-025CG01- ......................................... 5/8
6SE6
6SE6400-0BP000AA0 .................................... 5/9
6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3 .................................. 5/8
6SE6420-2UD13-7AA1 ................................... 5/9
6SE6440-2UD13-7AA1 ................................... 5/9
6SE6440-2UE17-5CA1 ................................... 5/9
6SL3
6SL3040-0JA00-0AA0 .................................... 5/8
6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0 ................................... 5/8
6SL3210-1SB12-3UA0 ................................... 5/8
6SL3210-1SE11-3UA0 ................................... 5/8
6SL3224-0137UA0 ......................................... 5/9
6SL3244-0BA10-0BA0 ................................... 5/9
6SL3255-0AA00-4BA1 ................................... 5/9
7MH3
7MH3105- ..................................................... 3/63
7MH3115- ............................................ 3/33, 3/63
7MH3701-1AA1 ............................................ 3/54
7MH3701-1AA1 ................................... 3/65, 3/65
7MH4
7MH4103- ..................................................... 3/57
7MH4105- ..................................................... 3/59
7MH4106- ..................................................... 3/63
7MH4107- ..................................................... 3/57
7MH4115- ............................................ 3/43, 3/61
7MH4125- ............................................ 3/47, 3/61
7MH4130- ................................... 3/45, 3/61, 3/69
7MH4132- ......... 3/43, 3/47, 3/61, 3/67, 3/68, 3/69
7MH4
7MH4133- .......................... 3/16, 3/17, 3/18, 3/57
7MH4134-5BQ12 ......................................... 3/61
7MH4135- .................................................... 3/59
7MH4136- .................................................... 3/63
7MH4407- .................. 2/37, 2/40, 2/43, 2/49, 2/55
7MH4607-8CA ..................................... 2/36, 2/40
7MH4683-3BA64 .......................................... 2/36
7MH4702- ................. 2/37, 2/40, 2/43, 2/48, 2/49,
....... 2/50, 2/52, 2/54, 2/55, 2/58, 2/61, 2/63, 2/65
7MH4710- ................. 2/36, 2/37, 2/40, 2/43, 2/49,
......................... 2/50, 2/55, 2/58, 2/61, 2/63, 3/49,
.................................................... 3/50, 3/52, 3/65
7MH4900- ................................... 2/48, 2/49, 2/54
7MH4910-..................................................... 2/40
7MH4920-0AA01 .......................................... 2/58
7MH4930- ..................................................... 2/43
7MH4950- ..................................................... 2/36
7MH5
7MH5101- ..................................................... 3/60
7MH5102- ..................................................... 3/7
7MH5103- ..................................................... 3/9
7MH5104- ..................................................... 3/10
7MH5105- ..................................................... 3/13
7MH5106- ..................................................... 3/15
7MH5107- ..................................................... 3/20
7MH5108- ..................................................... 3/22
7MH5110- ..................................................... 3/26
7MH5111-6GA00 ......................................... 3/30
7MH5113- .......................... 3/36, 3/67, 3/68, 3/69
7MH5114- ..................................................... 3/31
7MH5707- ..................................................... 3/21
7MH5708-............................................ 3/24, 3/25
7MH5710- ............................................ 3/28, 3/29
7MH7
7MH7102- ..................................................... 6/17
7MH7104- ............................................ 6/17, 6/18
7MH7110- ............................................ 6/24, 6/25
7MH7114- ..................................................... 6/29
7MH7115- ..................................................... 6/12
7MH7121- ..................................................... 4/10
7MH7122- ............................................ 4/23, 4/24
7MH7123- ..................................................... 4/13
7MH7125- ..................................................... 4/17
7MH7126- ..................................................... 4/6
7MH7127- ..................................................... 4/57
7MH7131- ..................................................... 4/34
7MH7131- ............................................ 4/34, 4/36
7MH7150- ..................................................... 2/5
7MH7152- ..................................................... 2/9
7MH7156- ..................................................... 2/13
7MH7161- ............................................ 4/59, 4/60
7MH7163- ............................................ 4/62, 4/63
7MH7170- ..................................................... 4/49
7MH7171- ..................................................... 4/49
7MH7176- ..................................................... 4/41
7MH7177- ..................................................... 4/46
7MH7180- ..................................................... 5/7
7MH7185- ..................................................... 4/30
7MH7186- ................................................ 6/7, 6/8
7MH7187- ..................................................... 4/50
7MH7188- ..................................................... 4/50
7MH7218- ............................................ 4/53, 4/54
7MH7223-1JS ............................................... 4/54
7MH7300- ................................... 5/13, 5/14, 5/15
7MH7301- ................................... 5/15, 5/16, 5/17
7MH7302- ................................... 5/18, 5/19, 5/20
7MH7
7MH7303- ................................... 5/20, 5/21, 5/22
7MH7304- ................................... 5/23, 5/24, 5/25
7MH7305- ................................... 5/25, 5/26, 5/27
7MH7306- ................................... 5/28, 5/29, 5/30
7MH7307- ................................... 5/30, 5/31, 5/32
7MH7308- ................................... 5/33, 5/34, 5/35
7MH7723-........................2/5, 2/9, 2/13, 5/8, 4/17,
.................................. 4/24, 4/25, 4/30, 4/34, 4/36,
........................... 4/41, 4/46, 4/54, 4/63, 4/65, 5/8,
....................................... 5/9, 6/8, 6/12, 6/25, 6/26
7MH7724-.. 4/10,4/17, 4/25, 4/30, 5/40, 6/24, 6/26
7MH7725- ................. 4/13, 4/17, 4/24, 4/65, 4/66,
............................................... 5/8, 6/8, 6/12, 6/30
7MH7726- ............. 2/9, 4/10, 4/17, 4/54, 4/65, 5/9
7ML1
7ML1830- ............................................ 2/15, 2/28
7ML1841- ..................................................... 2/15
7ML1930- .......................... 2/16, 2/20, 2/24,, 2/25
7ML1998- ..................... 2/5, 2/9, 2/13, 2/16, 2/20,
......................... 2/25, 2/28, 4/17, 4/24, 4/34, 4/36,
..................4/41, 4/46, 4/49, 4/50, 4/60, 4/63, 5/8,
........ 5/15, 5/17, 5/20, 5/22, 5/25, 5/27, 5/30, 5/32,
........... 5/35, 6/8, 6/12, 6/17, 6/18, 6/24, 6/26, 6/29
7ML5
7ML5740- ..................................................... 2/20
7ML5741- ..................................................... 2/16
7ML5750- ..................................................... 2/25
7ML5750-1AA00-0 .......................... 2/5, 2/9, 2/13
8WA2
8WA2842 .............................................. 2/40,2/58
8WA2868............................................... 2/40,2/58
PBD-2
PBD-20150015 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-20150020 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-20250015 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-23900005 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-23900010 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-23900012 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-23900176 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-23900177 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-23900224 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-23900225 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-25570-1AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-1AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-1BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-1BB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-2AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-2AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-2BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-2BB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-3AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-3AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-3BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-3BB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-4AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-4AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-4BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-4BB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-5AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-5AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-5BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-5BB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-6AA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-6AB0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-6BA0 ......................................... 6/30
PBD-25570-6BB0 ......................................... 6/30
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Order No. Index
7/11
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
PBD-5
PBD-51010202 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-51027369 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-51027371 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-51027413 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-51027463 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-51027486 ............................................. 6/30
PBD-54000161 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-6
PBD-61009731 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61009732 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61009733 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61009734 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61009735 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61009737 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61010081 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61010082 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61010741 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61010742 ............................................. 4/66
PBD-61010743 ............................................. 4/66
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/12
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/13
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/14
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/15
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/16
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/17
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/18
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/19
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/20
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Notes
7/21
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
Siemens AG 2011
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
7/22
Siemens WT 10 2012
7
1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-
lowing Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note! The scope, the quality and the
conditions for supplies and services, including software prod-
ucts, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesell-
schaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany the fol-
lowing applies subordinate to T&C
the "General Terms of Payment"
1)
and
for software products the "General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany"
1)
and
for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Elec-
tronics Industry"
1)
.
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany
the following applies subordinate to T&C
the "General Terms of Payment"
1)
and
for software products the "General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"
1)
and
for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"
1)
.
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminium, lead and/or gold, if the respective ba-
sic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These sur-
charges will be determined based on the official price and the
metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release or-
der.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products. An exact explanation of
the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, -
especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such fulfill-
ment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or
international foreign trade or customs requirements or any em-
bargoes or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to license.
We shall indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are re-
quired under German, European and US export lists. Goods la-
beled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or Ger-
man export authorization when being exported out of the EU.
Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-
export authorization.
The export label is made available with the information of the re-
spective goods on Industry Mall, our online-catalog-system, ad-
ditionally. The deciding factors are the export label "AL" or
"ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and in-
voices.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final whereabouts and purpose
for which the goods are to be used.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technol-
ogy as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (in-
cluding all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
and international (re-) export control regulations.
If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and
Delivery can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pd
Siemens AG 2011

Siwarex

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Siwarex

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Process Automation

Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell

SIWAREX EB, extension box

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi